Chapter 1: Alastor
Chapter Text
Alastor hurts.
He has never hurt this badly since his death. Never. He’s been cut, shot, electrocuted, attacked with all varieties of magic, even tortured, but nothing has ever hurt so badly as Adam’s wicked holy axe. It cuts through his staff, the focus for his power and virtually indestructible in its own right, like a toothpick. And it cuts through him, the Radio Demon, holder of hundreds of souls, warded with dozens of spells and tricks, like a knife through hot butter.
He can’t help himself. He screams when the strike connects, and he gasps when he slams into the raised edge of the roof before crashing to the stone flooring.
The wound doesn’t stop hurting. It gets worse. It burns, holy magic eating through him like acid, feeding on his own wards, his power, his energy. With his staff broken he has nothing to supplement with, and that radiant magic burrows into him greedily, picking him apart thread by thread. Blood dribbles out of the wound at an alarming rate, dripping to the ground beneath him in red smears. It’s all energy and resources he can’t afford to lose with that holy magic tearing deeper.
He hurts. He hurts, he hurts, he hurts, and yet the battle isn’t over yet, and he can’t afford to lose himself now.
His shadow is still there. Most of his magic is beyond him, but his shadow is still connected, and it swarms to him frantically, screeching silent alerts. Danger is coming. Beware. Beware!
His limbs shaking, Alastor manages to haul himself to his hands and knees. It’s frighteningly difficult. The wound, that magic, is draining his strength away at an alarming rate, and his arms tremble with the exertion of just holding him up. Moving sends agony up and down his chest, like red-hot knives digging ever deeper.
Adam is approaching. He glances at the bastard even as he reaches shakily for the broken remnants of his staff, dragging them close. He can barely lift each piece; they feel so heavy in his hands, when the full staff used to be light as a feather to his touch.
Adam grins down at him, golden radiance and smug braggadocio. His guitar axe is still dripping with Alastor’s blood, to match the blood spattering out onto the roof from Alastor’s wound, from Alastor’s lips. His fingers tighten on the radiant weapon, and begin to lift it for the fatal blow.
This is no longer a fight Alastor can win. He’s barely holding himself together. Damn it.
He hadn’t meant to flee so early. He hadn’t meant to flee at all. The cause isn’t important to Alastor so much as proving his strength and superiority, and he’d been soundly and unquestionably thrashed. His pride is injured just as much as his body, and he’s loath to leave—but if he doesn’t now, he never will.
They’ll manage, he tells himself stiffly. They had angelic weapons and an army. Charlie had angels of her own she could call on. They don’t need him.
Even if they did—he doesn’t want to die.
He’s barely coherent as he calls for his shadow to pull him deeper into the void. He’s vaguely aware that he manages a parting line, something about radio not being dead. He does it nearly on autopilot, mostly because he’s aware that Vox and the rest of Hell by proxy are almost certainly watching, and he has to salvage what he can of his reputation.
But mostly, he’s just desperate to escape, because he hurts, he burns, and it’s only getting worse.
“Bye, bitch!” Adam cackles, as he slithers into the shadows. The exorcist sniggers to himself for a few moments more, bragging to himself about how amazing he is and how he’d killed radio. Alastor would tear his tongue and throat out if he could for such blatant heresy. But then there’s a flapping of wings, and Adam’s voice grows distant, presumably to join the rest of the fight.
This is unfortunate for Alastor’s allies, but very fortunate for him, because he hadn’t really fled at all.
He doesn’t have the strength to retreat somewhere farther than the shadows cast by the raised partitions of the roofs, or the ones cast by the Hazbin Hotel sign. His shadow had slithered them snugly into the natural ones, and if they don’t move, they look like they belong there. But if Adam had any attention span greater than a gnat, or more interest in pursuing his prey to the death, Alastor would be dead already.
He may very well still be finished. He’s in agony, even with his body disassembled and thinned into pure shadow. He might not exist in the physical sense, but that radiant magic doesn’t seem to care. It burns him alive in every other sense of the word, mentally and magically, roasting the very essence of who he is. If he’d still owned his own soul, it might very well burn that alive too. Perhaps it is, and the owner of his chain is watching in bewilderment as the links superheat and grow brittle and crack.
If he had the lungs, the vocal cords, and the mouth for it, he might be screaming. He’s almost glad he doesn’t. It would be a rather unbecoming look for him on Vox’s drones, and he’s rapidly losing the ability to care about anything outside his own agony. Best he doesn’t have the chance to ruin his reputation when he’s blinded by pain.
Hide. Hide. Hide! Alastor is a thing of shadow and now more than ever, at his weakest, at his most vulnerable, he doesn’t want to be perceived. He wants to vanish, lick his wounds, recover himself where no one can see him, and put himself together enough to appear as he must. In control. Dangerous. Important.
But there’s nowhere to hide beyond the tiny shadows on the roof, because there’s nowhere he can go. He doesn’t have the strength to slip fully into the void, not with his staff broken and the radiant energy feeding on him like a parasite. He’s so weak. He’s in so much pain. A vulnerable little shadow, and if he leaves the safety of the Hazbin Hotel sign, even the simplest of angels can spear him and tear him apart.
He’s so weak. He hurts. He burns.
He needs resources. Magic. Something to stave off the angry wound shredding him to pieces. But he’s so limited now, and he’s in so much pain. It’s harder and harder to think. Where can he go? What can he do? He just wants to stop hurting.
Building, his shadow prompts.
Yes. Yes. If he were able, Alastor would take a shaky breath, dig his claws into the rooftop, and clench his teeth in a desperate attempt to ward off the pangs of agony that flow through his very being long enough to think properly. As it is, he struggles to mentally hold onto the prompt from his shadow.
The building. The very hotel beneath him. He’d invested so much of himself in the building for his work with Charlie. Wards and warnings, tricks and defenses, magical struts and supports every time he repaired things or decorated or made things like new. The entire building contained a piece of him, worked into the bones and bricks of the hotel.
He could take it back. Siphon it free, feed himself, feed the burning magic long enough to flee somewhere safer.
Feed me, he nearly begs the rooftop beneath him. I hurt. I need. Please.
It responds, but it’s slow to answer. So much magic had already been used up in that attempt to shield the hotel and its soldiers; that great bubble of shadow and magic had already fed off of a great deal of what the hotel had to offer. But there are dregs of magic left. Alastor greedily drinks up what he can, absorbing it into the essence of himself and using it to stave off the radiant burning a little longer.
Distantly, he can feel the hotel falling into disrepair every time he takes, takes, takes. His shadow picks at the threads of magic left in the hotel and claws them close, close, closer still, for him to feed on. He unravels the wards around his room, devours his bayou, shreds the bar apart. Things prettied up crack and wither and return to a desiccated, uncared for state; the parlor becomes junk, the windows cracked and broken, the wallpaper torn and molding.
He doesn’t care. The whole damn place can burn to the ground so long as he lives.
There isn’t much, but he takes what he can. It isn’t enough to let him flee, because while he’s hungry, that holy magic is hungrier still, desperate to tear him into oblivion. He struggles to hold off the wound, even in an incorporeal state.
And still, he hurts, he hurts, he hurts.
He’s barely aware of the battle continuing beneath him, at the foot of the hotel, in the air around it. In this form Alastor has no body, no ears, no eyes, no real way to interact with the substantive world for long. His shadow can translate vibrations into sound and movement, or olfactory sensations. It has a dim understanding of light and shadow, for obvious reasons, although nothing as complicated as color.
But none of that matters, because Alastor’s shadow, like Alastor himself, is too busy trying to hold itself together to focus on anything else but them. His shadow keeps them hidden in the lee of the Hazbin Hotel sign, in the natural shadows, away from eyes that don’t look too closely. And Alastor drags at any magic he can access and tries desperately to keep himself in one piece long enough to find a solution to his own demise.
Which is why it comes as a great shock when the battle comes to him again.
It starts with a spike of alarm from his shadow, as the shade cast by the Hazbin Hotel sign flickers unnaturally. His shadow inwardly shrieks to him and drags them both further into the safety of the darkness against the risen edge of the roof, trying to find shade that’s less ephemeral.
They move just in time. With a heavy thud and a shriek, something lands precisely where their little pool of shade had been moments before.
Alastor can barely focus outside of his own immediate pain and fear, but this is a development he can’t ignore. Through the agonizing burn of holy magic that tears at his mind and his very existence, he hisses, show me.
His shadow complies, diverting its attention after tucking them safely into a corner. It gathers up the sounds and scents and shades it can translate most effectively despite its own suffering, and passes the information along to him as best as it can.
Smell comes first. The scent of blood is always familiar, but this scent is especially well known to him. He recognizes that strange smell of mixed blood, angel and demon, that is Charlie Morningstar. Vibration comes next, and his shadow is able to piece together that the thing that nearly fell on them is the princess herself, straining to right herself after what felt like quite a tumble.
Alastor’s mind struggles to comprehend what Charlie Morningstar could possibly be doing on the roof. How did she even get there, much less fall there?
But he’s too tormented by agony to be able to think further, or to try to pick apart puzzles, and the question slips away from him more easily than he’d like.
More importantly, Charlie is here. Now that he’s more aware, he can feel the thrum of the Deal between them, waiting for him to call for it. A favor. A favor. He’d planned to use it later, but there won’t be a later if he dies.
He can’t care about his plans now. He’s hurting. He’s afraid. He’s dying. He wants to live. Fuck the grand plans, he wants to live, and Charlie is his ticket to surviving another day.
A favor.
A favor.
A favor for magic, he hungers, he’s starving, he’s dying. She’s so full of it, so much energy, so much potential. Angel and demon mixed, she has more power than she’s ever realized or knows what to do with. Surely siphoning a little to him won’t hurt, and he’s starving, he’s dying, he needs, he hurts, and a bleeding heart like her wouldn’t want him to hurt—
A favor. She owes him. Now’s the time. Feed him, save him—
He and his shadow surge forward, reaching for her, already planning to pull taut on the bounds of the Deal. A favor to harm no one, a favor to save him, feed him, fix him, save him, he’s hurting, hurting, hurting—
But even as Alastor and his shadow slither forward, desperate and starving and needing, his shade manages to overcome his frenzy to give him the next set of senses. Vibrations become sound become meaning, just in time to pick apart the sounds of Charlie panting in pain and exhaustion as she struggles to push herself upright.
She gasps.
Alastor can’t see, but the flap of wings suggests an enemy is approaching. A moment later, an unfortunately familiar voice proves him right.
“Risking your immortal life for Sinners?” Adam jeers. “That’s some crazy shit, even for Lucifer’s brat!” A gentle thump, and based on the vibrations, Alastor can only assume Adam has landed on the roof again.
“These Sinners are my family,” Charlie snarls back, with more forthright anger than Alastor had honestly ever given her credit for.
Something slams on the ground—based on the impact and vibrations, possibly her fist or foot. He can’t be sure, and he hurts too much to pay much attention to detail. He can barely focus at all over his desire to feed, to not hurt, to haul in his favor and use her to keep him alive.
“These Sinners are my family,” Adam mocks in a disgusting baby voice, before sneering. “Do you even hear yourself? You shoulda stayed in your place, girlie—”
A shriek of anger, a howl that sounds like Charlie only because it is her voice; Alastor has never heard a noise like that before from her since he’s known the princess. A meaty thud, a yowl of pain from Adam, and the scent of something absolutely mouth-watering, blood but not-blood, fresh and hot. The shattering of glass and a sharp thud of something heavy hitting the ground, reverberating beneath Alastor and his shadow.
“That’s Princess of Hell to you, pig!” Charlie snarls, and just like her howl, Alastor only knows it’s her because he knows her voice. He’s never heard her speak that way before. Not throwing insults. Not demanding the use of her title. Never with such a guttural growl.
Even in his agony, there’s a distant thrum of pride in Alastor’s cold, dead heart. He knew she had potential.
“The fuck? That hurt!” Adam snarls. The scent of fresh, hot, not-quite-blood grows stronger, and if Alastor weren’t already in a frenzy of agony from the holy wound this very man had inflicted, he’d be driven mad from sheer bloodlust at the scent of an angel’s insides.
But then Adam laughs, a harsh, snarling thing, and growls, “Okay then. You wanna play, bitch? Let’s go!”
The input from Alastor’s shadow becomes a mess of confusion. There are too many vibrations and sounds to really understand the details of what’s happening in full, and he’s hurting too badly to put any effort into decoding it. Screams and snarls. Thuds and crashes and the clash of weapons. The scent of blood, mixed and holy.
Alastor doesn’t know the details. But he knows enough to get the idea. Charlie is fighting Adam.
A favor! He shrieks. My favor! I want to live!
He can make her help him. He can call in his favor. He’s dying, he can feel that holy magic tearing him apart, and he needs her. He needs in a way he hasn’t needed in a long, long time, and the solution is right there, and he’s desperate, and he’s hungry, and he hurts —
And he can’t.
One favor at a time of my choosing where you harm no one. That had been the stipulation, and he never had needed her to harm anyone. He was skilled enough at that himself. But dragging the deal taut, forcing the favor now, while she fought against Adam—
It would kill her. She would be hurt. It might save his life, but it would harm her because it would distract her against Adam’s onslaught, and that isn’t permissible by the bounds of the Deal.
More sickeningly still, he doesn’t want Charlie to hurt. He wants to live, but he doesn’t want Charlie to be dead and he doesn’t want her to be broken. It’s a vile paradox that he can’t stand. He shouldn’t care, he shouldn’t, he shouldn’t, not if it comes to him surviving. Not when it’s down to him or her.
But he does.
If he wasn’t shadow, he would scream. Anguish, frustration, pain, fury, all of it would be there in his voice, in his shrieks. So close. He’s so damn close to a solution and yet the furthest he’s ever been. He’s dying, he needs, and yet there’s nothing he can do to save himself.
Not from his imminent death and not from his own miserable, pathetic, growing conscience.
So all he can do is curl in the shadows and stay hidden from Adam’s cruelty and observe through blacks and whites and vibrations and smells. All he can do is wait, and die, and hope for a miracle.
Alastor knows better than to expect one. Miracles don’t happen in Hell.
And sure enough, it’s clear in just a few minutes that Charlie is utterly outmatched when it comes to Adam. She has the raw power, certainly; her heritage guarantees her nothing less. But Adam has eons of experience and sadistic cruelty, and Charlie is Charlie. Naive, empathetic, loving Charlie, who hates the thought of hurting anyone and has barely any experience in a fight besides getting into fisticuffs once with a television reporter.
She’s losing. Badly, if the increasing stench of mixed blood and the sharp cries of pain are anything to go by. Adam is laughing and swearing, and from the sounds of it, he’s taking things seriously now that he’s been injured.
Charlie hasn’t a prayer.
Where in the Seven Rings are the others?
It’s a struggle to think clearly—Alastor hurts, he needs so badly, he barely has a thought in his head for anything else. But he’s certain Charlie isn’t supposed to be alone. Why isn’t her sweetheart protecting her? Where the Hell are the others? Even the cannibals would provide suitable distraction.
Anything, anything at all, to get Charlie out of the fight long enough for her to not die and to save him.
But no one comes. Charlie shrieks in pain, and the thump-crash of vibrations paints a picture of her being thrown to the ground. A clatter of metal and a laugh from Adam suggests she’s been disarmed.
Charlie is at his mercy.
Charlie is at his mercy and no one is coming to save her.
Charlie is going to die. And Alastor will follow not long after. The holy magic burns him alive from the inside, his numerous sins fuel for a roaring bonfire that will consume him all too soon.
It’s infuriating. To fight so hard for something and fail. It’s hilarious to watch, but Alastor hates failing, and now…now…
It’s over. It’s done. He’d tried. He’d failed. So has Charlie. Both of them will go to oblivion this day. Perhaps the others will follow.
No.
It’s a tiny little thought. So tiny he can barely hear it over the agonized screaming in his head and the bitterness of defeat. But Alastor is not the type to give up so blindly. He isn’t helpless. He reaches for that tiny little thought with everything he has.
No, his exhausted but furious little scheming thought whispers. There isn’t much thinking left to him, not in the face of so much pain and loss, but what is left is furiously insistent. No. We won’t win. But we won’t lose. Spit in the face of Heaven. If you must die, die efficiently. Die spitefully.
Save Charlie.
He doesn’t want Charlie to die. He doesn’t. He wouldn’t force her to save him if it cost her life. Not even if the rules of the Deal didn’t insist on it.
He wants her to live. Live and keep working on her ridiculous hotel. Everything it stands for is impossible, and yet…and yet…
…he’d liked it here. While he had the time.
But acting…acting has consequences now. He’s barely holding himself together. He can’t win against Adam. If he bides his time, he may still find an opportunity to live, if radiance doesn’t destroy him from the inside first. If he intervenes, even to buy Charlie time, he will die.
He won’t survive Adam’s wrath again.
It’s stupid. It’s foolish. It’s suicidal. Alastor has fought and bled and clawed his way to power, dragged himself forward against his owner’s leash, done everything to keep living. He has plans. He has a purpose. He isn’t a goddamned hero. He’s in Hell for a reason. He isn’t the type to throw his life away for others.
Not even if, perhaps, he’s grown to care for them.
He doesn’t want to die. He wants to live.
But there’s no point to both of them dying, and he can’t bear to see Charlie brutalized like this. She has potential. She can’t go like this.
And she’d given him a chance.
And he’s so, so damn tired now. Thinking hurts. Planning hurts. Everything about existing hurts, and he doesn’t want to die, but he doesn’t want to see Charlie die, and deep in his cold, dead heart, he finds just enough strength, despite his suffering, to do one last thing.
For once in his life, for once in his afterlife, Alastor abandons his calculated plans and manipulations and acts with his heart and his instincts alone.
He doesn’t have much strength left. Virtually no magic, with his staff broken and holy light burning him alive from the inside. But he has his shadow, and he’d never needed magic to kill when he was alive. He just needs to be clever.
Circle around him, he orders his shadow. We come from behind, while he’s distracted.
They do, crawling along the edge of the wall in the natural shadows, slithering from space to space between the stonework of the roof. Hurting shouldn’t be possible in the void, but moving is agony all the same, even without a physical form. It takes mental effort, and a little magical endurance, and the radiance is rapidly stealing both from him.
A little longer. Just a little bit longer. That’s all he needs to last.
Adam doesn’t notice. A thump and a flutter of wing-noises suggests he’s landed on the roof, which suits Alastor’s purpose fine. But he’s laughing and congratulating himself as he preens over Charlie’s fallen body. Too distracted to notice one itty-bitty shadow acting unnaturally, or crawling up behind him.
“This fight was cute and all,” Adam practically cackles, “but it’s time to die.”
Adam takes a step forward towards Charlie.
And Alastor, hiding in Adam’s own shadow, bubbles out of the ground with the assistance of his own, and strikes.
Even free of the shadows, he has no magic, no shadow tendrils, no minions. It doesn’t matter. He doesn’t need them.
His teeth and claws have always been serviceable enough.
He snarls as he seizes one of Adam’s horns, dragging it to the left, hauling his jaw away from the high spiked collar of his robes. His right hand claws drag the collar down further, exposing the bastard’s throat. And with an animal bellow, he opens his maw wide, tendons and bones snapping and contorting, and sinks his fangs deep into Adam’s neck.
He instinctively bites for the jugular. His teeth don’t really do damage; they aren’t made of angelic steel, and they can’t bite deep. No blood wells up for his tongue to lap at, even though he can smell it, sweet and flavorful, not too far from his nose. But despite his deer attributes, his jaws are more akin to an alligator: once he’s bitten down, he doesn’t let go easily.
Adam screeches in surprise, reeling back as Alastor drags his head to the side and bites deep. He tries to turn his head to see what’s attacking him, and his jaw and cheek knock against Alastor’s forehead. Alastor doesn’t let go. If anything, he bites down harder.
“You fucking red piece of shit fucker!” Adam howls angrily, and tries to pull away, flailing violently. “What the fuck is wrong with you, you fucking red freak? Are you biting me? Are you fucking biting me like a fucking vampire?”
Alastor’s mouth is a little full, so he can’t exactly answer. He bites down harder still, flesh grinding between his jaws even if he can’t penetrate beneath the skin. When Adam moves, his claws scrabble for purchase to hang on, refusing to let himself be cast off. His left claws scratch and flail away from the horns on Adam’s head, clawing at the faceplate of his mask and trying to dig into the eyes. If he can blind the bastard, or even block his vision, so much the better.
His right claws dig into the fabric of Adam’s robes, which are not nearly as impervious as his skin, and scratch and scratch until they find a wound. A glorious, bleeding wound, and oh, Charlie does have potential. He might not have been able to make the cut himself, but his sharp claws dig in deep, burrowing into the bloody gash. He can’t make the wound worse, but from the way Adam screeches in genuine pain right in his ear, this hurts like Hell all the same.
Good.
Adam snarls, beating his wings and trying to fly so he can shake Alastor off. Alastor refuses to let him. The movement sends jarring waves of pain through his chest and stomach from the cruel, radiant wound Adam had inflicted, but instead of letting himself scream in agony, he clenches his jaw harder and digs his claws deeper, causing Adam to howl. His legs begin to hang as they rise, but he wraps them viciously around Adam’s waist so that he can’t be dislodged so easily, ignoring the way his wound screams again when he shifts his hips.
“You motherfucking red vampire motherfucker!” Adam howls in his ear. He zigzags violently in the air, trying to shake Alastor loose.
Alastor has always been stubborn. He doesn’t let go.
“That is it!” Adam shrieks. He raises his finger and tries to shoot a blast of radiant light at Alastor. But Alastor flails blindly at his eyes, and between that and the frantic movement his aim is off. He doesn’t manage to incinerate Alastor’s head. He does manage to burn his own spiked collar and shoulder, aiming so close to his own body.
He also, unfortunately, burns away Alastor’s right ear. The burn of radiant magic roars anew inside of him and Alastor shrieks into Adam’s neck, his jaws and claws spasming at the new influx of raw, holy pain.
But he still doesn’t let go.
His shadow, weak though it is, surges and slithers over his body and forms a thin shield across his skin. It wriggles inside him and adds strength to his weakening limbs, forcing his jaws and claws to remain clenched, his legs to remain locked. Their only hope is to hang on now. They have a tiger by the tail; let it go and they die.
“Let me the fuck go!” Adam howls. His hands are no demon claws, but his gauntlets are sharp and the knuckles are reinforced, and he’s no stranger to punching things. He reaches up and slams his fist into Alastor’s forehead, into his nose, scratches wildly at Alastor’s face.
The left side of Alastor’s face and head is buried against Adam’s neck and jaw, but his right side is terribly exposed. The iron tang of his own blood fills the air as his forehead splits, as Adam’s metal fingers dig into his right eye and scratch violently until his eyelid is a shredded mess and the eyeball is popped and oozing. The cartilage in his nose cracks with a sharp sting of pain as it snaps out of alignment. The flesh of his face tears, exposing bone, and what’s left of his right ear becomes a ruined, bloody mess of sticky matted fur. There are gashes along his scalp and hair torn out and fractures rapidly forming in his skull from each and every blow. Adam seizes his right antler and yanks hard enough that it tears from his head. His fingers and arms are scratched at and punched, and bones snap under the pressure.
Every single wound burns with holy radiance, his shadow slithers away from every wound as it’s caused, and that’s how Alastor knows the gauntlets are forged from angelic steel, too.
He still doesn’t let go.
It’s getting harder to hold on, now. Every wound inflicted saps his strength. Holy radiance is burning through every part of him—his chest and stomach, his arms, his head. He’s blind now, his right eye torn away and seeing only unending holy light, his left eye squeezed shut and pressed against Adam’s neck as he bites, bites, bites. He’s mostly deaf, his burned-away right ear largely useless, his left ear folded back under Adam’s jaw against his head.
Everything hurts. Everything. He hurts and he’s dying and he wants it to stop.
But he has to hold on. That little, insistent, scheming voice swears it, over and over, in the back of his head. Hold on as long as possible. Hold on as long as possible. Hold on. Hold on. Hold on.
He holds on. With tooth and claw and bloodthirsty, stubborn determination, he holds on.
“Get off, you motherfucker!” Adam screeches. “Haven’t you had enough already?”
They move, a dizzying feeling when Alastor is blind. He’s distantly aware of someone screaming his name, seconds before he’s shoved violently backward. Adam slams himself back into a hard surface, and with Alastor clinging to his back, he takes the brunt of the blow. Adam’s back grinds into the wound across his chest and stomach from earlier, and it lights up with lightning crackles of agony, like he’s being stabbed a second time.
His shadow struggles wildly to stay with him, but his magic and his endurance are gone with that last blow. With a soft shushing noise it vanishes, slithering out of his limbs and away from his skin. The pain doubles without his shadow to interfere, without it to give him strength and let him endure.
He screams. He screams and screams and screams, barely drawing breath through his bloody, broken nose to get more air to scream. He finally loses the strength in his legs, and they slither away from Adam’s waist, hanging uselessly in the air off the bastard’s back.
You have to hold on. Hold on for as long as possible. Hold on, hold on, hold on!
He screams, but he keeps his jaw fastened around skin he can’t pierce. He spasms, but he keeps his claws dug into fabric, into blood and flesh.
He holds on.
He holds on, but it’s a struggle now. His fingers scrabble to keep their grip, to stay clenched. His jaw aches, a minor ache compared to the raw, radiant agony the rest of him is in, but an ache nonetheless.
He’s burning through his strength. He can’t hang on much longer.
But he has to. He has to hang on. He has to.
Why did he have to? He can’t remember…there’s nothing left but pain, and burning, bright light, and the urgent need to hang on.
Through a filter, a million miles away, he hears his name again. Calling. Pleading. Louder, closer, he hears noises that are anger. He’s too tired to make them out. In too much pain to make his brain understand the noises. His shadow can’t translate. It’s gone.
Hold on. Hold on.
I can’t. I’m tired. I hurt. I can’t.
Hold on!
Something beats around his ears. Soft and feathery, but the impact is violent, and the touch burns.
Hold on!
Something claws at his face again. He can’t see it, but its touch burns too. He squeezes his eye and his jaw shut against it and tries to protect his neck as best as possible.
Hold on.
Something digs into his wrists, finally drags them away from the warmth and dripping blood and flesh they’d dug into. No, this is how he holds on, and he fights against it, but the force is too strong now and he doesn’t have strength left. The burning light inside him is incinerating it all. It’s going up in smoke. He’s so weak, it’s taking everything he has…
Hold on…
He scratches weakly. Tries to find a new hold for his claws. But something wraps around his neck, presses over his throat. It pulls. He tries to hold on, he does, he clenches with his jaws and tries to burrow his teeth deep, deep into flesh and tendon and bone.
But his fangs find no purchase. They grind and pinch but can’t find their way into flesh. He tries to hold on, but he’s so weak, and his jaws ache, and he doesn’t have the strength anymore. They slide free, just enough for the offending force to drag him away from the skin.
Hold…on…
But there’s nothing to hold onto anymore. He’s vaguely aware he’s dangling from his neck, like the condemned in a noose. But there’s no gallows, when he blinks his blood-slick left eye open. Only gold, red, and something vaguely like a face, and angry noises he can’t understand anymore.
He can’t understand much at all anymore, other than he hurts, he hurts everywhere, and he can’t remember why or how he got here anymore.
The grip on his throat is gone. He still can’t really breathe, he still chokes on thick iron in his mouth, dribbling down his throat. At least the crushing is gone, even if it comes with the dizzying sensation of movement, flitting past his bloodied eye too fast and—
Crack.
Every part of him lights up in an agonizing wash of pure, unending agony. Every wound burns anew with radiant punishment, feasting on sins upon sins upon sins. Surely they’ll run out soon. There can’t be much left of him to burn. He’s hurt for so long. Forever. Why won’t it stop. Why won’t it…
Ho…old…
The blinding light in his burst right eye finally goes black, and so, blessedly, does the pain, and he thinks he can stop listening to that little voice in his head at last.
He stops holding on.
Chapter 2: Charlie
Notes:
This chapter was by far one of my favorites to write. Happy Friday! :)
Chapter Text
Charlie slams into the ground hard enough to knock the wind, and the yelp of pain, clear out of her.
She blinks spots out of her eyes as she tries hard to regain her breath. Her right hand is still clenched around her trident, thank goodness; she hasn’t lost it yet.
It’s about the only good thing she has right now. Charlie hurts everywhere. She’s only been fighting Adam for a few minutes, but he’s been absolutely kicking her ass.
Charlie’s no good in a fight and she knows it. Vaggie’s been trying to teach her the basics for the past month that they’ve been training the cannibals and preparing their defenses, but it’s been slow going. That was why Vaggie settled on shield-training her instead, so she could at least defend herself.
Vaggie. She wishes Vaggie were here. She wishes she knew if Vaggie was even still alive, or okay. Last she’d seen, Vaggie and that other angel—Lute, Vaggie had called her—had been brawling it out in the lobby of the hotel. And Dazzle—Dazzle had…
No, no, no. She can’t get distracted like this. She can’t afford to. Vaggie kept yelling at her to focus earlier. She has to focus now.
But it’s so hard. Vaggie had been protecting her earlier, and it’s hard to fight without her. It’s hard to have the confidence that she can survive this. She could face anyone, even Adam, if Vaggie was next to her.
But alone, it’s so difficult. She’s so bad at fighting, and she hates hurting people. Even people who are trying to kill her. She’d spent more time deflecting attacks in the battlefield below than trying to go on the offensive.
And yet, Charlie can’t afford to hold back anymore. She can’t be squeamish, or weak, or afraid of hurting and killing. Her inability to take on Adam, her unwillingness to really put herself in the fight—it’s already cost lives. It’s the reason Pentious had tried to take that position, and died for it. It’s the reason Alastor is probably dead too.
Because Charlie is too weak to fight her own battles, too unwilling to hurt and kill to protect her dreams.
She squeezes her eyes shut for a moment, trying to blink away tears. No. No! She doesn’t want to lose any more of her friends, her family. She won’t let herself be the weak link that leads to any of the others dying.
She has to get up. She has to keep fighting.
So although it hurts, although she aches throughout her entire body, although there’s blood dripping into her eye and staining her clothes, she gets up again. She uses her trident to pull herself to her feet, plants her hooves, clamps both sets of claws around it, and glares at Adam. Waiting.
Adam laughs at her. “Bitch, are you for real? You know you can’t take me, right? You look fuckin’ pathetic.”
“I won’t let you hurt my family anymore,” Charlie snarls back, trying to make her voice sound less exhausted than it is.
He laughs at her. And although Charlie hates admitting it, he has good reason to. She’s no good at this. She’d gotten one good strike in at the beginning, stabbing him in the shoulder, when he wasn’t expecting it. That’s all she’s managed to do to him since.
Because, as much as she hates to admit an asshole like Adam is good at anything, he knows what he’s doing when it comes to fighting. And now he’s on his guard, because he knows she can hurt him with her trident.
He’s been playing with her. She knows just enough about fighting to know he’s been teasing her relentlessly. He’s been dodging around her attacks, slapping her trident strikes aside with lazy backhands against his gauntlets, or grabbing it and using her own weapon to slam her to the ground. He slips around her stabs and sweeps and punches her in the shoulders, chest, stomach, or uses his wings to sweep her legs out from underneath her. She’s been thrown to the ground at least a dozen times.
He hasn’t even drawn a weapon yet.
And the whole time he mocks her. Swearing, laughing, using that obnoxious baby voice to make fun of her dedication to her family. He gleefully talks about how he’ll personally kill each of her friends that are left, if Lute hasn’t gotten to them already. He grins and tells her Vaggie—and he pronounces it wrong on purpose, va-jee, just the way Vaggie hates it—is probably already dead at Lute’s hands, because she’d always been pathetic and weak, the worst of the exorcists.
Charlie hates it. He’s not just an asshole, he’s cruel in a way she sees in Sinners and never Saints. The people in her hotel have been sentenced to Hell for a reason and yet she’s seen more kindness and genuine care in them than in the First Man.
But Charlie also hates it, hates him, because he isn’t wrong. She’s weak. She can’t fight him. He’s toying with her for the entertainment value, and once she’s no fun to mess around with, he’ll probably kill her and go down to kill the others. And then move on the Pentagram itself.
Just keep fighting, she urges herself. Maybe, if she can stall for long enough, Vaggie can finish off Lute and come to help. Maybe Adam will get careless and leave an opening.
Maybe a miracle will happen.
She waits, standing at the ready, preparing for Adam’s attack. He doesn’t seem interested in going on the offensive, because he yawns, fanning a hand in front of his face, before he finally says, “So, are we done here? Are you gonna fuckin’ attack or something? ‘Cause I got other things I could be doing with my time.” He grins savagely. “Like your girlfriend.”
“Sexist pig,” Charlie snaps at him, raising her trident to aim in the general direction of his face.
“Wah wah wah, you bitches are all the same,” Adam says, with a roll of his eyes. “All freedom and equality and no sex jokes ever again. Fucking losers.” He waves a hand at her dismissively. “Whatever, bitch. If you’re not gonna play, I’ll just go back to killing the freaks on the ground floor.”
“No!” Charlie snarls, and launches at him angrily, stabbing out with her trident at Adam’s chest.
Too late, she realizes this was precisely his goal. He’d baited her into a trap and she fell for it. Even as she thrusts outward with her weapon, Adam flaps his wings, zipping into the air over her attack. He cackles as he dives down directly at her from above, gauntleted, sharp hands outstretched, straight for her face.
Adam is fast, and Charlie doesn’t have enough time to bring her trident around to guard. It’s too long and she’s already off balance from the thrust. She tries to let go of the trident with one hand to guard her face, but she’s too late.
Adam seizes her by the horns and, using his full momentum and weight, power-slams her straight back down into the stone of the roof.
Stars dance before Charlie’s vision, exploding wildly, bright and painful. She shrieks in pain as the back of her skull collides with the roof, pile-driven into the ground. The rest of her body slams to the ground just as painfully, electric, agonizing sparks of pain running all up and down her spine, her hips, her tail, her legs and arms. She hears the distant clatter of metal long before she realizes she’d let go of her weapon, and her claws are empty.
When Adam lets go of her horns, one of them snaps away in his palm halfway up from the base, and that sends a new spike of pain through her. Her head spins, and her vision swims above her, a bewildering mix of Hell-red and Heaven-gold. She feels nauseated, like she might throw up at any minute. She smells blood. A lot of it.
The flapping of wings catches her attention. Adam. Adam is still around and she’s vulnerable. She grimaces, rolling onto her side, but even that sends waves of dizziness and nausea through her, and she needs to take a minute to try and breathe. She blinks her eyes painfully—there are tears running down her cheeks from the pain—and squints, trying to focus.
Adam lands in front of her with a thump. She can barely tilt her head to look up past the hems of his gold and gray and white robes towards his face, which is blurry and indistinct in her rolling vision. She moans.
“This fight was cute and all,” Adam says with a cackle, as he starts to step towards her. “But it’s time to die.”
And Charlie tries to get to her feet. She does. But everything hurts and everything is spinning and it’s taking most of her concentration to not throw up on Adam’s robes, much less get up to fight back. She doesn’t even know where her weapon has gone.
It’s not fair. If she just had a few more minutes, if she could just get this stupid dizziness and nausea under control, she might have a chance. But she’s so weak, so useless…
She doesn’t say it out loud. She’s not going to beg for mercy or let Adam think she’s apologizing to him. But inside, in her mind, she mentally reaches out to all of them.
I’m so sorry, Pentious, Dazzle. You died for nothing. I’m so sorry, Alastor, that I asked you to fight this guy and probably got you killed too. Vaggie, I’m sorry I wasn’t good at learning combat from you and I have to leave you like this. Angel, Husk, Niffty, Cherri Bomb, Razzle…I’m sorry I got you all wrapped up in this mess. Dad…I’m sorry we didn’t get more time together.
I’m so, so sorry.
She looks up, head and vision spinning, but determined to face her end with strength. Adam leers down at her, still laughing, one hand raising and golden energy sparking at his fingertips for the killing blow.
And—
And—
And her spinning, star-struck vision must be playing tricks on her, because something dark is bubbling up behind Adam. It’s pitch black, void itself, with long elongated arms and gleaming red eyes, and it’s familiar in a way her dizzy mind can’t begin to believe, because Alastor is dead but this looks like Alastor’s shadow, and then—
—and then Alastor himself slithers out of the shadow like a striking snake. One hand wraps around Adam’s long-horned hood, the second tears his spiked collar away, and with a wrench, Adam’s head is dragged to the left with a shocked yelp. Alastor’s mouth grows impossibly wide, his red eyes turn black, his pupils become dials, and with an animal noise and a screech of feedback, he bites down on the side of Adam’s throat.
Even as Adam screeches in surprise, Charlie’s heart wells with relief and exhilaration. Alastor! Alastor is alive! She hadn’t condemned him to death by asking him to fight Adam. He’d even come to help her when she was in trouble—she knew Alastor cared, deep down, even if he never wanted to admit it. Her tears of pain rapidly mix with tears of sobbing relief, and she’s so glad he’s okay.
“You fucking red piece of shit fucker!” Adam yowls, trying to turn to glare at Alastor. He can’t, because Alastor’s face is buried in the side of his neck, his gleaming yellow teeth casting a sickly glow against Adam’s shining gold and solemn gray. Adam tries to step away, but Alastor is dragged after him like a bulldog with its jaws locked, hissing and spitting static as he goes. “What the fuck is wrong with you, you fucking red freak? Are you biting me? Are you fucking biting me like a fucking vampire?”
Alastor doesn’t answer. He probably can’t, with his mouth locked around Adam’s throat like that. But as Adam tries to shake himself free, Alastor entangles himself further. One of his elongated, eerily proportioned arms comes up to wrap around Adam’s head and facemask, blocking his vision. The other skitters like a spider until it finds the single wound Charlie had managed to put in his shoulder, and digs into it violently, twisting and tearing to inflict as much pain as possible.
Adam screeches, flailing and shaking frantically as he tries to dislodge Alastor. But Alastor’s gangly, wiry limbs are impossible to dislodge once those long, sharp fingers have found a hold, once those gleaming jaws have found something to bite down on. He hangs on grimly, like the world’s most violent cannibal backpack.
And yet, as terrified as the display is, that’s when Charlie begins to realize Alastor isn’t nearly as okay as she first thought.
Because Alastor might be frightening even now, a shadowy creature with unnatural proportions and a too-big mouth, screeching static and doing his best to consume a living angel. But for as long as Charlie’s known him, this isn’t really Alastor’s style when it comes to fights.
Where are all the shadowy tendrils and little shade minions? The crackling, electric green energy, or the whirling symbols? Why hasn’t he grown so big he could swat Adam aside, or eat him whole?
Even now, as Adam rises into the air, flapping his wings frantically and zigzagging and looping in a wild attempt to shake Alastor off, Alastor isn’t really fighting. He’s wrapped his over-long legs and split hooves around Adam’s waist, cinching the robe tight, in order to hold on better. But he hasn’t done anything else to attack. He just holds on, digging his teeth and claws deep, refusing to be shaken loose.
Something’s wrong.
Something’s very wrong. Alastor must have abandoned his fight with Adam for a reason. Maybe it was the same reason he isn’t using his magic.
Charlie doesn’t have time to wallow on the ground in pain. She has to get up. She has to help.
The nausea is still there, but it’s settled a little—she feels sick to her stomach, but not enough to throw up. The dizziness is definitely still there and makes her whole head spin as she drags herself to her hands and knees, and she digs her fingers into the stone roof hard enough to crack it as she wills her vision to stop swimming.
She doesn’t have time for this! Alastor needs help!
“That is it!” Adam shrieks. His finger sparks as he tries to raise it to point at Alastor, wielding the same deadly beam of holy energy that had eradicated Sir Pentious in a matter of seconds.
“No!” Charlie shrieks, tears pouring down her face. She’s still on her hands and knees—there’s no way to stop this—no, no, no! “Alastor, please!”
But Alastor gets lucky. Adam is flinging himself around like a madman, in pain and agitated from Alastor clinging to him and digging into his wound, and he’s blinded from Alastor’s claws over his facemask. It throws off his aim, which is already not great, since if he aims too low he risks hitting himself. A savage flap of wings at the same time that he fires throws his shot off, burning away the flattened high collar of his robes and part of his ornate shoulder spikes, but also taking his aim away from Alastor’s face.
But not all of Alastor. Charlie feels the resonance of his agonized shriek in her chest as the whole building vibrates from the static frequencies of his cry of pain. When the burning beam of light ends and Charlie blinks bright spots out of her vision, she’s horrified to see Alastor’s right ear burned away to a bloody stump. It dribbles with blood and glimmering gold, streaking down his face.
And yet, to Charlie’s amazement, Alastor doesn’t let go. His one visible eye squeezes shut, hiding away his red dial eye. But his claws dig in deep and his jaws stay locked around Adam’s throat, and he doesn’t move.
He’s still fighting. He’s hurting, bad, and yet he’s still here trying to help her stay alive.
She has to try, too, before he gets himself killed or can’t fight anymore.
She’s still dizzy, still on her hands and knees, but she forces herself to look around and ignores the way her head spins. She needs her trident. She’d lost it when Adam slammed her into the ground, but it can’t have gone far—
There!
It’s only about ten feet away. She can reach it. She grits her teeth, tries to force back her pain and discomfort, and starts crawling on hands and knees over to her weapon.
“Let me the fuck go!” Adam howls above. He’s still flapping around wildly, but he seems to have given up on using holy energy to try and remove Alastor. He’d burned himself in the attempt, so Charlie isn’t surprised.
But when she risks a glance up at the two of them in the air, grimacing at how it makes her head ache and her vision spin, she’s horrified to realize this is because Adam’s picked a new tactic. He can’t turn his head very well, but he can still raise his arms. Both of his gauntleted hands are striking at Alastor any way they can—punching, clawing, pulling. The wounds hiss and gleam, which means the gauntlets must be made of angelic steel.
Charlie can’t help but sob at how awful Alastor looks after just a few seconds of assault. Adam tears out his eye, cuts gouges in his face, breaks his nose, rips out his hair. There’s a horrible crack when Adam snaps one of Alastor’s antlers, twisted and spiked from his partial demonic form, fully from his head and flings it off the roof. Blood runs down Alastor’s face, over his teeth, dribbles down onto the white and gold and gray of Adam’s robes. His arms snap at odd angles, even for him, when Adam punches and tears savagely at them to try and free himself from the Radio Demon’s grip.
Charlie forces herself to look away before she throws up, this time from horror. “I’m sorry,” she sobs miserably, as she forces herself to try and crawl faster towards her trident. “I’m sorry, Alastor, I’m so sorry, I’m so sorry, I’m trying, I’m sorry—”
Her fingers touch metal. Angelic steel, cool even in Hell’s eternal heat. Staff carved with sigils and her father’s serpent likeness wrapped protectively around it, headed with the fruit of knowledge and three deadly blades. She’d managed to hit Adam with it once; its bite had cut angel flesh and drained angel blood.
She wraps her fingers around it and drags it close. Jams the butt end into the ground, and uses it as a lever to push herself up. Her legs are wobbly at first, but she forces them to be steady, to take her weight.
Her people need her. Alastor needs her. She can’t afford to be weak right now.
She has to be ready to fight.
“Get off, you motherfucker!” Adam screeches. “Haven’t you had enough already?”
Charlie finds them up above. Adam has wandered closer to the Hazbin Hotel sign. He spins around, putting his back to the struts and supports, and raises his wings back.
Charlie recognizes the backdraft move from watching her own father’s flight, and knows what Adam’s about to try. “Alastor, let go!” she yells, trying to warn him.
But Alastor doesn’t listen. Or maybe, with his face torn up and his ear burned away, he doesn’t hear or see her. Whatever the case, when Adam sweeps his wings forward and propels himself backwards into the Hazbin Hotel support struts, slamming his back—and Alastor, still clinging to it—directly into the metal, Alastor takes the full force of the blow.
Charlie had felt Alastor’s scream of pain before. It’s nothing to his suffering now. The feedback screech is like a knife straight into her brain, and she instinctively claps a hand over her ears in pain. And she can hear him screaming now, even muffled in Adam’s neck as it is; a strange mix of animal bugling and human shrieks of agony.
Charlie has never, ever heard Alastor make a noise like that before. He makes other people make that kind of noise.
She’s terrified.
When Adam flaps away from the Hazbin Hotel support struts, it’s clear Alastor is starting to lose the fight between them. His legs slip free from where they had been wrapped around Adam’s waist to keep him secure. He dangles from his jaws and the grip of his claws alone, several feet in the air, dripping blood down to the roof below.
And from the way he scrabbles, struggling to keep his grip, arms shaking, jaws working, even that is becoming difficult.
“Alastor!” Charlie yells to him, pleading. “Let go! It’s okay, you’ve done enough, please —” The fall might hurt him, but if he keeps fighting Adam, he will die at this rate.
Charlie can’t bear to see any more of her friends die.
But there’s nothing else she can really do to help. She can’t fly, and Adam is still hovering above, still trying to dislodge Alastor. She doesn’t know what happened to Razzle after she was thrown free of his back, and Vaggie must still be held up by Lute. She doesn’t trust herself to try throwing her trident—even if her aim was good, which it isn’t, she’s afraid to hit Alastor.
All she can do is stand on the ground, holding her weapon, watching uselessly as Adam flutters above and beats the hell out of one of her friends.
Alastor is definitely weaker now. His more demonic features, like his too-long limbs and split hooves, have melted away. The one antler he has left has reduced to its little crescent shape. She’s not sure if his eyes have changed back, since one is torn out and the other is hidden—but if she had to bet on it, she’s sure they’re red once more, and the dial is gone.
Adam’s wings buffet his face and body, knocking him about. Adam finally manages to get one of his hands around Alastor’s wrist, the one digging into Adam’s shoulder wound, and drags it loose. Alastor struggles to free himself from the grip, to claw at Adam’s body, but he’s too weak now to pull his wrist free.
“Stop,” Charlie pleads. She’s not sure who she’s pleading to. Alastor, to stop struggling and hurting himself more. Adam, to stop hurting her family.
The plea falls on deaf ears anyway.
“Haha, red piece of shit motherfucker, getting tired? Yeah, didn’t think you could fucking play with the original dick! I told you, radio is fucking dead!”
Sensing victory, Adam reaches up with his left arm and works his fingers behind Alastor’s head. Alastor makes a choked, pained noise, and Adam cackles. He pulls, and Alastor struggles vainly, worrying his jaws like a dog. He fails. Adam rips Alastor free from his throat—perfectly undamaged, beyond the indentation of tooth marks on unpierced skin—and drags him over his own shoulder.
Alastor is buffeted by those massive golden wings for a moment. But then Adam holds him aloft by his neck, his gauntleted left hand wrapped around Alastor’s own skinny throat. His flight regains some semblance of control when he’s no longer dealing with an unwanted passenger. He snickers.
“Hah, look at you! Stupid red vampire motherfucker, did you really think you could take me? Once wasn’t good enough, I gotta fuck you up twice, is that what you’re saying? You’re real twisted, huh?”
“Leave him alone!” Charlie snarls up at him, angry but helpless to do anything. Alastor’s not even trying to free himself. His arms dangle uselessly at his sides. There are choked noises coming from his mouth and throat, and buzzing, frantic static coming from everywhere else, but he’s too weak to defend himself. His head sags sideways at an alarming angle, and normally Charlie would say it’s just that thing he does, but now…now his neck just looks broken, sitting on Adam’s fist, while Alastor suffers.
“Oh come on,” Adam scowls, as he flutters down to land on the ground, holding Alastor up in front of him like a prize. Adam is one of the rare few taller than even Alastor, and the Radio Demon’s toes hang inches above the ground as his head lolls. “You care about this fucker? This guy is family? This red vampire piece of shit? He tried to eat me!”
“He tried to protect me,” Charlie snarls at him, raising her trident. Alastor is between her and Adam, and she can’t risk hurting him. If he gets hit by angelic steel, as bad off as he is, he will die. But if she gets the chance, now that Adam is on the ground…she just needs one chance. “Put him down.”
Adam snickers at her. “Well, you fucking asked!”
And he turns, and hurls Alastor across the roof.
Charlie screams in horror as Alastor is flung through the air. He slams hard into the raised edges of the roof with a sickening crack from deep inside him, bounces off, and thuds hard to the stone of the roof. His back is to her, his form boneless, his long arms and legs sprawled and motionless. He doesn’t get up again.
And an ominous silence spreads across the rooftop. It takes Charlie only one thudding heartbeat to recognize the absence of white noise static for what it is.
Alastor is silent.
Charlie is not.
She screams, a violent, Hellish noise that’s never come out of her before. Emotions well up inside of her that she’s never tried to entertain, but she welcomes them now. Raw, Hellish fury fueled by a burning desire for justice. A powerful need to protect, to defend, in any way necessary. A hungry, intense need for vengeance.
These things wash over her, and while the dizziness and the nausea and the weakness are still there, they don’t matter. Something else rolls through her instead and gives her strength, agility, drive. It wells up from deep inside and slithers through her flesh and blood like magic, making her skin gleam red. Distantly, she can feel her demonic attributes growing bigger, stronger—her tail gets longer, her horns sharper, her claws around the trident more pronounced.
No more forgiveness. No more talk. Adam has crossed lines.
And Charlie—she has her people to protect.
She launches forward, and she’s amazed even at herself at how fast she manages to cross the distance to Adam. She’s never been this fast before, this alive, this hyper-aware of the world around her and the movements in front of her. Adam’s only just starting to turn around to face her again when she leaps forward. By the time he’s facing her, by the time his eyes can only just start to widen in surprise, her trident—burning with red flames and golden sparks—is level with his heart.
She slams all three blades into Adam’s chest. Right up to the apple-shaped hilt.
Adam screams. He tries to pull away, shoving at the weapon buried in his chest. But his hands pull back with another screech as they touch the red flames and golden sparks dancing along the blade, and his fingers smoke when he raises them.
He tries to use his wings to propel him off the end of the blade instead. But Charlie twists, like Vaggie had shown her, and the tines at the end of the blades lock like hooks. Before Adam realizes he can’t get away, Charlie roars, pivots, and uses the leverage of the trident to slam Adam to the ground on his back.
Adam screeches again, a primal noise of pain and suffering. “S-stop,” he pants, golden blood dribbling from his lips. “That…that hurts… stoppit—”
Charlie doesn’t stop. She leans over Adam, using her whole body as a force to shove the trident deeper into him, to pin him into place on the roof.
Charlie’s killed a few times today. Exorcists had gotten close enough to get stunned by her shield, or blinded by her firework spell. Vaggie had done the brunt of the actual killing, but Charlie knows she helped.
She felt bad about it. Even then, even when they were trying to kill her family. She’d apologized every time she defended herself, protected Vaggie, fought back.
She doesn’t apologize now.
She doesn’t like this. She doesn’t like killing. Taking a life, even the life of an asshole like Adam, it hurts. Her trident is angelic steel. Adam won’t get a second chance. He has no hope for redemption. This is it for him, forever, after eons of existence, and it’s the end because of her.
It’s a powerful and horrible feeling.
“Pl…please,” Adam whines, and more blood bubbles from his lips. Slamming him to the ground had knocked his face mask loose, and she can see one golden, human eye. It’s wide and terrified with the growing realization of dying. He raises a trembling, gauntleted hand towards her, open and pleading. “St-stop…please. We can…we can work out a new deal…I’ll go away… please…”
Charlie keeps driving the trident deep.
“I got family!” Adam chokes. “Please…family’s imp…portant to you…I got it too…Heaven…please, st-stop…” His trembling hand grabs at the edge of her skirt, tugging in a desperate bid to grab her attention.
Charlie’s vision is growing blurry. She squeezes her eyes shut, allowing hot tears to spill over her cheeks as she listens to his pleading.
But she doesn’t let go.
Because he’s right. Her family is important to her. Her people are important to her. More than anything, what she wants is to protect them, to save them.
She doesn’t like killing. But if it comes down to her own morals and feelings, or protecting her loved ones, her family— if she has to choose between Adam’s life, and Alastor’s—
She picks her family. She picks Al.
She’s already in Hell, anyway. Sovereign Princess, Heir to the Throne. What does it matter if Thou Shalt Not Kill stains her heart?
She’s already where she needs to be.
So she doesn’t let go. She drives that trident deep, and she keeps it in place with firm hands and burning magic.
That doesn’t mean it doesn’t hurt. Adam stops begging and pleading. He starts thrashing instead, violent and wild in his death throes, desperate to escape the weapon burrowing into his chest and pinning him to the ground. His wings buffet Charlie angrily, his sharp gauntlets claw at her legs, he kicks and struggles and screams.
He doesn’t free himself. And slowly, so slowly, his struggles grow weaker and his strength fades. He stops thrashing. His breaths come in struggling, gurgling pants now, and golden blood dribbles in bubbles from his mouth.
Charlie can feel the moment he dies. His whole body shudders, and she swears she can feel a light dimming somewhere. Adam gasps one last time. “Fuck,” he whimpers. “Hurts.” And then, feebly, pathetically, terrified, he slurs, “Lute…help…”
The light is snuffed out. He stops moving. And Charlie knows, instinctively, somewhere deep inside of her, that this isn’t a trick. He’s gone.
She tears the trident out of his body. The golden sparks and burning red flames fade away, and she suddenly feels exhausted again as the red sheen to her skin evaporates. She swallows, wipes her eyes with her free hand not holding the trident, and looks down at Adam’s sprawled form.
Her first instinct is to say sorry, from years and years of always apologizing for everything.
She doesn’t. Instead, she says, “I had to. You wanted to kill my family.”
And he might still, if she doesn’t hurry. She abandons Adam’s body, turning on her heel to rush to Alastor’s side across the roof.
Alastor is terrifyingly still when she reaches him. He doesn’t react at all as she drops her trident with a loud clatter and slams to her knees next to him. He’s flopped on his left side with his back to her, his arms and legs limp and sprawled like a broken puppet. There’s a steadily forming pool of blood underneath him, blending with his red coat, mixed with flecks of metallic gold. The knees of her high stockings are sticky and coated with it the moment she crashes down next to him.
“Alastor?” she calls, voice shaking.
He doesn’t respond. No voice, no movement. No crackle of static to even let her know he’s listening.
She raises her hands hesitantly over him, but he’s hurt almost everywhere that she can see on his right side. Which makes sense. His right side had been exposed to Adam’s attacks, and Adam had not been kind when attacking. She’s afraid to touch him, for fear of making anything else worse.
“Alastor,” she pleads, “Please, let me know if you can hear me. Al?”
He doesn’t answer.
Hands shaking, she nevertheless decides to touch him. She has to know if he’s okay. If he’s even alive. If there’s any way she can help.
Her hands cautiously explore his throat first, searching for a pulse. The high neck of his shirt collar makes it difficult, but Adam’s gauntlets had torn holes in the fabric when he’d grabbed Alastor by the throat. She’s able to tear the holes wider and feel around until she finds movement fluttering beneath her fingers. His heart is beating, but it’s weak and thready, struggling badly.
“It’s okay, Alastor,” she tries to reassure. “It’s okay, I’m here. I’m going to help. You’re alive, and I’m going to help.”
His neck doesn’t feel any more broken than usual—at least, for him. It’s always been oddly bendy and had at least one extra joint, she’s pretty sure, but she thinks she could move him if she needed to. A hand along his back suggests his spine is intact too, so she won’t paralyze him if she moves him. That’s a relief. His arms look broken, but that’s nothing that can’t be fixed with a splint and a little time.
His face and head look awful, and she feels so sorry looking at it, because he has to be hurting so bad. His right eyelid is torn and the eyeball beneath had been punctured, leaving everything a soggy, bloody mess. When she cautiously brushes hair away from his face, it only exposes the deep gashes in his forehead, cheekbones and jaw, and the broken alignment of his nose. A few of his teeth look loose, probably from being punched. There are gashes in his skull that cut furrows in his hair, and a few melted bits of metal fused to the strands that it takes her a minute to realize are the remains of his monocle chain. The lens frame is nowhere to be found, and there are shattered bits of red glass buried in the torn skin of his cheekbone. And his poor ear—it’s completely gone, the hole into the skull fully exposed and oozing blood.
It’s a lot of damage. And it worries Charlie that the wounds aren’t closing, and that the ear especially has golden flecks in the dark red blood pooling out of it. It stinks like magic, the same incense-and-iron smell of Adam’s blasts of holy light. That can’t be healthy for a demon.
But she thinks, maybe, if she acts now, she can help with all of this. It’ll be an awful recovery, but if she can patch Alastor up now, at least he won’t lose any more blood. If he can hold together long enough for them to finish the battle, they can take him to a doctor, or maybe her father could even help with healing.
Yes. That’s it. Charlie can do this. Alastor came back to help her, and now she can help him. She just needs to bind up his wounds and stop the bleeding long enough to get help. And hey–she even has experience with missing eyes already! She’d helped Vaggie with her own recovery. She knows what to do even better this time.
Of course, she doesn’t have a first aid kit on her. But her skirt has double layers, and the long tail of Alastor’s coat is mostly unharmed. She knows he gets upset when that coat is damaged, but if it comes down to his coat or his life, he’d better pick his life. She’ll buy him a dozen others when he feels better. In every color of the rainbow, if he wants it.
“It’s okay, Alastor,” she says, with more confidence than before. “It’s okay. I’m going to take care of you. I can fix this, just hang on.”
Very carefully, so she doesn’t hurt him more than she has to, she slips her hands around his shoulders and head and gently helps him roll over onto his back. She shifts his hips and legs just as carefully, taking care to make him as comfortable as possible. She wishes she had a pillow or something to help, but for now, the roof is just going to have to do.
Then she gets her first good look at all of Alastor, and her heart drops into her stomach as she realizes—no, Alastor can’t hang on, and she cannot fix this.
There’s an enormous gash cutting across Alastor’s chest, from his left shoulder to his right hip. It goes straight through his many layers, through skin, through bone, and it goes deep. His entire front is already soaked crimson. Worse, even. Like his ear, there are rivulets of gold oozing from the wound and staining his front as well, gold that smells like magic. The white of bone peeks out from beneath the torn clothes, a snapped rib levered upright. Charlie suddenly knows what the crack had been when he’d been flung into the wall.
Most of the blood pooling beneath them, Charlie shakily comes to understand, is from this wound. Not the others.
He hadn’t gotten this when he came back to rescue Charlie. He’d been pressed against Adam’s back the whole time—Adam never could have reached.
With sick horror, Charlie suddenly knows why Alastor had vanished when he was supposed to be fighting Adam. He’d been hurt. He’d been badly hurt. This is bad enough that it might have killed him on its own.
And yet…
And yet, he’d come back.
Knowing full well that he was injured, possibly fatally, he’d come back just to help her. He’d been wounded badly enough that he had almost no magic, no tricks, no demonic forms. And he’d still chosen a second round against Adam, when she was inches from dying herself.
Alastor had saved her.
Alastor had saved her. And it probably cost him his life.
Charlie can’t help it. She bursts into tears, hot, wretched things that run down her cheeks and drip into the pooling blood beneath her. She sobs, and she takes one of Alastor’s broken hands, bending down to press her forehead against his knuckles gently.
“I’m sorry,” she whimpers. “I’m sorry I’m so weak. I’m sorry you had to come and save me. I’m sorry I couldn’t protect you.”
“Char…lie?”
Her eyes fly open, and she gazes with astonishment at Alastor’s face. His missing right eye is useless, but his left eye is slitted open, blinking slowly against the blood dripping into it from his forehead. He makes a soft, barely perceptible whining noise in the back of his throat, one that burbles wetly.
“Alastor?” She gently squeezes his hand, and then sets it down and leans forward to—again, very carefully—wipe the blood out of his eye. He makes that wet noise of discomfort in the back of his throat again, but with her help, he’s able to open his bruised left eye halfway.
His eye is glazed and his pupil blown wide, and he’s obviously struggling to focus. But he does manage to look at her after a long, painful moment, and he sighs wearily. “Charlie,” he murmurs, mostly to himself.
His radio filter is gone. She’s never heard his natural voice before.
She sniffles, but nods. “Hi, Alastor,” she says, her voice trembling. “I’m here. I promise, I…I’m here…”
Even now, his toothy maw is smiling, but it’s thin and weak. His glazed eye is confused above his smile, and he frowns at her in bewilderment. After a moment of staring, he coughs, and says with difficulty, “Are you crying…dear? Don’t cry…what did I tell you about smiling…”
Charlie thinks this might be an attempt to cheer her up. It has the opposite effect, and her sobs come harder, faster, burning her eyes and clogging her throat.
“Why did you do that, Alastor?” She’s not sure if she’s crying or yelling, or maybe both. She rubs at her eyes frantically, because if she’s going to be the last thing Alastor sees she doesn’t want to be yelling at him, and yet…and yet…!
“Do?” Alastor asks weakly, confusion clear on his face. He’s struggling to focus. His good eye can barely stay on her.
“Why did you come back,” she sobs helplessly. “You were hurt! I didn’t know you were hurt! No wonder you left, and I thought you were dead—and I was glad you came back, but—you couldn’t…you couldn’t…” She sniffles, and finishes weakly, “Why did you come back if you knew you couldn’t win?”
Alastor’s breaths are reedy. His sides heave with the effort of taking in each breath and exhaling it, and based on the way he twitches and whines in the back of his throat, each breath is agonizing, too. It’s taking him so much focus that Charlie almost thinks he’s lost the question.
But then…
“I don’t know,” he says wetly.
She doesn’t expect that. Alastor is…is Alastor. He’s got plans on top of plans, clever responses and witty retorts to everything. She half expects him to say he’d had a plan, but it had gone badly. She never expected him to try and save her on a whim. Or to admit to it.
But he’s suffering, and exhausted, and maybe he doesn’t have the strength left in him to lie or bend truths anymore.
He isn’t done surprising her. His torso lurches, and for a moment, she’s afraid he’s going to throw up. She’s getting ready to roll him onto her side so he doesn’t choke, or at least try to turn his head—
But he doesn’t cough up blood or bile. Instead, a manic, hysterical sort of giggle, wet and weak, escapes him. After a moment, he rasps weakly, “Great Alastor, Altruist, died for his friends…” His voice lilts, like he’s trying to sing, but he doesn’t have the strength or the breath to. Another manic giggle. “What a…a fine joke.”
And Charlie can’t keep herself from sobbing at that. Because her friend is so weak. And because he knows he’s dying, too.
Alastor spasms suddenly, gasping and clenching his teeth, glazed eye snapping closed in pain. The whining noise from before turns into a low moan, and his claws drag uselessly against the stone of the roof. Charlie takes his hand again and lets him squeeze her own, ignoring the way his sharp claws bite into her flesh. His grip is so feeble it barely hurts.
When his eye opens again, he looks around wearily. “Charlie?” he gasps, and there’s a note of panic in his voice.
Charlie has never heard Alastor frightened before.
“I’m here,” Charlie says again, squeezing his hand gently once before setting it down. She circles around to his other side, on his left with his good eye, to make it easier for him to spot her. He’s so confused and dazed, she doesn’t want to make things more difficult on him.
“Charlie,” he stammers weakly. “F…favor.”
She feels a strange tug at her heart, and understanding dawns. He’s calling in his half of the Deal they made a month ago. One favor, at the time of his choosing, where she was not compelled to harm anyone.
But to call it in now, she can only guess what he’s after…and she can’t help him, or she would. “I’m sorry, Alastor,” she sobs. “I can’t fix this—I don’t know how. I can’t heal like Dad can, and I don’t have any supplies, and—”
“No,” he murmurs. It’s so soft, and yet he manages to cut through her helpless rambling with a single word. “No, I…just…stay. With me. Please…”
Charlie feels sick to her stomach. His voice is so small and weak, so vulnerable and afraid. He knows he’s dying, but he doesn’t want to die alone. And he’s certain he will, or he wouldn’t have tried to compel her to stay.
She wishes she could make him understand that she never would have left him to this alone. She didn’t need to be compelled with a Deal. This is all she can do for Alastor, and so she will.
But she supposes she’ll never have the chance to teach him that anymore.
Fresh tears spill over her cheeks, but she tries not to start sobbing again. Alastor doesn’t have long, that much is clear. She doesn’t want to make herself a problem for him in his last few minutes.
“Of course I will,” she promises. “I’ll be right here with you the whole time.” She picks up his left hand, rubs her thumb over the split knuckles as gently as she can to offer some form of comfort.
He sighs weakly, and gold-flecked blood bubbles between his teeth. “Good,” he murmurs. “Going alone…it’s awful, Charlie. Not again. Not again…” He sags. His smile is still there—Charlie is starting to think, given how much pain he’s in, he can’t not smile—but it’s thin, barely held together.
She swallows. “I won’t let you be alone,” Charlie promises. “I’ll be right here with you. I promise.” And, biting her lip, she adds softly, “Is…is there anything I can do to make you more comfortable?”
“Think I’m…beyond comfort, dear,” he murmurs, and then gasps as he spasms in pain again. She holds his hand through the worst of it, talking to him gently, until he sags with exhaustion. “S’there a storm coming…my dear? Awful cold for…for Hell…”
It’s as hot and humid as it had been at the start of the battle, but Charlie doesn’t tell him that. Instead she carefully, so, so carefully, slips her arms beneath his head and back and shifts him upright. He gasps in pain and whimpers, a pitiful, wretched sound that’s wrong coming from him.
But a moment later she settles him gently against her chest, cradling his body close. His head rests on her shoulder, and the wounds on his right side face out instead of pressing against her. When she carefully wraps her arms around his torso and tucks him close, she can support him without putting too much strain on his injuries.
She ignores the way that awful chest wound begins to leak onto her dress, making it wet and sticky.
“Is that warmer?” she asks. “Does that help at all?”
She can’t really see Alastor’s face all that well from this angle. But after a moment, he hums wearily, and murmurs, “Better. Tell…tell your father to stop…m-messing with the weather…”
She doesn’t tell Alastor that Dad isn’t even here, or that he’s never had that kind of power over the Pride Ring, or that it still isn’t cold. All she says is, “I’ll let him know.”
“Good,” Alastor murmurs, and falls silent.
For a moment or two, it’s quiet. Well, not completely quiet. There are still sounds of battle below, and fuck, Charlie can’t believe it’s really only been a few minutes since she launched herself into the air on Razzle. The others below—Angel Dust, Husk, Niffty, Vaggie —they don’t even know that Alastor is slipping away from them. And Rosie. What will she tell Rosie? Or Mimzy? They'd had that disagreement but surely she deserved to know?
Charlie squeezes her eyes shut, trying to keep more tears from flowing. Not now. Not now! Alastor needs you now, you have to be strong for him, stop going farther into your own head—
“Charlie,” Alastor gasps faintly.
“I’m here,” Charlie says immediately, snapping out of her spiraling thoughts. “I’m still here, Alastor, I’m here. I promised.”
Alastor’s sides heave against her as he struggles to get enough breath to speak. After a moment, he barely manages to whisper, “Can you…sing for me…my dear?”
And Charlie can’t help the tears that prickle at her eyes at that, because it’s so…it’s so Alastor. He’d loved her singing from the beginning, from the first day she’d tried to explain her hotel through song and dance on Katie Killjoy’s news segment. He’d always loved not just that she was good at singing, but that she used it to communicate, even when everyone else thought it was stupid. Alastor had never once agreed with her dreams, but her ways of talking about them? He’d gladly joined in from day one, and he’d never once told her that part was stupid.
The thought that he might never join her in an impromptu duet again…oh, it hurts. It’s like taking up her own trident and putting it through her heart.
But she can do this. For Alastor, she can definitely do this.
“Of course I can,” she says. “Anything in particular?”
Alastor only hums in answer. She decides to take this as a nod to sing whatever she pleases, and not a specific request.
So she does. If there’s one thing she’s always been good at, it’s taking her emotions, her thoughts and dreams, and putting them into song.
There’s no music to accompany her, and no magic. Alastor is too weak to join her in a duet. But she sings from the heart anyway, weaving her feelings into lyrics, trying to convey her emotions to Alastor even if he’s too confused and too far gone to understand the words.
She sings to him about how glad she was to have met him, even if he scared her at first. How helpful he’d been with her hotel and her dream, even if he never believed in it. Thanks him for protecting the hotel time and time again. For pulling her out of her own fear and misery to make a stand like he’d known she could. For protecting them all that day, against the exorcists. For fighting until he couldn’t, and then coming back to fight more.
She sings to him about how much she’ll miss him. How he might not have thought they were friends, but she’s considered him a friend for a long time, and losing him will hurt her. Will hurt the others too, even if they don’t realize it. She thanks him, over and over, for saving her life, for protecting her. For teaching her. For helping her. For being like a second father to her, in the six months she’s known him. She tells him she loves him, and she always will, and she’ll never forget him.
Charlie doesn’t know if he hears her. If he understands. He’s so weak and so far gone, so confused. But his body does sag in her arms, a little more relaxed, a little less tense and afraid. Once or twice, she thinks he’s trying to hum along with the melody she’s created, even if he’s off time and struggling to keep up.
He’s still in pain. He can’t not be. But at least he seems comfortable. As comfortable as he can be.
She won’t let him go suffering and afraid. She’ll keep up her song until he’s beyond help, because it’s all she has left that she can do for him.
So Charlie cradles him close, and feels each struggling breath in and out of his body in her arms. She sings, and sings, and sings, and waits for the inevitable last breath to come.
She won’t leave him alone. Even if he’s too far gone to be aware if she’s there or not.
She’d promised, and it’s a promise she intends to keep, Deal-bound favor or not.
Chapter 3: Lucifer
Notes:
You guys sure like whump, huh? The response to the last chapter was astounding! Thank you all so much!
A lot of you were yelling for Lucifer and asking where he is. Here is your answer! And this is also where this fic starts getting weird. Enjoy! :)
Chapter Text
Lucifer paces restlessly in his workroom, waiting for the First Deal to break.
He’d felt it start to snap ten minutes ago, shuddering in its foundations. But this Deal is ancient, and not so easily felled as a simple Sinner’s Deal. Breaking a lesser demon’s Deal is like kicking over a sapling. A pact between Heaven and Hell is much more akin to a storm buffeting a massive tree until it slowly falls, roots snapped and dug out of the ground one by one.
The first root had buckled, and Lucifer can feel the Deal straining to hold itself together under the weight of its own failure. It will break, of that he has no doubt. Heaven crossed a line this day with its exorcists.
He just hopes it’s fast enough for him to intervene and save this mess. Until it’s well and truly broken and irreparable, he can’t leave the palace while the Extermination takes place.
He’s terrified. Lucifer doesn’t know who died. Only that his half of the terms and conditions—no Hellborn, including Charlie, could be targeted—had been discarded. Injuries could be mistakes, but for the pact to be uprooted so badly, a Hellborn had to have died.
Please, he begs the universe. Please don’t let it have been Charlie. Please. I’ll give anything I have left. Just not my baby girl.
The universe doesn’t answer. Just like it hasn’t answered the past ten times he begged it, since he first felt that little snap in his heart.
So he paces, and waits, and pleads inside his head, and waits a little more.
The moment he feels the weight of that enormous Deal groan, crash, and shatter to pieces, he’s moving. A snap of his fingers and he opens a portal to the front entrance of the Hazbin Hotel. He steps through it, relieved and thankful for his newfound freedom and ability to move on this day outside his palace.
He walks into sheer chaos.
The hotel grounds are a literal war zone. Exorcist angels soar above, diving down to strike at Charlie’s army—a horde of cannibals, to judge by their black eyes and sharp teeth. But this is no helpless slaughter. The cannibals give as good as they get, pulling down angels with long lances and halberds and fighting back with both weapons and teeth. The hotel is awash with blood, red and gold, and stinks of iron and gunpowder.
Even as he steps onto the hotel grounds, one of the exorcists roars a battle cry and dives at him with a wicked angelic steel scythe. Lucifer isn’t sure if she recognizes him, or if she doesn’t and is attacking anything not outfitted with a halo.
Either way, it doesn’t matter, and he’s no longer bound by the Deal. He casually slaps her weapon out of her hand as she swings at him, and backhands her on the rebound, cracking her face mask. He pulls his punch enough to only stun her, but it’s still enough to send her crashing to the ground at the foot of three of the cannibals.
That’s all it takes. With hungry screeches, the cannibals fall upon the exorcist with gleaming angelic weapons, and golden blood splashes high.
Lucifer can’t bring himself to care. He’s too anxious about Charlie. What Hellborn died to free him? He has to find out. Now.
The cannibals give him a wide berth. Despite their clear hunger for angel blood—many of them have abandoned their fight to feast on angel corpses, ravenous slaves to their own hunger—they know better than to attack Lucifer specifically. So he isn’t especially worried about being attacked from that direction.
But down on the ground level is still too messy. Too dense. Smoke hangs in the air, and he’s surrounded by gnashing teeth and buffeting feathers. There are too many sounds to keep track of what’s happening—explosions, screams, the clash of steel, shrieks of hunger and battle prayers. He’ll never find Charlie this way.
He unfurls his own three sets of wings and takes to the air, soaring higher.
His six wings make it much clearer that he’s different from the exorcists, as well as the army below. To his relief, this mostly works in his favor. Exorcists know enough to identify an angel that outranks them, even without the markers of a halo, even if they know he isn’t one of them. They steer clear of him, obviously unwilling to strike at someone of his caliber when there’s easier pickings on the ground. His ascension into the sky goes uncontested.
This is good. While Lucifer can, and will, kill every single exorcist here if he has to in order to protect Charlie, he’d rather not until he actually knows where Charlie even is.
He loops around the battleground, searching through the hordes of cannibals and exorcists for a hint of Charlie. He doesn’t see her up and fighting; there’s no familiar flash of her long gold hair in the mess. The longer he goes without seeing her, the more terrified he becomes that she’s the death that liberated him. T hat he’ll find her body sprawled in a bloody mess in front of her beloved hotel somewhere, run through with an exorcist’s blade.
If the cannibals try to feed on her, he’ll incinerate every one of them.
“ C’mon, Charlie,” Lucifer begs. “Charlie, please. Where are you?”
On the second pass, he still doesn’t see Charlie. He does, however, spot a pair of her friends she’d introduced him to when he visited last time. The tall one that hit on Lucifer almost right away, and the bartender that wasn’t crazy—the one with the poker wings. They’re with some pink-haired cyclops Lucifer doesn’t know, surrounded by half a dozen advancing exorcists and clearly backed into a corner.
Lucifer swears under his breath. He doesn’t want to waste time hunting for Charlie—but she’d be so upset if he let some of the people she’d made friends with die.
So he propels himself forward on six wings, faster than any of the exorcists could possibly manage, and slams into the back of the closest one. She shrieks in surprise, and the impact is fast enough to make one of her wings crack and fold unnaturally. Lucifer catches her by the wrist as she drops her sword, whirls once in midair, and hurls her into two of her fellow soldiers. All three crash to the ground in an ungainly heap, and are immediately set upon by howling cannibals with gleaming bright weapons.
Charlie’s friends are smart enough to take advantage of the distraction. They’re shocked for only a moment, before each one takes one of the remaining three exorcists and dispatches them effectively with guns, bombs, and what appear to be…angelic-steel reinforced playing cards?
Huh.
“Thanks, Short King!” the tallest one yells up to him, throwing a salute with one of his four arms. “We were fucked without ya!”
“ That’s the king?” the cyclops says, staring up at Lucifer with shock. “Not…what I expected, honestly.”
He never is, but that’s a rant for another day. “Where’s Charlie?” Lucifer says, dropping a few feet and hovering in the air with his six wings so he’s close enough to talk. “I can’t find her anywhere!”
“Roof!” the bartender says, pointing up towards the top of the hotel. “Last we saw she was fighting Adam!”
Adam? Oh, no. That asshole was already a piece of work on a good day, and today isn’t. Charlie’s come a long way, and she’s more powerful than she gives herself credit for. But she’s not ready to fight somebody like Adam.
“Don’t die!” He yells at Charlie’s friends, before pushing his wings as fast as he can, zipping up towards the rooftop.
He strains all his senses as he soars high, listening and looking for any signs of battle. Maybe b lasts of holy light, or Adam’s filthy mouth, or the rumbling of the hotel in the throes of destruction. Or h is own daughter’s voice, and he’s begging the universe once again to please not let her be hurting or in pain or…or dead —
But when he closes in on the top level, he’s shocked to realize he does hear Charlie’s voice. And not the way he expects. There’s no cries of pain, no shouts of anger, no sounds of battle. Instead she’s… singing.
Singing?
Charlie’s been a musical little thing for as long as she’s been alive. Lucifer likes to think she got that from him, and from her angelic roots. He’d sung to her the day she was born, in his arms, in her cradle, on good days and bad days, and music was in her blood just as much as her demonic and angelic heritages were.
But even Charlie knows better than to sing in the middle of combat. And this song, this isn’t a battle hymn. It’s slow, calm, and sad.
A mourning song.
“ Oh, no,” Lucifer whispers. “Char-Char, what happened?”
He crests the rise, his momentum carrying him up over the roof by several feet, and gazes down anxiously. He spots several things all at once.
First, and most important: Charlie, his Charlie, blessedly alive, her voice wavering with sorrow but strong all the same. She’s sitting in a thick, tacky pool of blood, but it doesn’t look like it’s coming from her. No, he’s almost certain it belongs to the bellhop that pissed Lucifer off so much last time he was here; the man is cradled in her arms, limbs sprawled akimbo, and the song Charlie is singing is clearly meant for him.
Shit.
Second, stunningly, is Adam. Not loud, constantly moving, and generally obnoxious, like Lucifer has seen him every other time. No, those gold and white and gray robes and brilliant shining wings are undoubtedly Adam’s, but there’s three thick holes oozing golden blood pierced through his chest. Lucifer reaches out tentatively with his senses, but there’s no soul or life in that body. Adam’s gone forever.
Lucifer’s not sorry to see him go, but it’s a strange thought all the same, after all their history.
Lastly, and most immediately urgent, is the fight going on between two angels on the other side of the roof.
One of them, Lucifer recognizes after a moment, is Charlie’s girlfriend—Maggie, maybe, but he’s always been awful with names. He almost doesn’t recognize her with her hair tied back, but the red bow stands out, and while her clothes are similar to an exorcist’s they aren’t identical. That’s pretty obvious, since she contrasts sharply with the angel she’s fighting. This woman is dressed in black and gray, with short pale hair and a missing left arm. Lucifer recognizes the halo insignia over her head—Adam’s right-hand exorcist, Flute or something. He remembers it had to do with music.
The two are brawling wildly, both bruised and dripping pale golden blood. “ Adam!” the exorcist shrieks. “ Sir! You and your stupid demon bitch will die for killing him!”
“ Not on my watch,” Maggie snaps. “I spared you once, Lute. Take your chance and go. You’re beaten!”
“ No!” Flute—no, Lute— howls. She feints and dodges, claws and punches, doing her best to get past Maggie to have a go at Charlie. Maggie takes the hits and refuses to let her past, or let Charlie’s mourning be interrupted.
No more of this. Anyone who wants to hurt his baby girl has got another fucking thing coming.
Lucifer drops like a stone when the two angels fall apart, trying to get the measure of each other while catching their breaths. He slams to the stone roof, six wings wreathed around him like robes, right as Lute tries to launch herself forward with an outstretched fist.
Lucifer draws to his full height, flares all six wings around him like a shield to hide Maggie and Charlie from view, and catches Lute’s wrist easily in one hand. She’s forced to a painful stop as he halts her forward movement effortlessly, and gasps in pain when it nearly dislocates her shoulder.
“ Enough,” Lucifer snarls in her face. His voice gains a gravelly edge as his Hellform takes precedence, and he can feel his horns slipping free, his tail snaking out to flick warningly around his ankles. “ Your commander is dead. Half your army down there is, too. You lost. Take your friends, take his body if you want to put it to rest, and get the fuck out of my realm, before I stop being nice about it.”
Lute looks furious. She also looks terrified, and based on the way her eyes flick up above his head, at the eternal hellflame between his horns and the unholy halo of serpent and knowledge unique to him, he can guess why. Angel or demon, any way she looks at it, she’s outclassed—and she knows it.
She pulls at her wrist once. Just to prove a point, he doesn’t let go; just to make it clear that he’s far stronger than he physically appears, and he’s the one in charge here. She doesn’t even manage to budge his wrist.
“ Understood?” he growls, looking her right in the eyes.
She shudders, but hisses, “Yes.” And this time, when she tugs at her wrist, he lets it go.
She wastes no time rushing for Adam’s side, but by then Lucifer barely cares. He folds his wings and his demonic features away as he whirls around. Maggie is still there, and he says sharply, “Make sure they actually leave and don’t try any funny business. If they do—call me.”
“Yes, sir,” Maggie says. And, bless her, she immediately puts herself between Charlie and Lute again, as the first line of defense if something really does happen. She’s a good one. Charlie picked well with her.
And speaking of Charlie—Lucifer wastes no more time. He rushes to her side, kneeling down next to her. “Charlie! Are you all right?”
This close, she certainly doesn’t look good. She’s bruised and battered in a number of places, her clothes and hair are soaked with blood, and one of her pupils looks a little blown, which most likely means a concussion. But if she’s able to sing like this, she must at least be well enough not to need immediate attention. He hopes, anyway.
And sure enough, when her song falters mid-note, she doesn’t collapse or anything like that. She hasn’t been pushing herself too hard. But her eyes are full of tears when she turns to look at him in astonishment, and oh, she’s still so alive and precious and he’s so, so glad she’s still mostly okay.
“Dad!” she gasps. “You’re here? How—!”
“The First Deal broke,” he says shortly. If she’s not the Hellborn that died this day, he’s not going to bring it to her attention right now. Not when she looks so awful. He can figure out who it is later. “I’m sorry I couldn’t be here sooner. I came as soon as I could.”
Her eyes spill over with fresh tears. But then she looks down at the bellhop she’s cradling close and back up to him, before begging, “Dad—can you heal him? Please! Anything, anything at all…”
Lucifer blinks, and glances down at the Sinner she’s holding.
He’d guessed from above that the pool of blood Charlie was sitting in belonged to the bellhop. He’s certain of it now, but from the air, he hadn’t realized how bad the damage was.
The busboy looks awful. The right side of his face is completely savaged until it’s unrecognizable: eye torn out, ear gone, nose broken, flesh and skull cut and torn until there isn’t a bit that hasn’t been harmed in some way. The man’s right arm drapes down to the stone, flopped uselessly and broken in at least two places. The worst wound by far is the deep slash across his chest down to his hip, exposing broken rib bones. And laced through most of it, Lucifer can smell and feel the incense-and-iron stink of holy weapons and holy magic, and he can see it glimmering in the gold-flecked blood dribbling from the Sinner’s wounds.
He’s in a bad way. A real bad way. Unconscious by now, which is probably the only mercy left for him, because even breathing would be a new form of torture with those injuries.
Still…Lucifer’s not so certain about the request. This man might look helpless now, but Lucifer knows he can be dangerous. Not only that, but there’s a tether binding Charlie to his side now, and it stinks of a Deal, and he loathes the thought of this bastard owning his daughter in any form.
“I…don’t know, Charlie,” Lucifer says slowly.
But Charlie is insistent. Tears run down her cheeks, cutting tracks through the blood smeared there, as she cradles the Sinner protectively close and begs. “ Please,” she says. “ Please. He saved my life. Adam would have killed me if he didn’t come back! He didn’t have to. He was already hurt. He shouldn’t have come back, but he chose to save my life, and it’s killing him. Please! Doesn’t he deserve a second chance, Dad?”
And that comes as a surprise. Lucifer had never expected this asshole to come back and save his daughter. Lucifer has been surrounded by Sinners for so long, abusing the free will he gave them to do horrible things. I t comes as a pleasant shock to hear any Sinner, much less this one, had used his gift of choice to save and preserve.
Still, that tether holding Charlie to his side concerns him. “ He has you bound with a Deal,” Lucifer says warily . “ I can feel it. You’re tethered to his side now—what’s he taking from you?”
“Nothing!” Charlie says. “He asked for a favor. He just didn’t want to be alone again when he died!” She doesn’t have her hands free—they’re so carefully wrapped around that Sinner to support him as painlessly as possible—so she squeezes her eyes shut for a moment instead to try and blink them clear.
“ Please,” she says pitifully. “I thought I was going to die. I thought Adam…” she shudders. “He stopped it. He gave me a second chance. I just want to give him one too…”
His daughter is too good for this entire damn plane of existence and everything in it. Lucifer feels his resolve crumbling as he reaches out to gently wipe her tears away for her, turning her face to him.
“ I can’t promise it will work,” he tells her seriously. Her eyes widen, but she doesn’t interrupt him. “I can only promise that I will try. But he’s already so far gone, Sweetie. You’re literally asking for a miracle, and miracles and Sinners…they don’t mix so good.”
“We at least have to try,” Charlie says. “Please. I don’t want him to die like this.” She gestures to the broken, battered, thankfully unconscious form of her bellhop—first to the savage wound across his chest, then to the brutal wounds around his face. “He got this first one trying to fight Adam for us, alone…and the others, he was protecting me. He couldn’t even fight back, he just kept getting hit, over and over…” She sniffles.
“Okay. Okay, Sweetheart. We’re gonna try.” If this bastard had really taken a head on beating from Adam just to keep him away from Charlie, then however Lucifer feels about him, he still owes him that much.
“ Thank you, Dad,” she sobs. “Thank you so much.”
“ Don’t thank me until we know how this turns out,” Lucifer says. “But I’m going to need your help with this, because I’m not exactly going to be here.”
“Huh?”
“I’ll explain in a minute. Help me lay him down, first.”
Lucifer snaps away the tacky pool of blood they’re kneeling in and creates a soft pillow to support the Sinner’s head. Between the two of them, they manage to carefully lower him to the ground without jarring his injuries much further. His wounds don’t ooze much more blood, but in Lucifer’s grim opinion, that’s mostly because the bellhop doesn’t have a lot of blood left to lose.
If these were simple wounds, it might have been kinder to just kill him. Lucifer could even do it painlessly; send him off to sleep without ever being aware of his death. A Sinner would respawn eventually, and it would be easier than patching up so many wounds. Even if he survives this healing, his recovery would likely be more brutal than it was worth.
But these aren’t simple wounds. Lucifer can smell the holy magic in them, and the cuts are too fine for anything less than angelic steel. Sinners don’t come back from those wounds, and this one—this one is especially vicious, if the golden ash in his blood is anything to go by. He won’t be coming back if he slips away.
Lucifer will do his best to prevent it. For Charlie’s sake, if nothing else.
He kneels at Alastor’s head as he starts explaining. “I know this is going to be hard to hear, Sweetie, but this is going to be rough on him. Really rough. He’s probably going to be scared, he’s definitely going to be in pain, and he’ll probably try to get away. I promise, I’m not doing it on purpose, okay? Mortal souls and angels don’t mix well…and like I said, neither do miracles and Sinners.”
She bites her lip. “Okay…you promise you’re not going to mess with him? I know you don’t get along, but…”
Lucifer shakes his head. “You said he saved your life. I don’t like him, but he saved the one thing that’s more precious to me than anything in the whole world. I promise I’m going to do what I can to help him. It’s just…going to be hard to watch.”
Charlie swallows nervously. “If there’s no other way…”
“ There isn’t. Or I promise I’d take it, Char-Char,” he says, taking her hand and squeezing it reassuringly. “But that means I have a job for you in all this.”
“Anything!”
“You need to keep him still, and try to keep him calm. If he starts fighting too much, you might have to hold him down.”
She looks shocked. “Would it get that bad?”
“I don’t know. He seems like a fighter, so maybe.” Lucifer shakes his head. “It’s hard to predict how mortal souls react to things like this. I know it’ll seem mean, but just keep in mind you’re helping him, okay?”
“Okay,” she says slowly. “But if I’m doing that, what are you doing?”
“I’ll be here,” he says, gesturing at where he’s kneeling at Alastor’s head. “But I’ll also be somewhere else. Metaphysically. It’s hard to explain, and he doesn’t have the time for that. Can I trust you?”
She nods, grimly determined. “I can do it, if it saves Alastor.”
Alastor. That was the bellhop’s name. Right.
“Good. Then let’s get started…”
Lucifer begins cautiously, reaching out a hand to press his fingertips to Alastor’s forehead, ignoring the squelch of blood but trying to at least avoid pressing his fingers into the gashes and bruises. He digs a little, hunting for information, and is immediately assailed by a number of senses. The emptiness where a soul should be (elsewhere—owned), the lack of surface thoughts and emotions (unconscious—too deep to dream), an ashy, charred-out sense of being (holy fire, burning thick and hot, carving out the insides), the barest sparks of circulating energy (dregs, barely anything left to live by).
“ Shit,” Lucifer says. The bellhop’s closer to slipping away than he’d realized. That holy magic has been tearing through the essence of him for too long, and there’s almost nothing left.
“Dad?”
“It’s worse than I thought. Don’t let anyone bother me, got it?” And before she can even answer, Lucifer lowers his forehead to the bellhop’s, closes his eyes, and summons his power.
It’s been a long, long time since he’s intentionally let himself slip back to his real form, or spread his focus across multiple planes of existence, and he’s a little out of practice easing into it. He’s always been afraid that if he let himself go back on purpose, he’d never want to return. But he can’t work a miracle purely in the Physical, and if he’s going to save this Sinner, he has to be more than mortal. So he stretches up and out and over into his true self, spilling across the planes of existence, opening his eyes to every one of them.
Planes of existence are complicated. Most people just think of the three: Earth, Heaven, Hell. The more knowledgeable know of it’s split further than that: the seven rings of Hell and the seven celestial spheres of Heaven.
Only the strongest, Lucifer among them, know that it’s so much more complex than that. There are layers stacked on layers surrounding mortals every day, that they’re part of across multiple levels, that they’re never even conscious of. Spirit, cognition, emotion, soul, physical, mental, magic, memory, and countless more—everything is packed together flat into one being, existing in different places but inherently tied together.
Someone like Lucifer—well, he can pull those layers apart like an accordion, and start messing with them on an individual level, and he can see and exist in every single one while he does it.
He’s what modern writers refer to in the modern era as something ‘eldritch,’ after all, and he can see farther and into more aspects of existence than most mortal souls can even fathom.
So when he touches his very existence to Alastor’s, he intertwines his magic and his power with this broken Sinner, and cracks him into his various components, and starts digging to find the problem. He is entirely unsurprised to find the Sinner is not thrilled by this, because it’s at the edge of his comprehension, and one step away from driving him mad as he dies.
In the physical world, Alastor’s remaining eye snaps open with a start, and he begins screaming.
Damn. Okay, he might have been a little too heavy handed with pulling the Sinner apart by the threads of his existence and the planes he’s stretched apart. Lucifer tries to use a gentler touch, reminding himself how fragile mortals are, but it’s difficult when he can see how quickly Alastor is slipping across multiple aspects of his existence.
It’s a terrible paradox. He has to hurry to save this Sinner, but if he hurries too much, he could fundamentally break him at points of existence no one can even fathom.
Fine, then. It just means this’ll be a juggling act. That’s always been one of his favorite acts in the circus. The only real difference is he’ll be juggling metaphysical pieces of a broken Sinner’s spirit, rather than knives or flaming torches.
Same difference.
He stretches himself across those dozens of planes, a part of himself in each, wholly present in every one, a paradox that can only exist with something as powerful as him. In the physical world, he’s aware that he’s beginning to glow, that his wings are unfolding from his back and stretching tall, tall, tall, curling and mantling around himself and Charlie and the Sinner. That his many eyes are opening, all to stare at different points of existence and time. That the Sinner is still screaming, that Charlie’s calling Alastor’s name and trying to calm him, and that Lucifer’s own claws are curling on either side of the Sinner’s head to pin it in place so that he can’t break the forehead-to-forehead contact allowing Lucifer’s magic to infuse him.
Everywhere else, he exists. Bodiless if needed, a massive mental and spiritual presence; or with whatever limbs or meta physical parts he requires, if he has need to manipulate things. He’s a creature that spans across space, time, and existence, and a physical form is just a thing that limits him unless it creates some form of convenience.
He reaches out with ephemeral features and, first things first, captures the fleeing aspects of consciousness, sense of self, cognition, spirit, everything that makes this Sinner who he is. He catches each piece in the cage of his massive metaphysical fingers, ties tethers around them to bind them in place, bind them to him, prevent them from running. If they flee, if they manage to slip away, Alastor is dead. Lucifer can’t prevent it from happening forever; not even he can prevent Death. But he can slow the process, hold him in place long enough to fix the damage elsewhere.
The Sinner doesn’t like this.
Lucifer isn’t really surprised. Alastor doesn’t strike him as a thing that likes to be contained or bound. Every part of this tethered Sinner fights like a mad thing, thrashing and biting and screaming and hurtling itself at the cage of Lucifer’s metaphysical fingers, pulling and straining at the mental restraints.
Lucifer wishes he could be angry. He’s seen what a contrary bastard this particular Sinner can be. He gets the feeling Alastor would spit in the eye of his savior just to prove he could survive alone.
But Lucifer can’t feel angry because he mostly just feels pity. This doesn’t feel like an intelligent creature fighting back so much as a wounded animal trapped in a cage. It hisses and bites and screams and hurls itself at the walls of its prison and injures itself further because it doesn’t understand that someone is trying to help it, not hurt it.
Beneath the bravado, this Sinner is terrified to his core.
Lucifer had expected it. That’s why he’d told Charlie that angels and mortal souls don’t mix.
“It’s okay,” Lucifer says. Out loud, in the physical world, soothing and reassuring. Across the dozen aspects of Alastor’s meager, slipping existence, using Alastor’s own dwindling thoughts and emotions to communicate the message and circle it back to him as painlessly as possible; metaphysical angel voices tended to be deafeningly loud and counterproductive otherwise. “Ssssh, it’s okay. Everything is alright. Ssh, don’t be afraid. I’m trying to help.”
The Sinner is barely coherent, and despite Lucifer using his own mind to communicate with him, probably too far gone to really understand. He makes a gurgling, raw animal noise of fear that turns into a pained, frightened whine, and tries to pull his head away. Lucifer keeps him pinned firmly in place.
“It’s okay, Alastor!” Charlie says, taking one of his broken hands and holding it. “It’s okay, Dad’s trying to help you, I promise—”
Lucifer turns his attention from her reassuring murmurs to the work at hand. He leaves a part of himself repeating the same message— do not be afraid, everything is safe, I’m helping— and delves deeper into other aspects of the Sinner now that he’s pinned in place.
Alastor is frighteningly weak. He has no energy left to fight for himself; the magic and the wounds had burned it all away. Those sparks of energy and life are nearly all depleted, destroyed by the holy fire ravaging through him.
So Lucifer siphons off the tiniest drops of his own life energy and carefully, so carefully, feeds it to the Sinner. He has to be so gentle, so cognizant of how weak and fragile this wretched Sinner is, carefully feeding him one drop at a time so it isn’t overwhelming to be suffused with cosmic power. And it’s still too much, too powerful; Lucifer is far too big a thing for even the smallest conduit of his power to be befitting of a mortal. Alastor thrashes and whimpers across nearly every aspect of his being, and it’s the equivalent of drip feeding him molten plasma from the stars, too much and too painful and burning every other part of him even as it extends his life a little longer.
But Alastor has something to keep feeding on, to keep going, while Lucifer delves into the real work.
Before he can do anything close to healing or repairing, he has to get rid of the holy magic burning this Sinner alive from the inside. It’s scattered across his consciousness and his existence, burrowing through from the physical aspects of the Sinner into the metaphysical ones. Holy fire finds sins to be the best kindling, and most of Alastor’s many, grievous sins have proved to be excellent fuel, gutting him from the inside. But now it’s spreading—through memory, thought, emotion, cognitive function, and yes, back through the physical body, burning anything it can find. It doesn’t matter anymore if it’s good or bad, sin or good intention or saintly action, whatever it finds, it destroys.
Lucifer seeks it out, and destroys it in turn.
He slithers through every crack and crevice, through each plane of existence, spirit-cognition-emotion-physical-mental-magic-memory-action, hunting for holy flames and holy magic. Where he finds it, he consumes it, draining its power into himself and smothering the sparks. Crushes the embers and little wisps that might catch alight again if he leaves them untended. Destroys and consumes and cleanses, hunting through this Sinner’s mind and body like a ravenous serpent.
He tries to be kind, as gentle as he can. But there’s no way to do this painlessly, and he’s an immense thing inside this tiny Sinner’s head, grappling with immense magic in this tiny Sinner’s body and spirit. Alastor thrashes and screeches, struggles to get away mentally and physically. His back arches in the physical plane, and Charlie has to throw herself over him to pin him to the ground, frantically calling for him to calm.
“ Bright,” the Sinner gasps in a pained, gurgling sob. “Too bright—burns— hurts— ”
Lucifer is aware that he’s glowing quite brightly by now. Physically, in the Pride Ring; metaphysically across a dozen different aspects of Alastor’s existence. It’s more than a mere mortal can handle, especially in this state; he’d been given the name Morningstar for a reason. There’s not much he can do about it, not and do what he needs to.
“I’m sorry,” he murmurs distantly, as he smothers and feeds on the flames and extinguishes them before they can extinguish this Sinner. “I know it hurts. Don’t be afraid. I’m trying to save you. Ssshh.”
His hunt in the metaphysical planes takes hours and yet it only takes minutes; such is time for a timeless thing like Lucifer. Eventually the flames are put out and the burn of holy magic is gone.
But it leaves behind a gutted, burned-out husk, and his task isn’t over yet. Left like this, the Sinner will still die. There isn’t much left of him to live. He might, if he’s very lucky, manage to respawn like a normal Sinner with his wounds cleansed of holy touch, but it isn’t a risk Lucifer is going to take.
Not when this man saved his daughter’s life at the cost of his own.
So he turns his attention to the tapestry of this Sinner’s life and death. So many of the threads of this Sinner’s existence have been burned away, and it isn’t so much a woven story of his life so much as a tattered, patchy mess with more holes than whole sections. Lucifer isn’t sure if there’s even enough left to restore. He can’t rebuild a spirit or a life from nothing, only fix what exists.
But as he runs his metaphysical fingers over the remaining threads, he can see this man’s last minutes. His suffering, his fear, his desperation to be saved, even his willingness to use his favor to feed on Charlie’s magic to save himself. And Lucifer sees the moment when he knew it wasn’t possible, too; when he turned and threw himself onto the pyre to save Charlie, because it was better that one died than two.
She hadn’t been lying. This Sinner’s cruelty and wrongdoings are numerous and vast, but in his own strange way he cared, deep down in that wretched heart of his. Even if he didn’t understand what he felt or why, he loved Charlie in his own way, and he’d been willing to die for her, and he is the reason Charlie is still standing.
Lucifer steels himself, and decides he will do anything he can to restore this broken spirit.
He burns brighter as he digs deeper into his own power, his own creative capacities, and he starts to rebuild a life. Sins are the most immediate, and the most pressing. S ins are the metaphysical skeleton of a demon and what makes them what they are here in Hell, what gives them their powers and unique looks and punishments and needs. They have to be rebuilt exactly in order to restore this Sinner as he is.
But such things can be found in memory, and in emotion, and in spirit, and in action. Lucifer traces threads from other planes of Alastor’s existence and re-spins them exactly. He plays cat’s cradle with infinite fingers and finite threads of the Sinner’s existence, twisting and turning and weaving them into new shapes, plucking and rearranging and always keeping a careful grip so nothing falls apart. And when he has enough, he binds them into the fabric of Alastor’s life and death, filling the charred holes in that tapestry and repairing and tying every part of him off neatly.
Sins are a specialty of Lucifer’s, after all. If he can remake anything, he can remake those, for anyone that comes to his realm.
It’s tricky. Juggling thousands of threads from the life records across multiple planes, figuring out how to match them and bind them together, digging through the Sinner’s life and death stories over and over, plucking and choosing and weaving.
It becomes more difficult when his work strengthens Alastor, allows those tethered parts of his existence more awareness, more strength, more understanding. Because gradually, that little mind broken across a dozen planes starts to realize what’s happening to him. At the edge of his consciousness, he recognizes something too big for him to comprehend combing through his mind, his spirit, his life, his death, his sins, his secrets, his failures and mistakes.
It drives him mad.
His screaming grows harsher, more frantic, more terrified. “ No!” he howls, his one remaining eye opened wide, pupil blown vast. “ No, no, no, don’t—don’t look at me, don’t look at me, DON’T LOOK AT ME—”
And despite the fact that he’s still bleeding out, still injured and weak, his arms and fingers are still broken and he barely has the strength to move, the Sinner drags his hands up towards his face and tries to claw his own eyes out. Internally, metaphysically, his individual parts scream and thrash and tear against the cage of Lucifer’s infinite ephemeral fingers, dashing themselves apart in a maddened frenzy, desperate and terrified not to be perceived.
“ Alastor!” Charlie shrieks in the physical plane, terrified. “Wait, no, stop that—you’re hurting yourself— Al— Vaggie, help!”
Distantly, Lucifer is aware of someone brushing past the physical wall of his wings; of two figures trying to pin the thrashing Sinner’s arms in place; of sharp claws glancing against his own skull before being pulled away.
“No,” Alastor says—it’s a pleading, pathetic noise, so unlike this Sinner, but then, this is the sort of thing that happens in the face of something so all-encompassing as an angel. He fights against his restraints like a mad thing, and something in his body cracks unpleasantly as he breaks himself. “No, no, no, it sees me—it sees everything! No, no, please…”
Too much. This Sinner is under far too much strain, and the full weight of an angel’s eyes on it, all its sins laid bare for judgment, its life and death records being combed through so effortlessly by something too bright and shining for it to comprehend—it’s crushing. It’s frightening. This Sinner will tear himself apart under that weight out of sheer awe and terror unless Lucifer does something.
It’s almost funny, how Sinners boast about their lives and their transgressions, until their actions fall under the scrutiny of something far more than they can comprehend. It’s only then that they really discover how tiny and insignificant and broken they really are.
Lucifer used to be disgusted by it. For now, he still feels pity. This broken little creature is a dark and cruel and sick thing, but it had saved his little girl, and it didn’t ask for this, and it’s too small and human and fragile to understand, its mind too easily shattered.
So Lucifer wraps Alastor up inside his own mind. Gently, so gently, treating him like a terrified animal hurt and bleeding in a trap, hurting itself worse out of sheer terror. He wraps up all those fragmented, slipping, thrashing, terrified pieces in a blanket of his own soft memories and calm emotions, keeping him bound tight so he can’t hurt himself further. He sings, a gentle little galdr to try and soothe him, even as he holds him tight.
He can feel this Sinner’s raw terror at being pinned so easily in place. Feel that frenzied panic like a rushing heartbeat, too fast. But he rocks him and sings to him and keeps him still, and in the physical world his fingers slither up to cover the Sinner’s eyes and block away the frightening, too-bright light.
And all along, even as he does, even as he soothes this terrified Sinner and keeps him from hurting himself across the vast aspects of his existence, pins him still and covers his eyes to keep him from staring into the edge of madness, he continues to weave him back together. Juggling a thousand thousand threads of life and death and meaning, putting each one back into place, copying and spinning and threading and binding. There’s only one, single thread that he cuts: one binding itself to the soul of Charlie Morningstar, cutting that favor loose.
She won’t need to stay with him much longer, anyway.
The Sinner starts to pull together now, faster and faster, the more parts of his existence Lucifer rebuilds. And at last, at last, he can deal with the physical wounds, now that there’s enough of Alastor the Radio Demon to exist to be healed.
First with the most dangerous of the injuries, pulling that terrible gash across his chest together and sealing it tight, encouraging cells to reproduce and heal and chasing infection away the moment it tries to slither its way in, insidious and cruel. Then rebuilding the bone structure in his skull so that the ear and eye can be rebuilt from scratch, using the sins and DNA in his physical memory as a baseline. The Sinner had snapped his own spine in three places when struggling to escape in a blind, animal panic, and Lucifer gently, so gently snaps them back into place, repairing the shredded nerves so the rest of his body will work properly. He straightens the nose, rebuilds the broken, delicate cheekbones, regrows the shattered teeth, gently draws a new antler out of the broken nub next to its partner. He resets the bones in the shoulders and arms and fingers, smoothes over the rest of the injuries, and last but not least, replenishes the blood in the Sinner’s body that he can’t afford to lose.
Last of all, before he parts from this Sinner’s mind for good, he stops the oh so careful process of drip-feeding the tiniest drops of his own life force to this creature to keep him alive. The Sinner’s body sags with a shuddering gasp and a relieved moan, finally spared from more power than he’s capable of handling. But his own body and mind has enough strength now that it’s been rebuilt to start building its own life force again, and Alastor doesn’t need him anymore.
And finally, as Lucifer begins to retreat from the Sinner’s existence, he releases those tethered parts of him—spirit, cognizance, emotion, thought, mind—from the metaphysical cages he’d created to hold him in place. Alastor flees from him in raw terror, not unlike a deer released into the woods, fearful of the too-big thing beyond his comprehension and what it might do if it got its claws into him again.
But he doesn’t flee in the direction of Death, he doesn’t slip away into non-existence. That’s more than enough, so Lucifer doesn’t take it personally.
He takes a deep breath, and sighs, and retreats back into himself once more, and opens his eyes.
It takes a moment for Lucifer to adjust to just being this self, this smaller thing. This physical form is the easiest way to interact with almost anything alive or dead. It ’s easier for things to comprehend, to interact with, and it masks how enormous and terrifying he can be, and honestly, sometimes it’s just nice to have thumbs. But crushing himself back into this condensed form after existing across the universe is always difficult, and it makes his skin itch uncomfortably, because he feels much, much too small and too cramped for what he really is.
It will pass with time. It always does.
He lifts himself away from the Sinner’s forehead, gently slipping his hands free from over the Sinner’s eyes. Alastor has stopped screaming since Lucifer released him, and his eyes are closed; he’s still and silent. Carefully, Lucifer slides his fingers underneath the busboy’s jawline, feeling for a pulse.
It’s there, thankfully. Still weak and struggling, just like the Sinner’s breath. But there. Lucifer hadn’t shattered him to pieces in the act of saving him. He breathes out in relief.
“Is he…?”
Lucifer glances over at his daughter. At some point, both she and Maggie had pulled back from their efforts to pin Alastor to the stone, probably once he’d stopped hurting himself. But Charlie had taken Alastor’s hand in her own again, anxiously running her thumb over his knuckles, trying to offer comfort in any small way she could.
That was his daughter. Such a sweet thing, so kind, so caring. She was far too precious for Hell. These Sinners didn’t know what they had in her.
“He’s alive,” Lucifer says tiredly. “It was close—he nearly slipped away. And he’s going to be weak for a long time. His body’s been through more than a Sinner should be able to handle, and it’s going to take him time to rebuild his strength.” He smiles at her. “But he should live. As long as he doesn’t do anything stupid.”
Charlie’s eyes widen. She gently sets Alastor’s hand down over his stomach, and then throws herself at Lucifer with a sob, wrapping her arms around his neck.
“ Thank you, Dad,” she cries into his shoulder. “Thank you so much—for all of it—I was so scared with Adam, I thought more people were going to die because of me—and then Alastor, he—and I couldn’t help him, I couldn’t do anything and he knew it, he just asked me to stay with him and sing to him until he—”
Her words dissolve into helpless sobs. Every part of Lucifer’s heart aches for her, for his precious daughter who fought so hard to protect people that probably didn’t deserve near as much care and love and affection as she gave them. Or maybe they did, if it could drive a monster like the Sinner he’d just spared to try and die for her—
It doesn’t matter. She’s hurting and he’ll do anything to make it better. He wraps his arms around her and squeezes her close, mantles his six wings around her like a shield, and rocks her gently back and forth. “You did such an amazing job, little lady,” he murmurs into her ear. “An amazing job. It was already taken care of by the time I got here. That’s all you, Charlie. You did so good.”
“But Pentious died—and Dazzle—and Alastor, he almost—”
Dazzle. That stings, but suddenly he understands which death broke the Deal and let him arrive in time. He’d made Razzle and Dazzle to protect Charlie and, in a way, they had. Lucifer wouldn’t call it a worthy sacrifice, but at least his death wasn’t meaningless.
As for the others… “They believed in your cause, Charlie. They believed in you. Dazzle always wanted to protect you. I’m sure this Pentious fellow did everything he could to help you and protect you too. And Alastor…he knew what he was doing. He wanted you to live. If he had died, it never would have been your fault.”
He can say that for certainty. He’s been in the man’s head, now. He knows it for truth in the way no other can—perhaps not even Alastor himself.
Charlie sniffles into his shoulder. “It’s hard to believe it,” she says miserably.
“ I know, S weetie,” Lucifer says, rubbing her back. “It’ll take time. I know. But you did everything you could, and today’s victory is because of you.”
He holds her for as long as it takes for her to burn through her tears, for her high-strung emotions to run dry. He holds her and strokes her hair and rubs her back, and he gently smoothes away her injuries while he does.
Healing his living, reasonably healthy daughter is so much easier than healing a nearly-dead Sinner gutted by holy fire; he only has to reconstruct her physical form, encourage cell growth and gently pull things back to the way they were. He soothes away her concussion and cracked skull, regrows her currently recessed broken horn, eases away the bruises and the cuts and the scrapes that doubtless came from Adam. She’s still covered in blood—red and golden—when he finishes, but at least she’s not broken and hurting anymore. He couldn’t bear to see her like that much longer.
Lucifer wishes, badly, that he’d had the opportunity to put Adam in his place for daring to harm his little girl. But it seems like Charlie had defended herself well enough, in the end. If anyone deserved to take him down, after everything Adam had done—it’s Charlie.
He’s so incredibly proud of his wonderful, amazing, loving little girl, and the person she’s growing up to be.
He holds Charlie until her sobs quiet. Eventually Maggie speaks up. She’d been patient and polite, waiting outside the circle of Lucifer’s wings next to the unconscious Alastor, but now that Charlie is calmer she coughs once.
“We should probably get down below,” Maggie says. “I made sure the rest of the exorcists left, and they took Adam’s body with them. But people down below are probably wondering what happened, and if you’re okay.”
Lucifer folds his wings back and slips them away, allowing Charlie to pull back from the safety of his arms. “Maggie’s right, Char-Char—”
“ Uh, Vaggie, sir.”
“ Really? Shit, sorry, I’m awful with names,” Lucifer says sheepishly. “You hear a few billion and they all run together.”
In truth, it’s a lot more complicated than even that. Names that exist purely in the Physical are almost worthless to Lucifer. Not when he can identify people with so much more accuracy by the map of their souls and sins and good deeds and choices. What’s a simple sound in comparison?
But they mean a lot to mortals, so he does his best to correct as he adds, “Uh, Vaggie is right, though. Besides, I think it’d be a smart idea to get off the hotel roof—I don’t want anyone in it until I can make sure it’s safe.”
Charlie blinks at him in bewilderment. “Safe?”
“ It took some structural damage.” He gestures up at the missing H in ‘Hazbin.’ “And at least half of the stability wards are gone. The place is completely drained. Until I can give it a once over, best for everyone to stay safe outside…and not on the roof.”
Vaggie frowns. “I didn’t know the exorcists could drain wards…”
“Maybe they damaged something when they broke Alastor’s shield?” Charlie asks, biting her lip.
Lucifer knows the truth—he’d been inside Alastor’s head. He’d touched the man’s desperation, his fear of dying, the way he’d hungrily clawed up any shred of magic to delay the inevitable just a few seconds longer, in all of the threads of memory and failure and existence that made the man while putting him back together. Alastor had damaged the place, trying to survive, ripping his magic out of the foundation to reinforce himself.
Lucifer can’t exactly complain. It let Alastor survive as long as he did, and that meant Charlie survived, too. He can fix a building. He can’t fix death.
He doesn’t bother to mention any of it, because there’s no sense worrying his daughter further. Instead, he says, “It doesn’t matter, I can fix it up good as new! But let’s get your army all taken care of, first, hmm?”
He snaps, and a portal appears behind them, leading from the roof to a safe distance from the hotel down the hill. Vaggie helps Charlie to her feet and puts an arm around her as she leads her to the portal.
But Charlie hesitates, glancing back. “What about Alastor?”
“I’ve got him, Sweetie, don’t worry.” Lucifer’s physical form, although smaller than average, is much stronger than it looks. Alastor isn’t too much taller than Charlie, either, and she’s easy enough to carry. It’s simple enough to slip a hand under the bellhop’s knees and another around his shoulders and heft him up, especially when the spindly bastard barely weighs anything to begin with.
Charlie, bless her heart, takes the time to arrange Alastor’s arms and hands comfortably over his stomach so they don’t hang. Lucifer is less thrilled about her readjusting the bellhop’s head to rest on his own shoulder, because those little antlers are sharp and one is digging right into his neck; it’s like the bastard has to be an irritant even when he’s unconscious. It can’t hurt him, of course, since he’s an angel, but it’s still annoying. But at least he’s not hanging like a corpse.
As expected, when they step through the portal to the ground below, the place is bustling. The cannibals are already butchering the angel corpses with a practiced sort of practicality; some are feasting now, and some are storing away parts for later. Their own losses are undergoing the same fate, which Lucifer finds a little horrifying. But he figures if you’re part of a cannibal army, you can probably predict your own fate if you die. They always had been grimly efficient.
The rest of Charlie’s friends are thankfully spared the fate of being on someone else’s dinner plate. They come rushing over with shouts and cheers as soon as Charlie steps through the portal, wrapping her and Vaggie up in enormous, tight hugs and slapping each other on the back. Besides the tall spider, the winged cat, and the pink-haired cyclops Lucifer had seen earlier, there’s also the tiny crazy housekeeper, a weird stick-legged living egg, and Razzle, all of whom crowd close to Charlie with relief and happiness.
Vaguely, Lucifer recalls on his tour that there had been a snake demon. He remembers that mostly because he’d always had a fondness for snakes—not as good as ducks, but they’re sort of special to him by association. So that one had stuck out to him a little more than usual in the sea of endless demons and demonic forms. He isn’t here now, though.
Lucifer has a gut feeling he knows which one ‘Pentious’ was, now.
They hug each other fiercely while Lucifer stands awkwardly off to one side with a half-dead Sinner hanging in his arms. But eventually, the white spider demon looks up over the rest in Lucifer’s direction, and hisses softly.
“ Oh, shit,” he gasps. “Please tell me he ain’t—not like Pentious…”
Lucifer glances down at the still-unconscious Alastor, and has to admit, he can see where the impression he might be dead comes from. Besides the fact that he’s perfectly still, he’s still coated in red and gold blood leftover from all his injuries, even if the wounds themselves are healed.
“He’s alive,” Lucifer promises. “Tried real hard to not be, but I dragged him back anyway.”
“Thank fuck,” the spider demon says, hugging himself with all four arms. “I don’t think I could handle losin’ anyone else today…”
“Boss is too damn stubborn to die,” the winged cat says, but there’s definitely some sort of grudging relief in his tone even as he grumbles.
“ Will he sleep long?” the little housekeeper asks, scuttling over and promptly climbing up Lucifer’s back onto his other shoulder. Lucifer can’t do much to dislodge her, since his hands are occupied, so all he can do is give her an alarmed look and a please help expression in Charlie’s direction.
Thankfully, Charlie takes pity on him and collects the housekeeper from his shoulder, setting her back on the ground.
“He’ll need a lot of rest,” Lucifer tells them quietly. “He’s very weak right now. But as long as he doesn’t do anything stupid, or push himself too hard, he should eventually make a full recovery.”
“ So it’ll take twice as long as expected, because he’ll push himself as soon as he’s able to,” Maggie—no wait, Vaggie— sums up, crossing her arms. Everyone nods in agreement almost immediately.
It’s almost comforting, to know that the busboy is apparently a complete bastard with everyone else, too.
“For now,” Lucifer sums up, “you’re all staying out here. I’ll conjure up some temporary housing and anything you need, but the hotel is off limits until I can give it a full once over.” He explains about the instability and missing magical support, finishing with, “last thing we need is the hotel coming down on everyone’s heads after a victory like that!”
Thankfully, there’s no real argument from most of them. They’re too exhausted after the battle to really protest, and most of them just want to rest, have their injuries taken care of, and get clean.
The tall four-armed demon offers to take Alastor for him so that Lucifer can work, and he gladly hands the bellhop over, thankful to at last be rid of him and his pointy antlers-to-the-neck. Alastor doesn’t make so much as a peep as he’s handed over, too deeply unconscious to recognize he’s being moved, but the tall demon is careful to rearrange him for as much comfort as possible regardless.
With his arms free, Lucifer gets to work. In short order he’s created a small circus tent on the hotel grounds in the hotel’s main colors. The exterior doesn’t look like much, but the cloth walls are as sturdy as angelic steel and will easily repel any attacks from demons or exorcists trying to take advantage of a moment of respite between battles.
And the interior is much larger than the outside would imply, since Lucifer carves into a pocket dimension to provide as much luxury as possible. Piles of pillows and blankets and soft mattresses for sleeping in one corner, a whole camp kitchen setup in another, and a range of showers and tubs in various sizes for cleaning off a hard day’s fight. Not to mention his own able assistance for triage and healing, free of charge.
With accommodations taken care of, Lucifer pops briefly into the hotel to retrieve the items people had asked for. This mostly consists of fresh clothes or food, but he’s delighted to return with KeeKee and an adorable little hellboar piglet, which runs squealing to the tall white spider demon when Lucifer sets it down.
He’s surprised to find, on his return, that most of the little group has collected over by the sleeping quarters rather than taking the chance to get clean or tend to their injuries. He’s even more surprised to find the lot of them trying to figure out how they can settle Alastor comfortably while he’s still unconscious and coated in blood. The little housekeeper is throwing an absolute fit, claiming that Alastor would hate to sleep while covered in so much filth.
“I can take care of that,” Lucifer offers, as he sets down everyone’s requested items on a table. He snaps, and instantly the bellhop is squeaky clean—bath not needed!—and dressed in a set of soft red pajamas.
“Thanks, Dad,” Charlie says with relief.
The lot of them work together to assemble a little nest of blankets and pillows and tuck the bellhop into it comfortably but securely. It’d be almost funny if it weren’t so sad, how gentle and protective they’re being with him in this vulnerable state, and how much he’d hate it if he were conscious. There’s muttering between them about ‘Vees’ and ‘attack’ and ‘protection’ and ‘stand guard’ and ‘idiot,’ and eventually while most of them head off to get themselves clean and take care of their injuries, Charlie stays behind to sit next to Alastor and hold his hand.
“Hey, Sweetie,” Lucifer says. “You can go clean off too, if you want, you know. He’ll be safe enough in here.”
But Charlie shakes her head, and runs a thumb over the back of Alastor’s knuckles gently. “I want to stay for a little while,” she says softly. “Just until I feel a little better. We do need to protect him if he’s going to be as weak as you said, people definitely will want to take advantage of it, but I just…I want to see for myself that he’s going to be okay. If that makes sense.”
“It does,” Lucifer says. He’s not really insulted by her unease, even if he’s the one that did the healing work. Even after Lucifer had hauled him back from death, the bellhop still looks pretty awful—wan and pale, too thin and terribly exhausted even in his sleep.
“But he’ll make it,” Lucifer adds, taking her free hand as he sits next to her. “With someone like you looking after him, he’ll bounce back faster than ever.”
“I hope so.” Charlie squeezes his hand. Her eyes are a little watery, but she doesn’t sob this time. “Thanks again, Dad. For everything. I’m so glad you’re here.”
“There’s no place I’d rather be,” Lucifer says with a smile, and it’s every bit the truth.
His wonderful daughter has brought a new dawn, and things are going to change, and he won’t miss seeing it for the world.
Chapter 4: Alastor
Notes:
Surprise early update! I was reviewing the next chapter and realized it's kinda short by comparison...felt mean to make you guys wait THREE days. So here you are.
Anyone wonder what Alastor was seeing? Well, here you go!
Chapter Text
Alastor hurts.
He’d let go. He’d stopped holding on. He’d felt himself slipping into the blackness and he knew he wasn’t coming back.
He hurts. He’s been here once before, and he knows what comes next. And this time, the end is permanent. Oblivion awaits.
He doesn’t want to admit it, not even to himself, not even at the end. But truth always comes out, at the end, and it’s impossible to lie to oneself at death’s door.
He’s terrified.
He’d fought so hard not to come to this point. Fought so hard to keep holding on, keep dragging himself forward one more day. To exist can be miserable and painful, but to exist means finding a way out of it if one is clever and strong enough.
Alastor had thought he’d be clever and strong enough. He’d talked his way around or destroyed any and every obstacle in his path.
He’d never once, not for a moment, thought he might be the thing to stop himself. But he’d sabotaged decades of work for one simple moment, one little gut instinct, one ridiculous, sentimental, foolish need to protect and nurture something outside of himself and his own plans.
He’s terrified that he’s become broken enough to fall so far.
He’s even more terrified that he doesn’t regret doing so. Even if it comes with oblivion.
She’d lived, after all.
And he might go to oblivion, he might be in agonizing pain ripping him apart inside and out, but he’s not alone for it. Not like last time. Everyone dies alone, except for the part when they don’t, and Alastor hadn’t thought it would make a difference, but—
—but that soothing melody, that warmth, that last bit of closeness, knowing he’d succeeded, it was…
It was better. It was better than the last time.
He’s terrified, but he can grit his teeth and bear it until he’s gone, because it’s better than last time.
So he settles into the warmth, slips into the blackness. Everything slips away, bit by bit—his vision dark, the scent of iron fading, his body goes numb. All that’s left is that holy fire eating him alive inside, that unimaginable pain, his own mangled, weakening thoughts, and that one sweet, mournful melody to guide him towards a painless end.
The song stops.
And for a moment, Alastor is frightened anew. Because without that sound, he’s truly alone. Alone but not gone yet; floating in the blackness, sinking down and down further and further, cold and numb and abandoned, and he can’t help but wonder—
— where did the song go? Please, come back. Help me. Comfort me. Stay with me. I don’t want to die alone—
And even further down, in the muddy, frigid terror of his dying thoughts—
—did I deserve this? To be abandoned, at the end? Is this what Hell really is?—
—But I thought I…I thought I did something…something worth…worth…kind…ness—
And then, all at once, the darkness blooms with light.
It isn’t a soft, kind light, like the fanciful stories about death and dying. This light is so blinding he can’t see, so searing it burns, so powerful that being encased in it is agonizing. It’s like being next to the sun, or a star, floating in the void of space and suffering its relentless onslaught.
It hurts so badly that it takes a moment for Alastor’s awareness to fight past his final moments of sheer agony and vulnerability to register it.
The Presence.
It’s in the light, hidden in those blinding cast-off displays of power, shining too strongly for Alastor to see it. Or maybe it is the light, and Alastor can’t be sure. But something is there with him now, and he isn’t alone.
He wishes more than anything that he was. Dying alone, Alastor realizes very quickly, is infinitely preferable to the Presence.
He can feel it, at the edge of his senses, but he can’t quite wrap his mind around it. There’s a mind, and an understanding, something sentient hidden in that light and power. Alastor knows because he can feel it watching him, a thousand-thousand burning, brilliant, shining eyes like a thousand-thousand stars, every one turned on a part of him.
They don’t just look at him. He can feel it. They’re looking through him, about him, back through the trails of his life and death and up through his future, turning him inside and out and back again. The Presence behind them is immense, a thing too broad and vast in mind and body and power and existence for Alastor to even begin to understand a fraction of it, but in seconds it knows him intimately.
The Presence reaches out, bodiless, formless, but with unimaginable strength and power, and takes him apart. Like a coroner over a corpse, and Alastor is just as helpless as this thing picks through him, investigates every part of him, watching with those terrible, awe-inspiring eyes.
It finds everything, everything. Everything is laid bare. His insides, his strengths, his weaknesses, his fears, his obsessions, his secrets, his successes, his failures, his life, his death, his purpose, his sins, his goals. Everything, everything on display, nothing hidden, nothing tucked away. This thing, this Presence, it can’t be lied to. It knows him very literally inside and out.
Alastor has never been more terrified in his life. He’s never felt more naked, more exposed, more vulnerable.
He screams, and screams, and screams. Raw, animal terror, mindless and formless, in the face of this massive, terrifying, burning Presence.
There are no thoughts about reputation or shows of strength. There’s no point against something like this, this Presence that is too vast and too grand for unimportant, petty Hellish squabbles. It’s too powerful and he’s too small, too weak, too useless against it.
No point against something that can see his terror and his weakness and sin from inside him. Posturing means nothing.
This thing knows the lie for what it is before Alastor can even think about making it, and he’s too filled with raw fear to even start thinking it.
Death. Oh, Heaven, Hell, Universe, Stars, whatever is out there, let him die. Death is the only way he can escape this thing. He isn’t sure if this Presence can follow him to oblivion, but he’ll take anything, anything at all, to get away from its burning, brilliant existence.
It’s too much, too much. He can’t stop screaming, inside and out.
But when he scrabbles for that oblivion, tries to find the darkness again, the Presence doesn’t let him go. It has no body that Alastor can sense, but it grips him tightly anyway, wraps him up in a cage of light and willpower and intent even as it continues to shred him apart and turn him inside out. Its touch against his mind, his body, his thoughts, is maddening kindness that burns and soft cruelty that’s icy cold, and he can’t understand it, he only knows it could break him so easy, it’s too big too much too powerful help him help him help him help him—
He doesn’t realize he’s fighting until his own thoughts tell him to calm, but they aren’t his, and the Presence is there too, taking his own mind, his own words before he even thinks them, and even then its voice is so massive behind his own thoughts it hurts. He thrashes, claws, cries and throws himself against those mental restraints, desperate for oblivion—
— let me go let me go let me die let me go please please please let me go let me die let me escape—
—but the Presence is too big, infinitely big. Too strong, infinitely strong. A thousand-thousand starry eyes watch him at all times; no chance to sneak away. Deception is impossible, the Presence can’t be fooled.
What does this creature want with him? Is this real Hell? Is this his punishment now that he’s had his fun in the afterlife?
He sobs. Those eyes, they see everything. Everything. He was never once ashamed of what he did when he was living. Even less after death. He’s killed, hunted, tortured, manipulated, lied, cheated, dealt in unholy magics and partaken of human flesh and never once, not ever, has he regretted his choices.
But this thing, this Presence, it Sees everything, and its Presence is brilliant and powerful and judging, and for the first time ever, the weight of his sins is crushing and insurmountable. This thing Seeing him, Seeing what he’s done, watching with those thousand-thousand brilliant starlike eyes, it’s more than he can bear. He’s a lowly thing, a broken, disgusting, sickly, blackened little thing, and it’s vast and beautiful and terrifying and he’s desperate for it to turn its eyes away.
Let me go, he begs it, screaming into the void and the brilliance. Let me go, let me go, don’t look at me, don’t see me, let me die, please, please, pleasepleaseplease—
He would make a deal with anything, anyone, he would do whatever it took for it to stop looking at him.
But it doesn’t look away. It speaks to him with his own mind and keeps him bound tight, no matter how hard Alastor thrashes and screams and pleads and begs to just die, to be let go, to stop looking at him.
It ignores him, and it holds him, and it hurts him.
Oh, it hurts him.
It breaks him apart and fills inside his thoughts and his existence, and that brilliant light is agonizing and the Presence too big and too powerful for his pitiful mortal existence to contain even a fraction of. Its very Presence hunts inside of every part of Alastor that has ever existed, feasting on holy flames, and every movement brings indescribable agony.
He has never suffered like this. Not in his whole life. Not his first death. Never once in Hell, not even those seven years. Even the flames consuming him from the inside, from Adam, they hurt less than this, it’s torture, it’s cruelty and kindness and pleasure and pain all wrapped into one, and all along that thing watches him, watches and waits and hunts and he doesn’t know what it wants with him—
— let me go, he begs the Presence, as he struggles in its infinitely strong grip on his mind. Please, please, please, just let me go, let me go, let me go—
But it doesn’t let him go, and by the time it stops hurting him there’s barely anything of Alastor left. Just a broken, empty husk, a shell that a too-big, brilliant thing had slithered through and burned out by virtue of existing there.
It isn’t death. It isn’t oblivion. It’s empty existence, and Alastor whimpers in his own head and mind and heart and body because this isn’t better, it’s worse, please, he just wants to die, doesn’t he deserve it? Didn’t he do something that deserves kindness? It’s punished him enough for his sins, this Presence, he’s never suffered more, just one little reward for saving a life at the expense of his own, let him stop this broken existence, let him go—
It doesn’t let him go.
If anything, it holds him tighter as it starts digging through the little broken parts that are left of him. Its touch slithers over his final moments, his last memories before the darkness and the song and the Presence. Alastor relives it again, as real and whole and full of sense and sensation as he had before: trying to save his own life, knowing Charlie was doomed, throwing his own sense and self preservation to the dogs as he leapt upon Adam and held on, held on, held on.
The Presence hesitates over this. That such a vast being could be entranced by a singular memory is strange enough as it is, and just odd and off-key enough that it feels distantly, vaguely, familiar.
Then the familiarity is gone, and the Presence delves deeper into Alastor’s broken husk of an existence. And it’s too much, too much; this thing knows him too much, it’s watching him and it’s tearing him apart and it can unmake him and remake him with ease, he’s a vulnerable, exhausted, terrified little plaything, utterly powerless, and he can’t stand it—
—and for a moment, despite its brilliance, despite its thousand-thousand brilliantly gleaming eyes, as it reaches out with formless, ephemeral fingers and scrapes together the shattered pieces of Alastor’s being and starts twisting things back together, and as it moves Alastor gains strength, and as he gains strength he can see past the brilliance into—
—into—
—iNtO—
— i n To—
—he’s screaming. He didn’t realize. He’s screaming and tearing at himself, because he’d seen it, he’d seen the face behind the eyes, infinite and terrible and beautiful and horrifying and endlessendlessendlessendless
Take his own eyes out, take them out, it can see him but he can’t see it he can’t he can’t he can’tcantcantcant
Help help him help help HeLp heLP mE HElp MeeeeeeeeEEEEeEeEEeeeE
Shhhh…it’s alright. Everything is all right. Don’t be afraid.
And slowly, things are—better.
He’s distantly aware of something awful and terrible and beautiful and awe-inspiring but it’s a muffled memory, smothered by careful hands wrapped around it. He smells his mother’s jambalaya. There’s the taste of New Orleans spices and good rye on his tongue. Something is pulled across his eyes, but it feels soft, and he can see gentle candlelight. There’s a comfortable blanket around him, warm and heavy and pressing, and his mother hums and sings as she holds him and rocks him to sleep, a gentle rain outside a beautiful accompaniment, and he’s small and safe and comfortable and happy and there’s nothing dangerous, nothing at all.
Distantly, very distantly now, he’s aware of something beyond this comfortable mix of happy memories and sensations. The Presence is still there, but somehow it’s dulled itself to him. Alastor can feel its handiwork in these sensations, feel it pulling them to the forefront and making them important, but everything is so warm and hazy and comfortable. That the Presence has him wrapped up as well, that its enormous form is rocking him and thousand-thousand eyes are still watching gently, that it is singing alongside his mother. That it has him pinned tightly to keep him from thrashing, from dashing himself apart and fleeing towards death, but that it’s trying to be kind.
He’s aware of pain, too. Distant as well, dulled because of the Presence; the pain of things being snapped back into place, pushed together, regrown, revitalized. It feeds him drops of life and energy that burn and helps him use them and keeps him from breaking himself when he doesn’t know how and it hurts so badly.
Alastor is still terrified. This thing has him pinned so easily. It could break him so easily. He doesn’t understand why something with so much raw power and infinite potential would care about a wretched, tiny, broken thing like him, and it frightens him badly to not know this Presence’s purpose for him.
It could make him do anything. Anything.
It knows everything. Everything.
He can’t—he’s not strong enough—he can’t —
But it puts him back together, and does its best to soothe him, holds him still and wraps him in the kindest memories it can find and tries to hide itself and its brilliance from him. And Alastor is terrified, his heart is beating wildly and he’s so tired and sick at heart and vulnerable, and yet—and yet—
—and yet, as it puts him back together, it continues to play those gentle sensations for him. The rain, his mother’s song and warmth as she holds him, the heaviness of the blanket, the taste and sent of things he loves. And Alastor gets the impression that there’s a message here, somehow.
Safe. Safe. Safe. Safe.
He’s so tired. He’s so scared. But he’s not…hurting, anymore. And as the Presence finally lets him go, and he crawls away into the dark sobbing and frightened, he’s alive. Alive, alive, alive, and he takes those comforting sensations of safe with him into the dark.
It isn’t oblivion. For a moment, it’s warmth, and safety, and home.
Chapter 5: Charlie
Notes:
My normal update schedule would have me posting this Saturday. But I'll be away all day, and I didn't want to make you guys wait, so. Another surprise update! Happy Friday!
Chapter Text
Charlie had figured the hardest, scariest part of saving Alastor’s life would be actually saving his life.
Charlie thought wrong.
Even explaining what had happened on the rooftop to everyone else is more difficult than Charlie anticipates. Angel had taken over carrying Alastor so her dad could build them a temporary shelter and bring them whatever they needed from the hotel until he could fix it properly. But the fact that Alastor doesn’t so much as stir when he’s manhandled leads to immediate questions, and her friends surround her the moment Dad dashes off to start setting up what looks like a circus tent on the hotel grounds.
“ What the Hell happened up there?” Husk asks, gesturing up towards the top of the hotel immediately. “Last we saw Adam slapped you onto the roof, and then…” He gestures at Charlie’s and Vaggie’s blood-coated forms, the spears Vaggie is holding for both of them, Charlie’s retreating dad, and Alastor’s limp form in Angel’s arms.
“Yeah,” Angel agrees. “And what’s with Smiles here?” He gestures with his free set of arms to Alastor, still limp in his grasp. “I thought when Adam went on the rampage he musta died or abandoned us—”
“He didn’t abandon us!” Charlie interrupts loudly.
Angel Dust looks surprised, taking a step back from her. It takes Charlie that long to realize her horns started sliding out. She takes a deep breath, trying to calm herself. “I’m sorry, Angel. I didn’t mean to yell at you. I just don’t want people thinking the wrong thing about Alastor. He didn’t abandon us. He…he got hurt, really bad. And even after that, when Adam was about to kill me…even after that, he came back and saved my life. And it almost got him killed.”
Vaggie puts her free arm around Charlie and gives her a gentle side-hug, understanding. Razzle, in his smaller form again, nuzzles against Charlie’s other side.
“ He was hurt?” Cherri Bomb asks, after a moment. She glances at Alastor. “The Radio Demon got wrecked that badly by Adam? But then…Pent…”
Charlie takes a deep breath again. She’d cried herself out in her father’s arms up on the roof, and there aren’t tears left in her, but her eyes still sting painfully. “Pentious’ death isn’t Alastor’s fault. Adam is the one responsible for Pentious, and that’s it. I don’t think Al could have intervened in that case if he wanted to. But he saved me when he could. I just…don’t want people to be mad at him, after everything…”
There’s a somber silence in their little group, interrupted only by the cheerful hacking and munching of the cannibals busily cleaning up the battlefield around them.
“How about you tell us what happened from the beginning,” Husk says. “We’re gonna be stuck here for a bit anyway until your dad’s got a place for us.”
So Charlie does. She explains from the moment she’d split off from the rest of the group. How Adam had thrown her to the roof. How she’d fought back as best she could, but Adam was just better. How he’d thrown her to the ground, stunned her, how she could barely stand.
And how Alastor had loomed up behind him to stop him taking Charlie’s life just in time. How he’d hung on, unable to do any real damage, just buying her time. How Adam had hurt him and hurt him and hurt him and still Alastor hadn’t let go. Not until he’d been injured so badly he didn’t have the strength to hold on anymore, and had been tossed aside like one of his own marionette shadow minions.
“ And then what?” Niffty asks, eye wide. “Did you stab the Bad Angel that hurt Master Alastor?”
“It…I…Adam isn’t a problem anymore,” Charlie says.
In truth, she doesn’t want to talk about that part at all. She doesn’t even want to think about it. She did what she had to, when it came down to Adam or Alastor, but…but there’s golden blood on her hands and it’s never going to come off and she just—
She can’t think about it right now. Not right now, not with everything else going on.
Vaggie, thank goodness, moves the story past that point before the others can ask too many questions. “By the time I got to the roof chasing Lute, Adam was down and Charlie was trying to help Alastor. I managed to fend Lute off until Charlie’s dad got here, and that’s when he sent Lute and the rest of the exorcists packing. They took Adam’s body with them.”
“That explains why they all just got up and left all at once,” Cherri Bomb notes. “Thought that was weird.”
“Smiles isn’t lookin’ so beat up now, so I’m guessin’ Short King healed him?” Angel Dust asks, as he gives Alastor, still in his arms, a once-over. Alastor is still covered in blood, and he still looks awful—pale, too thin, exhausted, his eternal smile barely there. But the wounds are gone, especially the obvious ones.
Charlie is relieved to skip to that part. As much as telling them about Alastor’s last favor-enhanced request might endear him to them further, that seems deeply personal and private. They might distrust him less if they could see the humanity in him from something like not wanting to be alone when he died, or taking comfort in his final moments in a song. But that feels like a betrayal, to explain that much.
Alastor had almost died for her. She can at least protect his final moments when he was fully himself, no masks or motives included. At least until he’s ready to share that himself.
“Yes,” Charlie says shortly. “Dad…Dad healed him.”
“I’m impressed he could fix up old Smiley here if he was that bad off,” Cherri Bomb says, poking the unconscious Alastor lightly in the shoulder. “Not a bad guy to have on-side.”
“It wasn’t easy, but he did it,” Charlie says. “Dad’s stronger than he looks.”
In truth, that’s another thing Charlie doesn’t want to think about too hard right now.
When she’d asked Dad to heal Alastor, to give him a second chance…she’d envisioned it would be like how her dad always healed her, in the past. He’d patch up her bruises and scrapes from climbing brimstone and running around too fast with just a touch and a smile. Fix her burns with a gentle rub of his thumb and reassuring little hum. Once she’d broken her arm when trying to slide down the banister in the palace and falling from the second floor, bad enough that it cut through flesh and made a mess, and it had hurt so bad, but he’d fixed it in minutes while singing to her the whole time. He’d even fixed her dress for her, because she’d been so upset that it had been torn.
Healing was safe and warm and good to Charlie.
But what happened on the roof…
She believes her father. She knows her dad takes healing seriously, and despite his rivalry with Alastor, he would never go out of his way to intentionally torture him or mess with him in such a serious situation. He’d promised her, and Charlie knew he hadn’t lied.
But that healing had been almost as terrifying as her fight against Adam. Her father had looked so different, gleaming with a radiant light that almost hurt even her to look at. His wings had grown the largest she’d ever seen, at least five times his size, mantling around them enough to create a large bubble of enclosed space. Charlie swears she’d seen stars in the spaces between, if only for a moment.
The way he’d knelt at Alastor’s head, bent forehead to forehead—the way he’d pinned Al’s head firmly in place, covered his eyes to protect him from the glow, hummed and spoken in words in a musical language Charlie didn’t recognize—
— she’s never seen her father like that before. Dad has always been Dad, awkward and silly and scatterbrained and terrible at communicating, easily bored and lazy, quick to fixate on a project or little details, obsessed with ducks, and willing to spend days in bed without moving. She knows, logically, that he’s also the same thing in the biblical stories that people call The Devil. She knows the stories about him and her mother. But somehow they had never quite clicked as being the same person.
When he’d been healing Alastor, for the first time it really hit Charlie that her father is from almost the beginning of creation, and he is so much more than he appears.
And Alastor…
Charlie’s known Alastor personally for six months now. Known his reputation in Hell for much longer. The Radio Demon, the terror of the radio waves, a creature that appeared in Hell and made a name for himself almost instantly. A creature not to be trifled with, a monster among monsters, a dealer and a manipulator and an unholy terror.
Charlie has never, not once, not even when he was fighting Adam, ever heard Alastor scream like that.
He’d screamed and screamed and screamed like he didn’t need to breathe, until his face and lips were blue from the lack of air. It had been a noise full of the rawest, purest form of terror and agony and sorrow and shame, something that came from the depths of the beginning of humanity. Something that belonged in Hell and yet Charlie hated it immediately, because it made her heart ache, made her want to wrap Al up and hold him tight and hug him and promise him that everything would be alright, that he’s safe and loved and forgiven and never has to hurt again.
She’d tried, of course. She’d tried to comfort him as best as she could, just like Dad asked for. He’d warned her Alastor might react strangely, and oh, he had. Charlie couldn’t move him when her dad was in the middle of healing him, but she could hold Al’s hand and talk to him and try to reassure him that they were helping and everything would be okay soon—
— but it hadn’t worked. Alastor hadn’t heard her. Not once. She’s not even sure he knew she was there, and that makes her heart ache for a whole new reason, because she’d promised to stay by his side through the worst of it, and he was terrified and hurting and didn’t even know he wasn’t alone.
She’d thought the screaming was bad enough. The words were worse, when Alastor had enough breath to speak them. He’d bounced between gurgling, choked sobs and shrieking like the Sinners in the Doomsday District.
He’d sounded like a madman, and those words will be burned into Charlie’s ears for the rest of her life.
“Too bright—it burns—it hurts—”
“ No! No, no, no, no, don’t look at me, don’t look at me, DON’T LOOK AT ME—”
“ No, no, no—please—it sees me — it sees everything! No, no, please—”
“ Please! Just let me go! Don’t look at me, don’t look at me, LET ME DIE— ”
Charlie had tried. She’d tried to comfort him. She’d been terrified when he begged to die, not to be seen, tried to shrink away from her Dad’s brilliant light.
But Alastor never heard her.
He’d been so scared. So helpless. Alastor wasn’t supposed to be scared or helpless. That alone made it all the more terrifying.
But Charlie still could have dealt with the words alone, if that was the worst of it.
No, the thing that will really haunt Charlie is the way Alastor had hurt himself to try and get away from the healing.
Charlie’s not sure what her father had to do to fix Alastor, but he’d warned her that Sinners and miracles don’t mix. Charlie hadn’t understood, until she’d seen it in action. None of Alastor’s cleverness or intelligence had been left. He’d fought like a wild animal in a trap, thrashing and snapping and struggling and desperate to escape Dad’s hands on his face.
He hadn’t understood they were helping him. Charlie knows, because she’d been sobbing while trying to hold his hand and tell him so over and over. “ It’s okay, it’s all okay Alastor, Dad’s trying to help you, he’s not hurting you, you’ll feel better in just a little bit—”
It hadn’t mattered. Alastor hadn’t understood they were helping him. He was terrified and suffering and he’d fought. A nd when he didn’t have the strength to resist, and the madness was at its most frenzied, he’d broken himself instead.
The thought still terrifies Charlie. The way Alastor’s sharp claws had turned on his own body , trying to cut his eyes out as he shrieked about a face and eyes and the Presence. Charlie had been forced to pin his arms to the ground, and when insanity gave him strength, she’d thrown herself across his chest and begged Vaggie for help. Vaggie had to fight her way through the wall of Dad’s massive, star-encrusted wings within the circle of healing, and even with her help they’d barely kept Alastor still enough for Dad to work. Even then, his madness had driven him to terrifying limits.
Charlie still remembers the snap-crack of his spine breaking beneath her, as she pinned him with her own body, when he twisted and contorted and shrieked about thousands of eyes.
Alastor had grown still eventually. Charlie isn’t sure if he ran out of madness-induced strength to fight, or if Dad had done something in his head to calm him. He’d grown still beneath her eventually, panting harshly like a wounded animal, eye half-lidded and unseeing, tongue hanging out of his sharp-toothed mouth like a sick dog. He looked like he’d been tranquilized, or like he was high on some of Angel’s stash. He didn’t look like himself.
That had almost been the most frightening thing of all.
By the end, he’d passed out, and Charlie considered it a mercy. She hopes, desperately, that he won’t remember any of this. Charlie had wanted to save him. She hadn’t intended to make him suffer.
Dad had healed him. Charlie’s grateful Alastor is still with them. But she’s pretty sure she’ll have nightmares about it for the rest of her life.
The rest of her newfound family look like they want to ask more. But they must see the haunted look in Charlie’s eyes, one that’s reflected in Vaggie’s grim expression, because most of them are tactful enough not to ask. And when Niffty and Frank look like they’re about to, Husk puts a hand on Niffty’s head and Cherri Bomb shakes her head firmly at Frank, and they thankfully fall silent.
Charlie’s glad, because she’s not sure she could explain further than that.
By then, Dad has the circus tent erected and is waving them over. He explains some of the features, and Charlie is relieved they’ll at least have a safe, comfortable place to stay until the hotel is fully renovated and declared safe again. Dad takes notes on any immediate items people want from their rooms—mostly clothes, food and toiletries, along with KeeKee and Fat Nuggets—and leaves them with a few moments to settle in.
“Guess we should take care of Smiles first, huh?” Angel Dust asks, glancing down at the demon still cradled carefully in his upper set of arms. Knowing Alastor had risked his life to save Charlie’s seems to have improved his reputation with the rest of Charlie’s friends; they seem much more determined to care for him now.
“ Probably a good idea,” Vaggie says, taking charge of the logistics. Charlie is so grateful to have her, because after everything that’s happened, she’s feeling a little…struggle-y. She’s not sure how else to put it. “Let’s get him set up in a place he can rest. His Majesty said he’ll be weak for a long time, and he’ll need time to rebuild his strength.”
“We should make it private,” Husk says. “Not like we can put rooms in this place, but the Boss’ll be pissed if he’s just laying out in the open.”
“I can ask Dad to make us some privacy screens when he gets back,” Charlie offers.
“ We’ll want to set a guard, too,” Angel Dust says. “I know I saw VoxTek drones in the area. We know Vox especially’s got beef with Smiles here. If he’s gonna be that weak, and Vox saw it, somebody’ll try somethin’ while they can.”
“They’d have to be stupid to try it with the King around,” Cherri Bomb says.
“ So they pick a time when he’s not around,” Angel Dust says. “He can’t be everywhere. ‘Specially if he’s also gotta fix up the hotel. All it’ll take is one stab with an angelic blade, and there’s a lot of it around here right now. Al can’t protect himself like this.” He gestures dramatically with Alastor himself, who wobbles like a doll in his arms and makes not a peep of protest.
“ If anyone tries to stab Alastor, I’ll stab them first,” Niffty says savagely. Her little angelic steel needle-dagger is still in her hand, coated in pale gold blood, and she waves it about warningly.
“ Watch where you’re putting that thing!” Husk snaps. “Don’t stab us, we’re on his side too!” He grimaces, then adds, “But Angel’s right. Boss is too tempting a target right now like this. They’ll probably try something if we don’t keep an eye out.”
“Then we’ll set a watch,” Vaggie says. “At least one person will be on guard at all times to keep an eye on him and make sure nobody tries to hurt him when he’s down.” She gives Alastor a look. “He’s not my favorite person, but he saved Charlie, and we protect our own.”
Charlie can’t help but sniffle again, even out of tears, and wraps her arms around Vaggie. Then the others, one by one. “Oh, thank you so much,” she tells them all. “I’m so glad you’re all okay—and that we’re all protecting each other—this is all I ever wanted.”
“Don’t sweat it, Toots,” Angel Dust says, patting her with one of his free arms. “You looked out for us. We got your back.”
“ Now can we put this asshole to bed so I can take a shower?” Cherri Bomb adds. “Turns out angel blood stinks.”
“ Alastor would hate to go to bed so messy!” Niffty frets. “Look at him! He’s covered in blood and his clothes are all torn and it’ll make his ears and hair all matted and he hates that!”
For a moment, they flounder over how to deal with the situation. A bath or shower would be ideal, but Alastor doesn’t look like he’s going to wake any time soon to deal with it himself. Husk or Angel Dust would need to clean him, but both are equally disgusting, messy, and exhausted after the battle, and it’s hardly fair to ask that of them. They don’t have anything fresh or clean to dress him in, and Husk lets them know bluntly that if Alastor wakes up in bed naked—even under a blanket—he probably will go on a rampage and tear the circus tent down around their heads.
In the end, Dad returns with their things and takes the problem out of their hands. “I can take care of that,” he offers, and with a snap, Alastor is clean and dressed in a set of soft red pajamas.
“Thanks, Dad,” Charlie says in relief.
From there, things are a little easier. The lot of them are coated in blood and gore, but Charlie and Vaggie are able to wash their hands and Niffty rolls around in one of the sinks until she’s sopping wet but blood free. Between the three of them, they’re able to take a number of soft mattresses, blankets and pillows from the pile Dad had provided and assemble a makeshift bed for Alastor. Angel Dust lowers him into it carefully, supporting Al’s head with his extra pair of hands so it settles comfortably onto the pillow. Charlie draws up one of the soft blankets over his body and gently tucks him in, nice and secure and safe.
If you don’t look too closely at his face, Charlie reflects, he almost just looks like he’s sleeping peacefully. Of course, that’s only if you don’t look close. In the circus tent lighting, his right ear glimmers, and for the first time she notices gold hairs in the red and black that hadn’t been there before. But the rest of him is s till so pale. His face looks thin and drawn, and his smile is too small. It also looks off-balance, and it takes Charlie a minute to realize it’s because his monocle is missing.
Look too close and Alastor looks wrong. But hopefully, that won’t last. He’s safe. The worst of it is over. Now he just needs a chance to rest. To get better.
To come back to them.
“Who’s takin’ first watch?” Angel Dust asks.
“You guys go ahead and get cleaned up,” Charlie says. “I’ll stay with him for a bit.”
Vaggie frowns. “Are you sure, H un?” she asks, worried. “You were in a pretty nasty fight with Adam. You deserve a chance to get cleaned up and taken care of too.”
“Dad already healed me on the roof,” Charlie says. “I want you all to be taken care of, first. I don’t…I don’t want to lose anyone else today. I don’t want anyone else to come close.”
“We’re gonna be fine, kid,” Husk says. “The rest of us got some bruises and scrapes, but we’re alright.”
“I know, I know, I just…take care of yourselves? Please? For me? Plus…” Charlie glances at Alastor. “I kind of want to stay with him for a bit anyway. Now that it’s calmer. Just to be sure he’ll be alright.”
“Boss ain’t easy to kill,” Husk says, patting her on the shoulder. “If he pulled through this far, he’ll be fine.”
“But if you need some time, take some time, Hun,” Vaggie adds. “You know where to find any of us if you need us.”
“Thanks everyone. Now go, take care of yourselves.”
The rest of them trudge off towards the restrooms Dad built into the pocket dimension of the circus tent, some after collecting toiletries from the supplies Dad brought back. Charlie stays where she is, pulling over a comfortable looking, thick pillow, so she can sit next to Alastor and get off her feet. The pillow rapidly gets sticky with blood and grime from her own clothes, but she’s careful not to get any on Alastor’s blankets. Dad can clean up the rest later.
Gently, she works Alastor’s hand out from beneath his blanket, wrapping it carefully in her own. His fingers are loose, claws hanging limp, unaware she’s there and not gripping back. She’s seen Alastor gleefully tear apart Sinners with these same claws, these same hands, but now it seems so…fragile in her grasp.
He doesn’t even know she’s here. His breaths are rough from all his screaming, his pulse weak and fluttering in his wrist under her fingertips. He couldn’t protect himself if he wanted to. He’s helpless. Completely reliant on them to keep him safe, after he kept her safe.
She isn’t going to fail him.
Dad tries to convince her to go get clean, to take a rest. Charlie shakes her head and refuses. It isn’t that she distrusts her Dad’s healing skills; she can see for herself that Alastor’s face is rebuilt, that no wound is bleeding through his pajama shirt. That he’s still breathing and his heart is still beating.
But that healing had still scared her. She just wants to sit with Alastor for a bit, now that it’s all over. To know that he’s weak, but he’s going to be okay. To listen to him breathing and to feel his heart beating for just a little longer. To know the worst is passed.
To remind herself that this had happened because of her.
“It’s going to be okay, Al,” Charlie whispers to him. She squeezes his hand, rubs her thumb gently over the back of his knuckles. He doesn’t squeeze back, or respond in any way. But he does keep breathing—rough, slow, but each breath comes one after another.
“Everything’s going to be okay. The hard part is over. We’ll take care of you, I promise. Everything is going to be okay.”
The hard part isn’t over, and things are not okay.
Charlie learns this the hard way when a screech fills the tent, waking her from a dead sleep where she’d been cuddled against Vaggie. Moments later, a panicky yell for help follows, and Charlie struggles out of her nest of blankets and pillows, trying to rub sleep out of her eyes even as she pulls herself to her feet.
She’s not sure how long she’s been sleeping. Dad had relieved her guard duties eventually when she’d all but fallen asleep sitting up next to Alastor, promising her that everyone was safe while he was on watch. She’d barely had the energy to take a shower by then; Vaggie had helped her get all the blood out of her hair before she passed out completely. She’d stumbled to a section of bedding Vaggie had prepared already, curled up next to her girlfriend, and fallen asleep almost immediately.
Her last fleeting thought, with Vaggie snuggled next to her and the rest of her little found family crashed around her on piles of pillows and blankets, was that it was almost like a sleepover if she didn’t think too hard.
But the thought is dashed when she stumbles over and around piles of pillows and discarded bedding, following the yelps of surprise and panicked screeches. It’s coming from Alastor’s little space, now privatized with tall screen curtains creating a makeshift bedroom.
For a moment, Charlie’s not sure what she’s seeing. Angel Dust is crouched over Alastor in bed, and her knee-jerk reaction is to apologize and rush out, afraid she’s walked in on something private. Except Angel looks up in alarm when she staggers in, and yelps, “ Help!”
That’s when Charlie’s sleep-addled mind catches up with the rest of her, and she puts the rest of the scene together.
This is no romantic moment. Alastor’s eyes are blown wide, but they’re glazed and unseeing. He’s thrashing in place, twisting and fighting like a madman, jaws wide and panting harshly. There’s blood on his face, and blood on the blankets, and his red claws are dripping with red liquid.
“ It’s here,” Alastor rasps, eyes wide, twitching back and forth, seeing yet not. Charlie is shocked to realize one of his previously red irises is a brilliant gold, and currently glowing pale yellow. Alastor’s eyes glow often, but it’s usually red, and his still-red left eye isn’t doing anything odd. “ It’s—the eyes—they see— stop, stop, stop, d-don’t see me, I didn’t see it, I didn’t, don’t look at me— ”
“I don’t know what the Hell’s going on!” Angel Dust yelps frantically. He’s using his full body to pin Alastor down, all four of his arms keeping Al’s shoulders and wrists pushed to the bedding, his long legs hooking expertly around Al’s own to keep him from kicking. “He started muttering and twisting and I thought he was having a nightmare—” he grunts mid sentence as Alastor thrashes beneath him again, and he has to adjust his weight to re-pin him, “—and then he started trying to claw his own face off!”
“ Al! Alastor! It’s okay! Everything is okay!” Charlie staggers forward immediately, falling to her knees at Alastor’s side and reaching out to do something, anything. She tries stroking his hair, his ears, anything that might calm him. “It’s okay! It’s okay. It’s all over. Everything is safe Alastor. Everything is safe.”
But Alastor doesn’t seem to hear her. In fact, Charlie’s not even entirely sure he’s awake. His eyes are glazed and distant, and he doesn’t seem to know Charlie or Angel are even here.
“What the Hell’s going on?” Vaggie says, staggering in behind Charlie. Her spear is in her hand, which probably explains why she hadn’t been right behind Charlie—perimeter check, just in case the screaming was for something else.
“ Smiles is going crazy is what!” Angel says, grunting again when Alastor makes a particularly nasty twisting motion with one arm and his claws cut Angel’s wrist. “Ow, fuck!”
“ No more,” Alastor begs, actually begs, in a horse, terrified voice, still staring blankly. “ No more—stop looking—please—I can’t look away—take them out and I won’t look, I won’t!”
“ Vaggie, I think it’s like—before,” Charlie says urgently. “Go find my dad. Hurry.”
Vaggie swallows, but nods. “You sure you’re okay here?”
“ We’ll handle it, but we need my dad. Hurry!”
“Right.” Vaggie takes off, vanishing around the corner of the nearest privacy screen in a flash.
“Angel, do you need help restraining him?” Charlie asks, worried. Angel is much taller and has the advantage of limbs, but Alastor is fighting like a wild animal, and she doesn’t want Angel to get hurt more than he already has been.
“ Well, he ain’t the worst I’ve had in bed,” Angel says. He pauses, twisting his entire core to pin Alastor’s shoulders back to the mattress. “Though usually it’s less horror movie than this,” he admits with a grimace, as Alastor thrashes and screams again about eyes.
“I’m sorry,” Charlie says. “I don’t know what’s happening—Can you handle it a little more if I try to calm him?”
“ Better if you can calm him,” Angel says, and this time he looks worried. “I’m not the problem. He’s gonna hurt himself if he keeps this up. I think he mighta already dislocated a shoulder.”
Charlie bites her lip helplessly, before returning to Alastor’s face. There are several nasty scratches in his cheekbones and lips from where he’d tried to claw at his face, splitting wider every time he shrieks. Angel might have stopped him from cutting himself more, but even now he’s still hurting himself, whether he realizes it or not.
Stroking his ears and hair doesn’t seem to be helping; he doesn’t seem to recognize it. His eyes keep searching sightlessly though, and he keeps screaming about seeing things and being seen—
Dad had covered Alastor’s eyes when healing him, hadn’t he? On impulse, Charlie moves from stroking Al’s ears to covering his eyes, trying to ignore the sticky, hot blood on his face. The effect is shockingly immediate: Al freezes, and his deranged screaming turns to shaking, ragged pants. After a moment, a terrified little whine escapes the back of Alastor’s throat, and the softest, most pained, “ Help me…”
Charlie and Angel exchange horrified looks. That is not a sound Alastor should ever make. Charlie would love for him to learn he can ask for help, but not like this… never like this, so small and pitiful.
“It’s okay, Al,” Charlie says soothingly. “Sssh, it’s okay. Everything is okay. It’s just a bad dream. Sssh, it’s just a bad dream.”
After a long moment, Al starts fighting again. But this time it’s weaker, more hesitant. He’s not fighting like a madman with deranged levels of strength. This is more exhausted, more helpless, like an animal that’s hurting in a trap and desperate to make it stop and doesn’t know how.
Not knowing what else to do, Charlie tries singing. She’s tired and scared and it’s hard to come up with anything special to get her thoughts across to Alastor that he’s safe. So she just sings old lullabies, things Dad used to sing to her when she was scared of the dark at night, or afraid of angels coming out of her closet to get her when she went to sleep. They’d made her feel safe and protected.
Charlie isn’t sure if it works. Between her and Angel Dust, they manage to keep Alastor from hurting himself further, and he’s stopped screaming about things he can see. But he’s shaking like a leaf, and still keeps trying to pull his hands free from Angel’s grip, and Charlie can feel warm tears beneath her hands.
It’s a relief when Dad arrives, with Vaggie trailing behind him. He takes one look at the scene, mutters, “Aw, Hell,” and kneels down next to Charlie.
“Dad,” Charlie stammers, cutting off mid-lullaby. “He’s—he’s acting like—”
“I know, Char-Char,” Dad says. “I know. I was afraid something like this might happen, but I’ll take care of it, I promise.” He puts an arm around her shoulders for a moment in a reassuring squeeze, before reaching out with both hands and placing them on either side of Alastor’s head, fingers resting on his temples.
Dad glows briefly, closing his eyes. Alastor jerks once, makes a gasping noise like he’s been dunked in cold water, and then slowly the tension starts to leave his body. His eyes slide closed under Charlie’s hands, and he stops fighting against Angel Dust’s grip.
Charlie shakily removes her hands, surreptitiously wiping away the tear tracks from Alastor’s face for him. Angel is more cautious about finally climbing off of Alastor, carefully removing one set of arms at a time and making sure he doesn’t try to cut himself. When Alastor doesn’t move, Angel finally unhooks his legs from Alastor’s and rolls off the bed, wincing and rubbing at several slashes along his arms.
“Think he dislocated his shoulder, Short King,” Angel says.
“I feel it,” Dad says in response. His eyes are still closed and his hands are still on Alastor’s temples. “I’ll get it in a moment once I’m done with this.”
He doesn’t elaborate on what ‘this’ is, but Charlie has a feeling it has to do with whatever’s going on in Alastor’s head.
But at last, the external injuries start to mend themselves. There’s a soft click as Alastor’s shoulder rights itself. The cuts on his face melt away. His breathing grows less raspy as Dad fixes the rawness of his throat.
When Dad finally takes his hands away, Alastor looks good as new, and fast asleep. Even the blood spattering the blankets and mattress and his claws are gone, cleaned away with Dad’s magic.
“Angel’s hurt too, Dad,” Charlie says. “Can you…?”
“Uh-huh,” Dad says. He reaches out his hands, and Angel places his cut arms in them with a wince. Dad glows again as he mends the cuts, and adds, “Geez, that’s a new bruise—what’d he do, kick you?”
“Before I could pin him all the way, yeah,” Angel says. One of his free hands rubs his side. “His hooves are sharp, turns out.”
“I’m sorry he hurt you, Angel,” Charlie says fretfully.
But Angel only waves it off with a free hand. “Don’t worry about it, Toots. I’ve had worse on a day at the studio. And Smiles obviously wasn’t tryin’ ta hurt me or he’d’a done a lot worse than a couple scratches and bruises.”
“ W ell, what was he doing then? W hat even happened?” Vaggie asks, voicing the question that’s on absolutely everyone’s minds.
Dad sighs. “I said it before: Sinners and miracles don’t mix well. I was hoping I’d smoothed out the wrinkles, but it looks like he’s gonna make things difficult.”
“ I’m sure he’s not doing it on purpose,” Charlie defends. She knows Dad and Alastor don’t get along, but she can’t imagine Alastor would willingly put himself through… that… just to irritate Dad. Especially when Dad doesn’t seem irritated so much as sad and tired about it.
“He isn’t,” Dad says quietly. “It’s not really his fault. We’ll have to keep an eye on it—this might happen again. I’ll try to figure out how to fix it, but it might take me a bit of time.”
Angel Dust winces. “Shit. If this could happen again…we gotta figure out a better way to keep him from hurtin’ himself, no matter who’s on watch.”
Charlie can’t help but agree. If it had been Niffty on watch, Alastor could have hurt her badly without even knowing it, and injured himself even worse without anyone stopping him.
Vaggie looks grim. “Alright. So now we have two objectives. Protect Alastor from everyone else out there.” She gestures with her spear. “And protect him from himself.”
Charlie feels so helpless. Alastor is out cold again, but she can’t help but reach out and stroke his ears back soothingly, like she can offer some kind of comfort. “For now, until we figure something out, I…I’ll stay on watch with you, Angel.”
“You barely got any sleep, Hun—” Vaggie protests.
“I couldn’t go back to sleep if I wanted to,” Charlie admits honestly. “Not after that.”
“ Can’t blame ya, Toots,” Angel Dust says. “And I wouldn’t say no to the company after that.” He smiles weakly, but it’s obviously forced, as is the joke that follows. “Not quite how I like to get rough in bed, if ya know what I mean.”
“If you’re sure…” Vaggie looks grim. “Then I’ll start trying to think about security options. And, Sir—” she looks to Lucifer. “Given the circumstances, it’s probably best that you fix the hotel as soon as you can. The faster we can get Alastor back into his own room, the better our options are.”
“Yeah. Alright. I’ll keep my phone with me if you need an emergency heal like that again,” Lucifer says.
The group disperses. Angel returns to the chair he must have gotten from somewhere, sitting strategically to keep an eye on both Al and one of the entrances in case of attack. Charlie settles on a pillow next to Al instead, taking his hand once more, not that he responds.
“It’s okay, Alastor,” she promises him. “We’re going to make everything better. We will.”
She wishes it didn’t feel so much like a lie.
Chapter 6: Alastor
Chapter Text
Alastor wakes.
This comes as a shock. He had never expected to wake up again.
But he’s aware of his mind resurfacing from the darkness. Aware of the distant sensations of noise. He’s warm, wrapped in softness, comfortable but close. He crawls back to awareness, but his mind is foggy and slow. Everything feels dull and far away.
He registers, slowly, that this should frighten him. He’s vulnerable. He can’t stay like this. He needs to come back to himself, be in control of himself. Be ready.
He has to. There’s something dangerous at hand, but he can’t quite remember it, through the fog. Like a dream slipping away—but he knows in his heart, in his gut, it’s not a dream. Eyes like stars, something vast—
He shudders when his mind brushes up against even a faint impression in his memory, and makes a soft, mewling little whine of fear.
“ Oh, shit! Charlie! I think he’s waking up!”
A voice nearby, familiar. The sound of footsteps moving around him and away.
No. No. No one can know—no one can be near him—he’s vulnerable —
But when he cracks his eyes open, he’s met with a dizzying display of lights and color. And when he tries to push himself up, he finds he can’t, and not just because of weakness. His arms are bound down, and he’s wrapped up tightly, like—
—like—
— he can’t remember, exactly, but it’s enough to send his heart thumping in a panic, to make him start fighting, to emit a warning screech of static that he’s dangerous and to stay away—
“ Alastor! Alastor, it’s okay! Everything is okay, everything is safe!”
Charlie appears above him, pressing her hands against his shoulders to hold him down. He hisses and bares his teeth at her, but rather than fright, she looks startled for only one moment before expression shifts to relief. That’s enough to check his aggression, replacing it with confusion, and she’s able to gently push him down against a soft surface.
Alastor blinks at her blearily. For a moment, he swears he’s seeing triple; there’s multiple Charlies stacked on top of each other and slightly out of focus. The explosion of color and light wherever they are makes them look strange, like auras during a migraine, and his head immediately hurts. But he blinks again and his vision swims back into focus. There are tears in Charlie’s eyes, but although she looks tired, she appears to be otherwise unharmed.
She’d lived. He’d been successful.
He relaxes a little further.
“Everything is okay, Alastor,” Charlie repeats, patting him on the shoulders gently before finally letting him go. She settles down next to him on what appears to be a nest of pillows and blankets, currently supporting him. “Everyone is safe. The battle is over.”
Oh. Well. Something must have gone right then, after he’d…he’d…
He doesn’t quite remember what happened after he’d attacked Adam again for the second time. It’s all such a blur. He remembers pain, and a song, and—
—and—
— and—
“ Did you see it?” Alastor rasps harshly. His throat is dry and warped and painful. He can’t imagine why, unless Adam had cut his throat. “It was here—it came after—it S ees— the eyes—”
“Al! Alastor, it’s okay. Everything’s okay. Sssh, those are just bad dreams.”
Alastor should hate Charlie attempting to coddle him like this. He should detest the way she raises a hand to stroke his bangs back and gently pet at his ears, like she’s trying to calm him. Like he’s a damned child.
But he’s exhausted, and that gentle voice and that gentle touch seem to soothe away the memory of that—that thing — and he has a hard time holding onto it.
No. No. He can’t be complacent. He can’t remember why, but he can’t let himself forget. That power—that vastness—it’s dangerous, and aimed at the hotel and he doesn’t know why—he doesn’t even know how to defend against it, only that preparedness is key—
“Alastor! Come on, Al, you’ve got to calm down, please. Breathe. Everything is okay.”
But it isn’t. And when he tries to grasp her wrist to make her stop petting him and listen to his warning, he finds he can’t. His arms are still bound, he can’t move them—no, no, no—
He must make a distressed noise as he starts to struggle. Charlie puts her hands back on his shoulders and says, “Easy! Easy, Al. It’s okay.”
“ Can’t move— bound— ”
“ No, no, it’s just the blanket, see?” Charlie pats him once on the chest to indicate where to look, and he finds he’s been all but swaddled like an infant in a warm, heavy blanket, his arms loosely bound across his stomach by the fabric like a damned straitjacket. “I can help you unwrap it, but we had to do this when you were asleep. You kept having bad dreams and hurting yourself, but I don’t think you understood what you were doing.”
“ Out,” Alastor rasps, because everything feels too tight, and breathing is suddenly a struggle . Charlie finds the edge of the blanket—tucked under his own body-weight to pin him—and helps him fold it back. He can breathe again when it’s off and his arms are free, unwrapping them from himself and digging his claws into the nearest soft pillow as proof of sensation of touch again.
He shakily drags himself upright, and is distraught at how difficult sitting up is. He’s exhausted from that alone, and his arms shake from the effort of pushing himself up. Charlie tucks a few larger pillows behind him to provide support, and he reclines back into them with disgust, appalled at how much he needs them.
“Do you want some water?” Charlie asks. “Your throat sounds pretty painful…”
Alastor nods, unwilling to answer with his voice and too weak to even summon the rudimentary power to speak through the radio waves. Which makes him realize his voice filter isn’t on—and his staff, where is his staff—
He looks around anxiously, and eventually spots the broken halves of his staff, set on a nearby pillow like some sort of display. That was right—Adam had broken it, which explained why his power was so weak. He loathes seeing it shattered and he detests that it’s on full display for others to see, but at least it’s here.
“We found it on the roof, when we were looking the hotel over for renovations,” Charlie says, and Alastor looks back to her. She offers him a weak smile. “We might be able to fix it for you, but I thought we should wait and see what you wanted to do. It’s yours, after all.”
The thought anyone getting their hands on Alastor’s staff and messing with either its mechanics or its power is enough to send a cold shiver down Alastor’s spine. “Thank you, dear,” he says, his voice unfiltered and raspy. Oh, he hates that.
Charlie offers him the glass of water. He tries to take it, but his hands shake too badly to hold even that little thing, and Charlie has to pluck it from his hands before he can drop it in his lap and soak himself. He’s glad for the intervention, because the thought of climbing out of his makeshift bed sounds exhausting. But he’s disgusted and embarrassed at his weakness.
The Radio Demon, terror of the Pentagram, unable to lift a glass of water. Unacceptable.
“It’s okay,” Charlie says patiently. “I can help you drink it, here—”
Alastor looks away from her and turns his head when she tries to bring the glass to his lips for him. His ears flatten against his will—he’s too tired to maintain any degree of control over his emotions and his tells. It’s petty, but he refuses to be treated like an invalid. He isn’t weak. He isn’t.
“Nobody’s watching, Al,” Charlie says. “Look, we set up some screens for privacy—we wanted you to be able to rest without anyone watching. We knew you wouldn’t like it. Please let me help you? You could really use the water, your poor throat sounds awful.”
Alastor grits his teeth. He doesn’t want to have assistance. If he can’t do it himself, he’d rather not do it at all. But his tongue is sandpapery and dry, and his throat aches, and he’s desperately thirsty.
“ Tell no one,” Alastor hisses.
“Our secret,” Charlie agrees immediately. “Here.”
She tilts the glass of water for him. He drinks like a man dying of thirst, and the embarrassment of needing help with something as simple as drinking is at least somewhat offset by the cool water on his tongue and throat.
Once he’s finished with the glass, he settles back against the pillows at his back, exhausted from the basic act of drinking. Absurd and ridiculous. He must remedy this as soon as possible.
For now, he takes stock of his situation. He appears to be dressed in a pair of soft, red, long-sleeved pajamas, which he had certainly not been wearing before and doesn’t remember being changed into. That he had been vulnerable enough to be moved and changed without knowing it is alarming, but at least some thought seems to have been put into making him comfortable.
He is not in his room. He has no idea where he is, actually. It appears to be the inside of some kind of enormous, striped tent, with strings of soft lights hanging from the fabric ceiling and littered around the walls. The fabric is patterned with obnoxiously bright, colorful stripes, and the lighting only makes it worse.
He can’t see much further than that, because Charlie had not been wrong. A large number of folded screens appear to have been set up around himself and his makeshift bed to afford him at least a little privacy. He can hear voices, music and movement beyond the screens, but currently the only ones inside his little partitioned area are Charlie and himself.
“Where…?”
“It’s our temporary home away from hotel,” Charlie says, watching him look around. “We made it so we have a safe place to stay until he okays the hotel again.”
Alastor frowns over his eternal grin. “What’s wrong with it?”
“We’re little worried about its structural integrity,” Charlie says slowly. “Some parts got pretty badly destroyed, although it’s still standing at least. And most of the wards and magic are gone, so a lot of your repair work reverted back to how it was before.” She looks deeply apologetic. “I’m so sorry, Alastor, I don’t even know how the angels did that.”
They hadn’t. Distantly, like from a terrible nightmare, Alastor remembers pain. He remembers holy fire burning him alive from the inside, taking his magic and his existence with it. He remembers clawing through the bones of the hotel, the residual magic, the wards, the corrections, and draining everything, anything, he could get his claws on. Anything to let him last a few more seconds, to feed the holy flames in place of himself.
“It’s quite all right, dear,” Alastor says tiredly. “It can be fixed…I’ll take care of it as soon as I’m able.”
But Charlie shakes her head. “Don’t worry about it,” she says insistently. “ We’re taking care of fixing everything up so we can move back in. You just worry about getting better.”
He blinks at her slowly. “Better?”
“ Better,” Charlie repeats. “It’s…you…you almost died, Alastor.” She swallows softly. “You protected me from Adam and he hurt you really, really badly. And I couldn’t do anything about it. I was so scared we were going to lose you…”
It feels very hazy and very far away, but slowly, Alastor remembers bits and pieces. “You sang for me,” he murmurs.
“You asked me to,” Charlie says. There are tears in her eyes again. “I hope it was okay, I just…I wanted to make you comfortable, in case…”
“It was lovely, Charlie,” Alastor says, and that isn’t a lie at all. He hardly remembers the words, or the melody, but he remembers the emotion and the impression. She’d stayed with him and comforted him, guided him gently towards the end in a way he hadn’t experienced the first time.
But he doesn’t know how to explain that without making her cry, and he can’t handle that right now when he’s so tired and confused. So he just says again, “It was lovely. It was…warm.”
She sniffles and wipes her eyes, but tries hard to smile when she pulls her hands away from her face. “I’m so, so happy you’re okay, Alastor,” she says, with so much emotion that it’s almost tangibl e . “I was so scared we were going to lose you, but I’m so happy you’re alive and here with us. And don’t worry, I know you’re going to be recovering, but I promise, we will protect you and take care of you, okay? You’re safe here.”
“ Ah,” Alastor says, because that’s so much all at once, too much emotion and too much dependence and too much vulnerability, and he’s simply not capable of handling it all.
He’s so tired, suddenly. It’s disgusting, weak, and yet he can already feel his body and his mind pulling him downward again. His head aches, and his eye is throbbing.
“That is…kind of you, my dear,” Alastor says awkwardly. “I apologize for being unable to help with the renovations—I think I may be a bit under the weather.”
“That’s alright, nobody expects you to, especially after I explained what happened,” Charlie says.
“I see,” Alastor says, dazed. So the others know he’d nearly gotten himself killed as well, and by what means. How…unfortunate. “I’m sorry, my dear, but I’m feeling a little…”
“Oh! You must be tired,” Charlie says. “You’ve been asleep for almost two days, but I’m sure you could use more rest. Here, let me help you lay down again!”
It’s embarrassing, but he does indeed need Charlie’s help to remove the pillows holding him up, and her hand at his shoulder to keep him from thudding backwards uncomfortably into t he little makeshift bed. He’s so disgustingly weak, he hates it. Even that slight movement leaves him dizzy, and his head aches harder, and he’s seeing triple of dear Charlie again, awash in the irritable bright colors of this wretched circus tent.
“ Don’t worry about anything, Alastor,” Charlie says, taking his hand and squeezing it gently. “We’ll take care of everything. You just work on getting better. We’ll be here if you need anything. I know you don’t like to ask, but we will help, okay?”
“ Hmm,” he grumbles, already half under again. Part of him wants Charlie to let go of his hand, but he doesn’t have the strength to shake her off. Part of her wants her to stay as a lifeline, just so he has some external proof that he isn’t sinking into death.
“It’ll be okay,” Charlie says. “Love you, Alastor.”
She sounds tired. Alastor wonders how much she’s been worrying over him.
His last thought is that he forgot to take off his monocle before falling asleep. He raises his free hand to reach for his face, unhook the chain from his ear and pluck the lens free to set aside. But his claws brush against nothing before Charlie gently takes this hand too and guides it away from his face, murmuring, “No, Al—it’s okay, shh, please stop trying to hurt yourself, everything is safe, I promise.”
Why in Heaven’s name would removing my monocle hurt me? Alastor thinks muzzily. And a moment later, even more bewildered, How could I see without it?
But sleep overtakes him, and he falls back down into an exhausted blackness.
Thus begins the newest stage of his life.
He isn’t sure how much time he loses—only that he spends most of it sleeping, interspersed by a few short moments of waking. He isn’t fond of either stage, eager to leave it and just as quick to wish to escape to it again.
Sleep happens the most often. Alastor loathes being so vulnerable in such an open space, and he doubts he’s slept this much in the last century, but his body won’t let him avoid rest. If he’s very lucky, his rest is quiet and unbothered, dark and warm and comfortable, and he’ll wake feeling at least a little more energetic than before.
More often than not, he is not lucky. His safe darkness is infested with things hiding in the corners of his vision, never there when he looks, but always there somewhere. He’ll blink in his sleep, and for a fraction of a moment see impressions of things that are great and terrible: a thousand eyes like stars that blink closed and vanish in the gloom, a thousand not-quite-hands that hover above him and threaten to pin him in place or take him apart, but pull away into the dark the moment he looks directly at them. He can feel something watching, lurking, listening, a vast P resence too big for him to understand. Something broaching infinity just at the edge of his mind.
It drives him mad. He can’t find it, he knows it’s there, he knows it can destroy him, it’s playing with him and he doesn’t know why.
The intensity of these dreams vary. If they are too profound, too strong—if those hands dig into his mind, if those eyes stare through his very existence—the raw terror is too much for even a creature like Alastor. He can never escape the damn thing, whatever it is. But sometimes those images are soothed away, replaced by calm things, pleasant dreams, old welcome memories. The change feels strange, unnatural. He swears the thing is hiding, but then the memories envelope him and draw him away into safety, and he forgets it exists for another rest.
Inevitably, calm or terrifying or terrifyingly calm, Alastor wakes.
There’s always someone with him when he wakes. Alastor finds it voyeuristic, at first, detests the thought of people watching him while he sleeps. He’s so vulnerable when unconscious, and to think someone is right there— they could so easily plunge a dagger into his heart, cut his throat, put a bullet in his skull. Heavens know there’s plenty of angelic steel about to make it permanent. He can’t protect himself, not in this state.
But he slowly, gradually, comes to realize that’s why people are with him. Because he is vulnerable, and they’re not watching him so much as watching for threats against him. It’s not always the same person, and there seems to be a rotating schedule—he’s woken to nearly everyone in the hotel at his side by now—but each one seems to be posted there for the express purpose of protecting him.
It’s embarrassing, because it means they know how weak he is, how broken, how vulnerable. But he’s also grateful for it, because they seem to understand what sort of position that puts him in. Nearly anyone in the Pentagram would be willing to take a chance at bringing him down when he’s defenseless. They’re taking care to make sure that opportunity doesn’t come.
It feels…strange. To be protected. Defended. Cared for. He hasn’t been so vulnerable since his early days in Hell, and there are precious few he would have allowed to see him in this way through the entire century. He hadn’t chosen this. But he feels…
Well. Not safe. Never safe. But safer, at least.
Wakefulness is always short, though it grows longer as time passes. It is also always unpleasant, embarrassing, and deeply frustrating, and he rapidly grows to hate it.
If his dreams were pleasant, it’s less so, marginally. His dreams are usually not pleasant, and in those cases, he finds he inevitably wakes swaddled like an infant again, his arms bound across his chest or stomach with the blankets to keep them tucked close. They never release him until they verify he’s conscious and can respond to them, which he finds both loathsome and frightening.
“I told ya, ya keep tryin’ ta claw yer eyes out,” Angel Dust tells him once, after he helps Alastor unwrap from the blankets. “And ya keep screaming about eyes or something. We hafta keep coming in here to heal ya when ya try to take yer own face off.”
Alastor finds that to be thoroughly alarming. He finds Angel’s lie about telling him before irritating. He’ll have to give him a proper lesson about the ramifications of lying to an Overlord when he’s capable of doing so.
But it explain s Charlie’s gentle but firm discouragement of him removing his own monocle the first time he’d woken. His claws had been perilously close to his face, he supposes. He doesn’t like being bound, and he detests it when awake, but if it keeps him from collecting debt for healing that he doesn’t even remember , he’ll grudgingly permit it.
He isn’t attacking himself on purpose, after all. He doesn’t remember doing it. If he didn’t see the exact same alarm and panic from Charlie, Vaggie, Husker, and Angel Dust every time he wakes and struggles to free himself, he’d think they were lying to him. But their fright and anxiety is too real to be faked.
Something is very wrong with him. Alastor just wishes he understood what.
He can never manage to stay awake long, regardless of how he comes by his consciousness. His body is struggling even in those brief moments. He’s weak as a newborn kitten, plagued with headaches and dizziness that leads to seeing double or triple of his companions. The bright colors of the wretched circus tent and the irritating lights aren’t helping any.
Most disgustingly, he needs assistance with almost everything. Sitting up. Laying down. Drinking the water and the broths they ply on him every moment he’s conscious enough to accept them. Even going to the bathroom is a frustratingly embarrassing exercise, in which Angel Dust or Husker are forced to carry him to the restrooms long enough to relieve himself, and help him stand long enough to wash his hands. He’d been subjected to a sponge bath once, since he can’t even sit up for a regular bath under his own power. He still isn’t sure if he wants to kill Husker over that incident, or bury himself deep into the brimstone until he reaches the next Ring of Hell out of sheer embarrassment.
He can’t even use his shadow travel to mitigate the difficulty. H is shadow is as weak as he is, barely able to grin back at him, sleeping as a regular shadow at his feet most of the time.
Perhaps the worst of all of it is how disgustingly understanding everyone is. He’s embarrassingly useless and weak. He would expect mockery, derision, manipulation as a result, laughing at how pathetic the Radio Demon is now, how far he’s fallen.
But it never happens.
Charlie is as sweet and kind as always, and he expects that of her. But the others…Vaggie tells him off if he rejects help and isn’t shy about lecturing him like a toddler, but she never once mocks his weakness. Angel Dust cracks jokes and distracts and makes light of the situation, but his shameless flirts are gone, and he seems intent on treating Alastor with a respect bordering on awe. Even Husker, no fan of his, grumbles less and never snaps about how useless Alastor is when he can’t hold a bowl of broth or needs assistance making it to the bathroom.
Most of them, by now, have let him know in one way or another that they’re familiar with the events of the rooftop. That Charlie had informed them all he’d come back to fight Adam again when she’d been in danger, and had nearly been killed for his efforts. Laughable, foolish idiocy, a good deed that should have gotten him killed and never should have existed in Hell, something that would make him a laughingstock among the Overlords or the general public. But the residents of the hotel seem to respect him for it, even seem awed by his actions.
Perhaps saving Charlie’s life had bought him a little good will. A shocking and bewildering prospect, one that doesn’t belong in Hell at all. But it’s the only thing that Alastor can think of, that might fuel their strange protectiveness and care of him. That thing called family that Charlie sang of so highly. One of their own had protected their own, and they’ve come together to protect him in turn.
Foolish. Stupid. Ridiculous. Laughable.
And yet he feels the tiniest bit warmer and safer for it, when he’s too weak and exhausted to stay awake any longer and fatigue drags him under into the darkness again. When whoever his current guardian is reassures him that he’s safe, he’s protected, nothing will happen to him, and everything is okay.
Perhaps he is an idiot.
He holds onto that feeling anyway.
Alastor doesn’t know how long he slips back and forth between wakefulness and sleep. He’s barely able to hold much of a coherent conversation with whomever is at his side, and most of it is spent coaxing him to eat, drink, or get assistance moving or using the restroom. He asks sometimes about how long it’s been, but being told it’s Tuesday means nothing without context. He doesn’t even know if it’s day or night, too deep in this ridiculous circus tent to see the sky.
Time moves on endlessly, immeasurably. Alastor sleeps, wakes, and sleeps again. It all becomes meaningless.
At some point, things change. He wakes and finds himself, not in the nest of pillows and blankets with makeshift screen walls, but in his own room. His room of a sort, at least. The bayou is gone; he distantly remembers consuming its magic in a desperate attempt to keep living. That side of the room is empty and barren now, missing not just the welcome wildness of the bayou but even decor and furnishings.
There is, at least, a window, so time becomes moderately less meaningless and fractionally more measurable.
Alastor doesn’t know how he got here. He doesn’t remember being moved, which is frightening.
“We didn’t lift you for long,” Vaggie promises, when he wakes and finds three of her (he blinks, and it’s one of her) at his bedside in his room. “We opened a portal and Angel Dust just carried you for a few steps. We already had everything set up.”
It’s somewhat reassuring, at least, to know he isn’t so far gone that he could miss being carried across the hotel grounds and up several flights of stairs. It’s still a truly terrifying prospect to think he’s still so weak that he could be moved at all without being aware. If it had been someone like Vox or Valentino…
… He doesn’t like to think of it. he’d been powerless. Completely vulnerable, at the mercy of the entirety of this merry little band of misfits. They could have done anything to him. Taken him anywhere. He couldn’t have done anything about it.
Alastor detests feeling so dependent on the hotel residents. So helpless without them. He’s fallen so far. He can’t stay like this forever.
Still, the familiarity of his room—even without the bayou he’s far too weak to put back—is comforting. If the hotel can be lived in again, then the wards and security measures must have been replaced. It means his own room is a much more difficult place to reach than a simple circus tent erected out front. Anyone trying to take advantage of his weakness would have to get past the hotel wards and security, up multiple flights of stairs, and find his room in a nest of rooms, all while attempting to fend off the hotel residents. Who are more than capable of holding their own against exorcist angels when they put half a mind to it, and presumably less interested in putting their mind to killing him with that same enthusiasm.
He sleeps slightly easier after that, in the safety and security of his room.
Bit by bit, he grows stronger. He’s able to stay awake for longer periods of time, although he still sleeps most of the day away. He still has a protector on hand, although now it seems their job is less to keep watch and more to assist him should he need it. He gains strength, until he’s able to sit up by himself and drink a glass of water on his own, although it leaves him exhausted and sore more often than not. His headaches and double vision persist, but by now he’s growing accustomed to them, learning how to live with the pain.
By the end of the first week—apparently, according to the others, at least—Alastor feels more…well, ‘alive’ and ‘human’ aren’t really the right words, but they’re the only words he can think to use. He’s able to stay awake for an hour or two at a time, hold moderate conversations, and exist outside the space of ‘sleep, consume, sleep more.’
He’s still weak, but he’s moved from ‘newborn kitten’ to ‘hospital bound invalid,’ which is a frustrating place to be but a respectable step up. His powers are mostly beyond him still, but his shadow can turn on the radio for him now, or fetch a book for him to read. He doesn’t need the constant watchful care when he’s awake that he used to, because he’s able to handle most basic tasks himself. Although walking is still difficult, which means he still needs assistance getting to the bathroom, which is hideously embarrassing. At least he can walk, when leaning on Angel Dust or Husk er now, rather than being carried.
(Bathing is its own shameful, sordid mess. He can’t stand long enough to shower, and he flatly refuses to put up with the humiliating experience of a sponge bath again . But h e can’t be trusted alone in a bath tub , in case he falls asleep and drowns himself. It means someone—Husk er or Angel Dust, usually—helping him into the bath and sitting on the toilet seat to verbally check in on if he’s awake or drowning. At least he’s permitted to pull the shower curtain closed to maintain some semblance of privacy and modesty, although the fact that he’s required to have permission of any kind is still loathsome and embarrassing).
His watchers do not leave him alone when he sleeps. Even if no one is there when he falls asleep, someone is inevitably there when he wakes again. It is not uncommon to find himself freshly swaddled in blankets, and he can only conclude his dreams had been violent and self-destructive once again.
His watchers don’t leave him alone when he’s awake, either. He loathes the fact that someone is always present, but the way they are present is sometimes…disturbing. They try to keep their distance or give him his space. But sometimes he’ll blink in the middle of reading a book or listening to the radio, and suddenly they’re there, right there, asking how he’s feeling. Like they have no concept of personal space. It’s all very frustrating. It’s also a bit alarming.
He wishes he knew what was wrong with him, and he fears finding out.
Being awake and mobile more often also includes the return of his ability to remember and think, and oh, Alastor has things to consider.
Like his injuries. Charlie had said he’d been hurt ‘really, really bad,’ and that she was glad he lived. He hadn’t thought much of it at the time; he’d barely been able to think. She’d made it sound like he’d been injured, but somehow pulled through.
The more coherent he becomes, the more strange clues he finds, and the more he realizes this is not at all the case. Because when he’s mentally sound enough to think back to the battle against the exorcists, the only conclusion he can come to is:
He should have been double-dead.
The wound he’d taken from Adam in their duel had been bad enough. He’d been desperate for anything to buy himself even a few seconds to live. He’d consumed his bayou, his wards, the magical repairs and modifications to the hotel, and still that holy fire had been burning him alive from the inside. The wound had been agonizing and its effect terrifying. Even if the battle had ended then, he wouldn’t have lasted more than an hour or two under his own power, not with that holy fire consuming his very existence. He wouldn’t have come back from that.
But there had been so much more than that. His interference for Charlie had cost him. He remembers Adam blasting his ear off with holy power, gouging out his eye with angelic-steel gauntlets, ripping off his antler. He remembers gouges clawed into his face, and his arms being broken.
And yet, none of that damage is left. When he runs a hand over his face—carefully, slowly, when his would-be guardians aren’t watching and waiting for him to claw at his own flesh—there’s nothing there. No gouged skin, no cracks in his teeth, no split lips. His right eye is whole, and he can see with it, even though nobody has given him back his monocle. When he runs his hand cautiously up the side of his head, his right ear is fluffy and whole, and his right antler remains hidden in its shadow like always. When he runs a hand over his chest, the cruel wound is gone, nary a scar remainin g. No scar, at least, but in the bath he had noticed the fur where the wound had been had grown in strangely metallic, even if the skin underneath was no longer marred.
Something had happened. More than just him pulling through on sheer willpower, more than carefully applied triage.
And yet, when his mind strays too close to thinking about it, he finds he…can’t. Like walking into a revolving door, and being neatly turned about. No matter how many times he tries, he finds himself curiously redirected, distracted in his own head, convinced to find something else more important.
And if he pushes, fights hard to pass that little mental boundary, things become…unpleasant. Confusing. A sense of dread, a lurking presence, something too big for his mind, eyes, eyes, eyes —
His thoughts nearly scurry for that little revolving door in his mind when he pushes, too afraid of pushing for long. And he’s relieved after, when the feelings fade.
He doesn’t like this. Something is wrong with him. Something in his head. He doesn’t know what, and he doesn’t like it, and he will get to the bottom of this.
It isn’t the only frustrating oddity he needs to get to the bottom of, the more aware he becomes. The first time he’s able to hold an actual conversation and Charlie is his minder for the afternoon, he can’t help but notice the lack of connection between the two. It takes him a moment to realize their Deal is completed, her favor paid.
At first, he’s certain this must be due to meddling. Something had gone wrong in his head, and maybe with his magic as well; perhaps the Deal between them had been broken. But the more he remembers from that fateful day, the more he comes to the absolutely horrifying and terribly embarrassing conclusion:
He’d wasted his precious goddamn favor for a pittance of what it was worth.
Alastor had plans for that favor. Charlie was the only thing with enough power and naivety to be drawn into his schemes and put to good use. The stipulation about no harm was easy to agree to when he’d never planned to use her to hurt to begin with. He can hurt plenty of people on his own. He’d needed her as leverage against his soul ownership.
And yet his stupid, idiotic, weak, dying, pathetic little self had burned his hard-earned favor on something as childish as not being alone when he died.
What a foolish notion. Everyone died alone. What had he hoped to gain from such a ridiculous, wasteful use of such a precious favor?
(The other memories from that moment had been…kind. He’d been frightened, and suffering, and so scared of being alone when he went into the dark once more. The favor bought him warmth, companionship, and a guiding song for a few precious moments.
Surely that was worth something?)
What a stupid notion. He’s a fool. An idiot. A weak, sentimental thing.
He wants to tear at himself in frustration. G rab things and throw them at the walls. S hriek and rampage among the worthless Sinners and gobble them whole in an attempt to sate his shame and embarrassment. But his watchers don’t let him hurt himself, and he isn’t strong enough to throw anything satisfying, and he certainly isn’t strong enough to leave his bed, let alone the hotel.
So he just stews. Weak. Worthless. Stupid. Sentimental.
Alastor doesn’t know what he’s going to do when he recovers. He’s almost certainly in trouble with his soul-owner for the outcome of the extermination day. Charlie had nearly died, Heaven had been repelled, and the very foundations of the afterlife system have been turned on their heads. His contractor will not be pleased. And without a favor to protect himself…
Well. It might have been more merciful if Charlie had let him die.
It’s a near-constant thought in the back of his mind as he devotes himself to his recovery. Without the favor to protect himself, to use as leverage, he has to regain his strength as soon as possible. The walls of the hotel won’t stop his soul-owner from reaching him, not if they so desire. He has to be as recovered as he can be, because it’s the only way he’ll survive what comes next.
He must be ready to face the coming storm.
So Alastor pushes himself to be better. He can’t do much when he’s asleep, but he fights that by letting himself sleep less. He isn’t a creature that sleeps much to begin with, and the fact that he’s been sleeping more than being awake lately is, frankly and more than a little ironically, absolutely exhausting.
His watchers insist he should rest whenever he looks tired. It’s frankly disgusting that they can tell when he is tired by how he ‘looks tired.’ B ut he tells them they’re wrong and ignores them and continues with his book or radio listening session or doodling on journal pages.
He’d like to do real work, to catch up on the paperwork he’s no doubt fallen behind on, but Charlie flatly refuses to bring it to him. These other things feel like wasteful distractions. But they keep his mind awake and focused enough that he doesn’t fall under.
There are incentives too, of course. If he doesn’t fall asleep, that dread and that thing can’t find him. He won’t wake swaddled like an infant and told he’d been screaming and trying to gouge out his own eyes in his sleep.
(Sometimes he tries to draw the thing that plagues him so. Knowing one’s enemy for truth is the first step to finding it less frightening. But the thing in his head is too vast to be captured with a mere journal page, and he gets lost in its expansive existence, doodling with increasingly frenetic, wild energy until Vaggie takes the journal and pencil away. She looks disturbed when she frowns at the drawing and asks if he’s okay. He can’t remember; he’d been swept up in his own head, trapped within the memory of the thing. But his eyes are leaking, and his hand is bloody from clenching the pencil so hard he’d gouged himself, and when he catches a look at the blood-smeared journal page there’s eyes upon eyes upon eyes upon eyes upon eyes upon eyes upon—
— Vaggie takes the journal away and replaces it with a new one, and he can’t quite remember why unless he really tries, until he tries to draw again, and the eyes the eyes the eyes — ).
Of course, there are trade-offs. The headaches are worse the longer he stays awake. They often start behind his right eye, until that aches too, throbbing dully. He finds his dizziness and double vision get worse whenever the headaches come, and he’ll see two, sometimes even three copies of his watchers. He’s not unfamiliar with double vision, but it usually only happens when he’s quite drunk. It seems unfair to suffer the consequences without the fun, but he does his best to ignore it.
Besides sleep, he fights hard to regain his independence. He refuses to allow anyone to feed him or hold his drinks for him, because he doesn’t need to be fed like a child. He demands more sustenance than soups and stews. Charlie won’t let him have Sinner meat, which is a true disappointment, but even keeping down simple toast or sandwiches is difficult at first. He yearns for spice and flavor in his diet but his stomach rebels a little too much at the thought of it.
He keeps trying anyway.
Movement is the worst and the hardest, but Alastor refuses to rely on Husk er or Angel Dust for embarrassing needs like getting to the bathroom or bathing any longer than necessary. He forces himself to practice walking again, no matter how weak his legs feel. Husk er pries him off the floor more than once when he tries to stumble to one of his wingback chairs and only makes it halfway, but he ignores Husk er ’s lectures and keeps trying.
(He’s too weak to even tug the chain and give Husker a proper fright for having the gall to lecture him about walking. It’s disgusting how far he’s fallen).
The group seems to realize that Alastor won’t be stopped, because at some point he wakes to find a walking stick beside his bed. It isn’t his staff—that’s still broken and sitting on his desk, because he’s too weak to even attempt repairing it. But this one is at least sturdy, stately, has a proper hand grip for support, and is painted a tasteful red and black with a rack of deer antlers carved into the handle.
Alastor suspects Charlie’s interference.
With the walking stick, Alastor is able to make it a little farther before collapsing. He begins regular trips to his wingback chairs and back, sometimes sitting and reading his book or doodling there for a while instead. He pushes his trips a little farther day by day, trying to make it to the far wall and back.
It’s exhausting. His limbs feel like jelly, shaky and weak, after each simple walk around the room.
But he is getting stronger, bit by bit. He won’t let himself be contained. Not when he has to be ready.
His first trip to his bathroom entirely by himself is both a victory and a curse. It takes him far longer than it should, and he has to rest on the side of the tub for a while and breathe before he can go about his business. But he made it on his own, which means he will no longer need assistance from others for something as embarrassing as relieving himself.
It’s only after he’s done, carefully standing on his own and washing his hands, that he gets his first real good look at himself in a mirror.
He’s been in the bathroom before, of course. But the pain and fatigue of even making it this far, and the shame of needing assistance, kept him from ever really getting a good look at himself. But now he can see his own face, and it’s…it’s…
Changed.
And not in the sense Alastor would expect, with his extended convalescence. His face is thinner and more gaunt from smaller, less filling meals; his eyes are lined with exhaustion and dark circles from his fatigue. Even standing here, he can see himself trembling faintly from the exertion of being upright, the tips of his ears quivering just slightly as he fights hard to control himself.
But those things he expects. He does not expect his right pupil to be a molten gold color, glimmering metallic and cold back at him from the expanse of the mirror. Nor his right ear to have gold hairs nestled among the red and black, like he’s going prematurely gray. Except for the part where he isn’t and has not in nearly one hundred years, and demons would never age golden even if they could.
In a distant sort of way, he recognizes they match the same strange metallic fur on his chest. It’s too coincidental for them not to be related, and yet he can’t even begin to figure out what it means.
What had happened to him? His fingers dig into the bathroom counter, dragging thin lines across the marble with his claws. His arms are shaking, his body trembling, and this time it’s not just because of the exertion.
No wonder his watchers seemed shocked, the first time he opened his eyes and spoke to them. And it might explain why he can see things out of his right eye again, without needing a monocle for assistance. Perhaps it is even the reason for his headaches; his right eye is always the thing to ache when they come on strongly.
Even as he thinks that, his right eye gleams gold, glowing faintly, and his head immediately begins to ache. He stares at himself in dumbfounded confusion in the mirror, and winces when the ache increases, and he’s treated to the delightful sensation of seeing himself tripled. His duplicates are hazy and shadowy, layered dizzily over his main reflection.
He’s no stranger to drunken stupors and double vision, but seeing it on himself disturbs him in ways he can’t really understand. He squeezes his eyes shut and digs his claws harder into the bathroom counter, ears flat as he winces against the increasingly pounding migraine in his skull. His strange reflection vanishes when he closes his eyes, but it’s seared into his memory all the same.
What happened to me?
What happened to me when I was dying?
“What did you do to me?” Alastor asks, the next time Charlie is his minder.
She looks confused. “What do you mean?”
He raises his right hand to his right eye, and watches as Charlie raises her own hands in a frantic motion, like she wants to reach out and grab his wrist. “I am not going to harm myself,” he spits, frustrated by her overprotective nature, and she hesitantly drops her hands. “I want to know why this has changed.” He points to his eye, runs his fingers through the hairs of his right ear. He keeps the changes on his chest to himself. Angry as he is, there is no need to disrobe in front of a lady.
“Changed?”
“ The gold, Charlie. The color. I wasn’t like this when I fought Adam. What did you do to me?”
Charlie looks startled and confused by the question, which seems ridiculous, as it’s an entirely fair question to ask. Her expression grows concerned a moment later, and that irritates Alastor even more. “We didn’t do anything to hurt you, Alastor,” she says, and there’s a cautious, measured patience to her words that sets Alastor’s hair and suspicion on end. “Remember?”
“ Remember what?” Alastor asks, agitated.
Charlie blinks, and seems to be thinking about how to answer in a way that doesn’t upset him. That alone upsets Alastor, because he has the sudden alarming impression that they’ve had this conversation before, or something like it, and yet he can’t find it in his own head.
“ It’s nothing to worry about,” Charlie says reassuringly. “You were really, really hurt, and I’m sure the color is just a byproduct of that, right? It looks really nice on you! The red of your eye makes the gold really stand out. You’re kind of the opposite of me now!”
“ But what did you do?” Alastor hisses.
Charlie’s face falls a little, like she’d hoped Alastor would have the answer by now. “We healed you,” she says slowly, carefully. “You were hurt, so we healed you.”
Except it’s not quite that. We healed you, she said, but we is difficult to understand, so riddled with whispering noises that the word is barely audible. Like overlapping radio stations, both playing sounds that mix and jumble into nothing so much as a mess.
Like it’s not the right word.
Like it’s censored.
What, by Heaven and Hell alike, is going on? He’s losing his goddamn mind, and he has no idea what’s happening to him.
Alastor refuses to talk to her for the entire rest of the time she remains as his minder. No matter how much she tries to engage his attention, he simply…can’t. The implications are just too much. Too alarming.
He has so little control and he hates it. Why in Heaven’s name did he ever make that decision to save Charlie?
You would have done it again, given the choice, a little voice in his head says. It was important to you then. You couldn’t have predicted these consequences, but it’s important to you.
If I had known it would have cost me my strength and my sanity, I would have left her to Adam and chosen death, Alastor hisses back harshly.
It doesn’t mean much. He knows what he sounds like when he’s lying.
Knowing something is happening to him, something is wrong, something even his watchers know of and are tiptoeing around to avoid upsetting him, is deeply frustrating. Alastor doesn’t like being out of his element. He doesn’t like not knowing, not understanding, much less things about himself. He loathes the idea that something is wrong with him and somehow he’s blind to it, that even his own subconscious is playing tricks on himself.
It’s unacceptable. He cannot be an invalid like this forever. So he pushes himself harder than ever before, working himself mercilessly, refusing help he doesn’t need. He does his best to ignore the headaches and the unease of his watchers and the lack of personal space and the way his own mind is hiding things from him.
He will not go out like this. He is the Radio Demon. And he does not ever go down without a fight.
Chapter 7: Charlie
Chapter Text
The next two days are exhausting.
There’s so much going on, and so much that has to be taken care of. With the scare of nearly losing Alastor, and the day of recovery after the battle, it’s almost easy to forget there’s so much fallout from the repelled Extermination Day.
The immediate losses need attention first and foremost. Dad is taking care of the hotel, thankfully. But even with most of his full attention on it, he says it’ll take a few days to make sure it’s ship-shape for them to move back into. The grounds are also a bloodied mess, although the cannibals take care of most of the corpses strewn about. It’s gross, but, well, they don’t have to worry about burying the bodies left behind, at least.
But that still leaves quite a lot of cleanup. The hotel grounds are still littered with angelic steel, which can’t be left out for just anyone to loot. It’s far too dangerous. The whole place is still spattered with blood as well, which can’t really be cleaned by the cannibals as easily as corpses, and has to be washed or scrubbed away.
And after the first day, there’s the Sinners.
There had been a whole news segment about the battle at the Hazbin Hotel, apparently, and it had raised curiosity. Sinners kept away for the first day or so—mostly because of the cannibals roaming the grounds, Charlie thinks. Rosie’s people know who the hotel residents are and who’s off-limits for snacking, but random Sinners at the edges of the property are at risk of becoming breakfast or dinner.
But once the cannibals pack up their hard-earned rations and march back to Cannibal Town, gawkers start showing up. The vast majority of the crowd are content to stay at the edge of the locked gates at the hotel border and stare at the carnage and mess. But this is Hell, where rules barely exist and are always made to be broken. The number that jump the gates or find their own ways in increases significantly over the span of the day.
What they want varies. Some are just curious, or want to see the carnage for themselves to have something to gossip about. Some are hoping to talk to the celebrities of the group, mostly Angel Dust or Dad, each famous in their own way. Some are certainly hoping to loot the dead angels or steal angelic weapons, or perhaps even get into the hotel to take what they want. A few show genuine curiosity in the redemption program now that it’s been proven the hotel can at least hold its own against Heaven, although it sounds less like they’re interested in becoming better people and more like they want a safe place to be in future exterminations.
And some are spies, of course.
Charlie is very bad at catching them, and it had taken her a bit to even catch on. Thankfully, the others are much sharper at picking out people in a crowd that don’t belong. More than one break-in ends up tracing back to the Vees, who are scoping out the area for weaknesses. The worst of them keep trying to get into the circus tent that is for hotel residents and staff only, and have to be forcibly ejected, sometimes under threat of violence.
“ Vox for sure knows Al’s in here,” Angel Dust says with a scowl, after kicking out a snooping mummy-wrapped demon. “He kept actin’ like he wanted my autograph and maybe some action but that bastard was straighter than straight, I could just tell.”
“With all the drones in the air that day, ain’t surprised he saw us bringing the Boss in here,” Husk grumbles.
“ Don’t worry though, Toots,” Angel Dust adds, at Charlie’s worried look. “He didn’t get far enough in to actually see Smiles. I kicked him out at the door.”
But the mummy demon isn’t the first and he’s hardly the last. And Vaggie is nearly run ragged, spearing drones out of the air that are attempting to spy on hotel property. “This obsession is insane,” she grouses, after flinging yet another broken drone over the nearest fence. “I’m afraid they’ll try an attack at some point, while we’re weakened. Especially without Alastor making an appearance.”
It gets bad enough that Dad eventually has to stop working on the hotel to build a security barrier around the perimeter of the hotel grounds. Nobody is able to get through the warding without express invitation, and it fries any unregistered tech that crosses over it. Thankfully, this helps with protection significantly and keeps Vaggie from running herself into the ground as their only remaining security staff member, chasing down drones and spies.
Charlie hates having to turn people away, especially the Sinners showing genuine interest in staying on the grounds. But Vaggie points out rightly that even if they were genuine, they had no place to stay at the moment anyway.
“We can’t give them the full redemption experience without the hotel,” Vaggie points out. “And we can’t trust newcomers in the tent, not with Al there.”
Charlie hates it, but it is true. And with the Extermination so recently rebuffed, there aren’t any immediate permanent threats to these Sinners that she would be afraid of them having to deal with.
She takes a different approach instead, handing out business cards to the interested Sinners and promising them rooms on the Reopening Day, assuming they were still interested. Some might lose interest by then once the excitement has worn off, but the ones who were interested would have a place to stay.
Dad’s wards help reduce the workload somewhat, but there’s still so much to do even with the gawkers trapped firmly outside the gates’ borders. The team rotates through cleaning, smaller repairs, daily chores, and rest schedules.
And of course, Alastor watch shifts.
Because after two days, Alastor still hasn’t really woken up, and he’s still so fragile that he needs constant supervision. This is partly to protect him from the attempted infiltration, since even the weakest of Sinners could kill the Radio Demon with a well-placed bit of angelic steel and just a few seconds of opportunity.
But more than anything else, it’s to protect Alastor from himself.
Because that first night’s terrifying moment, when he’d shrieked deranged warnings about eyes and tried to claw his own face off—that isn’t the only time it happens. Alastor’s sleep isn’t restful by any means.
If they’re lucky, he tosses and turns and mutters in his sleep, obviously suffering from nightmares, but he’s receptive enough to be calmed. Whatever madness that takes hold of him doesn’t have him firmly in its clutches in these instances. His breathing is harsh, his rest fitful, his ears flat and his eyes flickering beneath his closed lids. He’s clearly uncomfortable.
But Charlie can soothe him back to a more restful sleep by singing lullabies to him, stroking his ears and hair, holding his hands, and speaking to him gently. The others have similar success with talking, singing, or playing music. Niffty will even curl up right next to his neck and shoulders like a cat and snuggle close, and Alastor will fall still. Charlie’s even caught KeeKee curled up at his side or on his chest once or twice, purring quietly and nuzzling gently, and that seems to help after a fashion.
But if it’s one of Alastor’s worse episodes—those are a lot more difficult to control.
It’s difficult to predict when they might happen. Sometimes a fitful sleep will turn unexpectedly into a madness-induced episode. Sometimes it happens seemingly out of nowhere, when Alastor is quiet and calm one moment and violent the next. However it happens, it’s nearly always the same story.
Alastor isn’t awake, exactly, but his eyes are open. He doesn’t recognize those around him or respond to anyone, but his open eyes are drawn to things that aren’t there. He yells or sobs, deranged and delusional, about things Charlie can never really understand: eyes and a presence and light and stars, most often. He begs not to be seen, to be allowed to look away, to be permitted to die. And he always, inevitably, tries to hurt himself, raising his claws to his own face, trying to tear his eyes out.
It’s always terrifying when this happens, because Alastor is so fragile and breakable, but in these moments he has a manic strength like a wild animal. It’s an awful combination, because more often than not he hurts himself in other ways when being restrained from taking out his own eyes, and sometimes he hurts the ones restraining him too. He’s terrified and can’t be calmed without Dad’s intervention.
And listening to his wild cries, and the raw, genuine terror in his words—it’s so awful, because it’s just not right. Charlie wishes she could hold him and hug him and rock him and tell him everything’s okay. B ut even if Alastor would like that, he’s not coherent enough to understand the comfort for what it is.
She knows. She’s tried.
After the second wild, manic episode resulting in Alastor successfully cutting his face, breaking his collarbone, and narrowly missing Husk’s throat with his flailing, it’s decided they need a more effective way of restraining Alastor in an emergency. Angel Dust had immediately offered a suggestion: BDSM restraints.
“We are not using bondage restraints on Alastor,” Vaggie vetoes immediately with a scowl.
“C’mon, they’re designed to be safe and comfortable!” Angel Dust argues. “And he definitely wouldn’t be able to get outta bed if we use demon-grade ones. I got some in my room, it’d take two minutes for Short King to get them.”
“ Might work when he’s like this,” Husk says, gesturing to the currently unconscious Alastor. He’s settled after Dad’s intervention and is sleeping relatively peacefully, but every single one of them still has their hackles raised after the deranged shrieking just minutes prior. They’ve gathered around Alastor to decide next steps while Dad finishes healing Husk. “But he’ll eat you alive if he actually wakes up and you got him bound down with sex shit.”
Angel Dust opens his mouth, probably to make some kind of sex joke, and then winces. “Actually, nah,” he says. “I’ve seen how he eats people. I want no part of that. Never mind.”
“Restraints ain’t a bad idea though,” Cherri Bomb offers. “They got less…sexy ones in hospitals, don’t they?”
“ They do,” Vaggie says, more thoughtfully now. “Usually padded cuffs— not handcuffs, Angel Dust, they’re designed to not hurt patients and keep them from hurting themselves.”
“Same problem,” Husk reports flatly. “Might work when he’s like this. Wouldn’t work so well when he actually wakes up and finds you’ve cuffed him to a bed.”
“Also, what would you hook it to anyway?” Angel Dust asks curiously. “Those hook to bed rails, don’t they?”
“ I mean, I can make a bed in here if you need,” Dad says. “You’re all set,” he adds, giving Husk a pat on the shoulder.
“Thanks,” Husk grunts. “And I still don’t think the cuffs are a good idea. Sexy or otherwise. He’ll flip his goddamn shit when he’s awake, and by then he’ll be smart enough to get out of’em and cause new problems.”
“We just gotta keep King Roach from clawing off his face, riiight?” Niffty asks. “That’s easy!”
They all turn to stare at her. She’s currently sitting on the side of one of Alastor’s pillows, kicking her feet back and forth as she watches them all.
“That’s right,” Charlie says. “Can you explain how it’s easy?”
Niffty grins. “Babies do that all the time!” she says. “You just wrap’em up nice and comfy and they can’t!”
Charlie has no idea where Niffty’s knowledge of how to swaddle babies comes from, and she’s not sure she cares to know. In the end, all she knows is, Niffty’s suggestion does work, to everyone’s shock. She shows them how to wrap a blanket around Alastor in such a way that each of his arms are independently pinned across his chest and bound by his own weight.
It doesn’t seem especially uncomfortable, and Niffty swears it makes at least infants feel very safe. Alastor is hardly an infant, but he doesn’t react at all as they lift and adjust him, so he doesn’t seem to be hurting at least. But it does keep him from being able to leverage his arms significantly, and he’s pinned by his own weight. It’ll be easy enough for him to get out of if he’s coherent enough to think it through, but in his panicked episodes, he can’t hurt himself.
It proves to work three hours later, when Alastor has another manic fit. It’s still terrifying, and he still screams and sobs and stares at things they can’t see and begs not to be looked at, to be allowed to look away, to go to oblivion. But he can’t cut at his face, and it’s easy enough for Cherri Bomb to hold him down until someone can call Dad and have him calm Alastor again.
He’s safe, at least. And so is everyone else that keeps an eye on him. It lets them focus more on protecting him and keeping him calm when he’s having less intense episodes. They can handle other aspects of his care without fear of injury, like using a dropper or syringe to get water and broth into him while he’s unable to drink or eat for himself.
But the fact that Alastor is still so afraid…Charlie hates it. She hates it, listening to him mutter and whine in his sleep when he’s obviously having a nightmare, listening to him screaming wildly about things that don’t make sense. Charlie doesn’t understand where it’s coming from. She hadn’t seen anything like that in the fight against Adam, and Alastor has never struck her as the type to be upset by mere battles. Not like her and—
—she’s not going to think about that right now. Not when Alastor and the others need her.
But she can’t really help Alastor in any meaningful way when she doesn’t know what’s going on in his head. Charlie wishes more than anything she could soothe that fear away, but she doesn’t even know why it’s happening.
She has a feeling she knows who does, though. Dad is the only one who is ever able to calm Alastor, and he’d said himself he expected something like this. He keeps saying that ‘Sinners and miracles don’t mix,’ but she has a feeling there’s more to it than that. Something had happened during that healing. Something that fixed Alastor in one way and broke him in another.
She hopes that can be fixed, too.
Charlie tries to give it time. Maybe, once Alastor wakes, he’ll be better. Maybe this is just a part of the recovery for his mind, as it puts itself to order while he’s asleep.
But even when Alastor wakes, he isn’t well. Angel Dust is on watch when Alastor finally really wakes and calls her over. He’s coherent and recognizes her , really responds to her , talks to her and asks questions. Charlie wishes she could be relieved, except he’d also directly asked her about the eyes again, the same things he’s been ranting about in his worst fits, and she can’t help but feel it’s a bad sign. Alastor can’t stay awake for long, but he manages to drink a little water and ask about where he is before he passes out again.
(He doesn’t bring up those moments on the roof, or seem to remember how bad off he’d been. But he does remember she sang for him. He’d called it lovely and warm, words of high praise that don’t come often from Alastor. After he falls asleep again, she sits next to him and cries for a little bit , because she’s so happy he’s alive but she’s relieved that she’d been able to help him and make him comfortable in some way, too).
T he strange episodes don’t go away after that. If anything, they get worse.
Because now that Alastor is conscious, he’s even less receptive to help. He hates needing assistance for anything, from holding glasses and bowls to sitting up to getting to the restroom. He seems ashamed and embarrassed about being weak, even though Charlie tells him over and over that he isn’t weak at all and that he’s allowed time to recover and be taken care of after everything that happened. He hates the loss of his independence, or the fact that he, Overlord and Radio Demon, requires protection from others.
And that means, since he’s already so frustrated by his physical recovery, he won’t let anyone at all help him with his mental one. The nightmares and manic episodes still happen when he’s sleeping, and he’s still sleeping most of the time. But he won’t talk about them when he’s awake, no matter how politely or directly people ask him.
Stranger still is that sometimes, it seems like he can’t talk about it.
Charlie doesn’t think it’s a geas preventing him from speaking. She’s tried poking carefully with certain questions to test it, and nothing seems outright forbidden. B ut he does seem confused or blank-faced sometimes when she asks him questions, and she has a funny feeling he’s not faking it.
It’s almost like he can’t remember the dreams or the episodes. It takes him almost a full day to catch on to why they’ve swaddled him in the blankets like an infant, because he never seems to remember trying to hurt himself, and he keeps forgetting when they explain it to him . Unfortunately, that means anger or panic when he wakes because he’s bound down and doesn’t understand or remember why. And a more coherent angry Alastor usually means more coordinated snarling, biting, and threats.
His magic, at least, hasn’t recovered enough yet to do much of anything dangerous. Dad says it’ll be a long time before Alastor has enough energy for that. His shadow postures and snarls silently when he gets upset, but it doesn’t have the capacity to intervene on his behalf.
And as he’s able to stay awake longer and longer, and sleeps for less and less, the strange things shift to his waking hours more. He seems anxious and agitated almost all the time, but will never say why. Charlie doesn’t think it’s purely due to his uneasiness at being ‘weak.’
He’s asked about what happened multiple times. It’s a fair question, so Charlie has explained multiple times that her father healed him after he got badly injured. But he always stares at her strangely when she explains, his ears twitching, his gaze wavering. He never complains about Dad healing him at all, which strikes her as odd, given their weird rivalry. And he doesn’t seem to remember what she says, because he’ll ask again half an hour later, the next time she’s on his watch, the next day, seemingly without realizing they’ve had the conversation before.
Sometimes explaining that her Dad healed him even makes strange things happen. Alastor starts swaying in place, trembling and muttering to himself in an odd musical language she doesn’t know, but that sounds familiar because it came out of Dad’s mouth that day. Sometimes he gets scary, and his pupils will blow wide as he starts rambling about healing and presence and eyes, just like his deranged rants when he was unconscious. He sometimes tries to hurt himself then, just like he does in his sleep, digging his claws into his face or his arms, although thankfully he’s never quite as violent as he is at night and she can restrain him by holding his wrists.
Once either case happens, he won’t settle until Charlie calls her father to work his magic, just like when Alastor is asleep.
Eventually, Charlie learns to keep it very simple when Alastor asks what happened that day. She answers Alastor’s questions, no matter how many times he asks and forgets, no matter how agitated and frustrated he gets when he does ask. She can only imagine how difficult it must be in his head, getting all mixed up and confused and forgetting things. But she’s careful to keep things simple, trying to avoid triggering anything that might set him off into a deranged rant.
And there are weirder things that she notices, as time goes on.
Like the way he seems to be trying to hide headaches that he thinks nobody sees. Charlie’s sure his head must be hurting him from the way he squints at people or rubs his temples, but when she asks, he denies it.
Or the disturbing sketchbooks Vaggie takes away from him, once he’s strong enough to entertain himself with simple things. On more than one occasion he’d clutched the pencil so hard he’d gouged himself with his own claws while drawing, wide-eyed and manic and unresponsive to outside voices. Under the trails of blood from his hand, the page had been covered in a multitude of starry eyes, and the shape of something else vague and uncanny behind them that made a chill run up Charlie’s spine just to look at it. Sometimes the journals are full of blood-smeared sentences instead, if they could be called that. Mostly, it’s just the same words, written over and over in increasingly messy, illegible writing. It Sees me. It’s watching. It’s coming. The eyes are here. The light is too bright. The stars. The eyes. It Knows me. I hate it. I want to die. It’s here. It’s here. iTs HeRE. I t S h E R e—
Or the way everyone has reported taking over Alastor Watch and catching him staring vacantly, dissociated and unresponsive and completely un blinking, sometimes with tears running down his face. There will be a strange sort of static around him, like a cloud of white noise that’s almost felt more than heard, enough to give people headaches if they stay near him too long. Coaxing him out of the strange reverie can be difficult, and he doesn’t remember it after. It’s like his mind had just been gone, somewhere else.
Sometimes, during those odd staring episodes, it will even happen when he’s in the middle of doing something. He might be reading, or eating, or responding to a question, and suddenly he just…won’t be. Once, Husk found him standing in the middle of his room, limbs shaking with the stress of holding him up while he stared , and barely managed to catch him before he collapsed onto the floor. Another time he’d slipped into that strange, gone-away state in the middle of bathing, and Angel had to throw aside the shower curtain and haul him out of the water before he drowned while completely unaware of where he was. Charlie had had to clean him up at least once when he’d been in the middle of eating warm soup and slipped away, spilling it all over himself seemingly without noticing. At least it hadn’t been hot enough to burn him seriously.
It’s like he’s gone inside his head, but his eyes are still moving, tracking things. Sometimes he mutters under his breath, and the words have the same musical lilts and swoops of whatever Dad was saying during the healing, just like when he mutters to himself after asking what happened.
Charlie doesn’t like this. The way Alastor’s mind doesn’t seem to be his when he’s awake or asleep. The way he keeps disappearing into his own head and coming back stressed and anxious and confused. The way he can’t remember things.
By the time a week has passed and giving it time doesn’t help, Charlie decides enough is enough. Something isn’t right, and something has to be done.
So Charlie goes to her Dad for help.
Because it’s no coincidence that all of this happened after the healing, after the miracle that Sinners supposedly can’t handle. And Charlie doesn’t miss the way her father is the only one who can ever settle Alastor during a manic episode with his angelic magic. Or the way Dad avoids being around Alastor whenever he’s conscious. She’d thought at first that it was due to their rivalry, but the worse off Alastor gets, the more it starts to look like it’s something else.
She can’t let this go on anymore. Something about that healing had hurt Alastor in other ways. Charlie was the one who had begged on his behalf to save him. If he’s been hurt inside his own head because of Charlie’s decision, that she made for him…
She couldn’t bear that. But maybe Dad will know something she can do to help. Some way to fix it.
Dad’s moved into the Hazbin Hotel during the reconstruction and repairs. He hasn’t said if he plans to stay permanently yet, but he’s made it clear that he doesn’t want to leave until they have proper protection and security again. With Alastor still recovering, it’s too much to ask Vaggie to defend the hotel alone.
Charlie doesn’t mind. It’s been nice to have her dad around again, especially now that he seems more dedicated to helping her with her goal. And she can’t deny she feels safe when he’s here, especially with Alastor unable to protect the hotel if they get attacked by the Vees. Which feels more and more imminent by the day, if she’s being honest.
Her dad has taken one of the luxury suites towards the top of the hotel, and has already made adjustments to both its interior and exterior. Charlie smiles fondly at the brass knocker shaped like a duck before clacking it against the door, calling, “Dad? Can I talk to you?”
“Charlie!” The door opens almost immediately. It’s late, and he’s removed his crowned hat and coat, but he’s still in his vest and shirtsleeves. “Hey, hi, hey, sweetheart! Char-Char! Visiting me! What can I do for you, huh?”
His grin is big and hopeful and awkward. He’s always been so awkward, so desperate to connect and talk and so terrible at figuring out how. She’s starting to understand him better, now that he’s come back into her life as an adult, now that he’s working hard to help her with her dream. She can almost pick out where the miscommunications and the confusing words and the awkward conversations might have split them, but she has a better idea of how to mend their relationship, too.
This conversation will be part of that. Even if it’s going to be hard, and awkward, and probably very uncomfortable.
“I wanted to talk, Dad,” she says slowly. “If you have the time.”
“I’ve always got time for you, Char-Char!” Dad says excitedly, stepping aside and waving for her to come in. “C’mon! Want anything to drink? Tea? Hot Cocoa? Coffee? Cider? Juice? I got all kinds, it’s all fresh—”
“Um, no thanks.”
“Snacks? I can make you anything, you just name it, Sweetie—”
“Dad,” Charlie interrupts him, putting a hand on his shoulder. “That’s okay. No drinks or snacks, please. It’s probably not going to be that fun to talk about.”
“Oh. One of those talks.” Dad visibly winces, but gestures for her to take a seat with him on the comfortable overstuffed sofa in the corner. “Okay, Sweetie. What’s up?”
“I just…” Charlie bites her lip, unsure how to get the conversation started. She’s very aware of the rivalry between Alastor and her father, but at the same time, he’s been behaving well enough with trying to care for Al. Surely he won’t be immature now?
“I’m just really worried about Alastor,” she says, biting the bullet. “He’s not…doing so well.”
Dad winces, but, to his credit, he doesn’t seem like he wants to fly off the handle about her giving Alastor attention. “I know. I’m sorry, Sweetheart, but I did tell you—Sinners and miracles don’t mix so good.”
“ You keep saying that, but why?” Charlie asks, spreading her hands wide in helpless supplication. “I don’t understand! How could a miracle hurt anyone so much? And why like this?”
“It’s…complicated.”
“ But you must understand some of it,” Charlie says. “When I asked you to heal him, I thought it would be like when you healed my bruises and scrapes when I was a kid. Even my broken arm wasn’t that bad. But it wasn’t like this. And you knew it would be like this! You warned me before you even started healing him that he would probably freak out and fight.”
“ I could guess,” Dad says slowly. Hesitantly. “It’s been a long time since I’ve worked or seen any kind of miracle, but they always have certain… effects on mortal things. Profound effects. Things that change them, and not just to heal them or because of an answered prayer.”
“ Dad.” Charlie takes one of his hands gently, clasping it between both of hers. “Please tell me honestly. What really happened? To make Alastor like this. He’s physically healed, and he’s alive, and I’m so grateful for that. But mentally it’s like he’s broken. I just…want to understand. So I can help him.”
Dad won’t quite look her in the eyes, staring at their joined hands instead. “He was so far gone, Char-Char,” he says softly, after a very long moment. “That kind of healing you were used to…that wasn’t enough to save him. He wasn’t just physically wounded. You have to understand that. There were so many other parts of him that were burned away by holy fire. I had to be more than myself to fix that.”
“I don’t understand,” Charlie says, frowning.
Dad hesitate for a long moment, like he’s afraid to keep speaking. But then he sighs, and says with resignation, “I’m saying he saw my true form, Charlie.”
Her frown grows deeper. “I don’t understand,” she repeats. “You didn’t change like that when you were healing him. I didn’t see your horns or your tail at all, or the fire, or your halo…”
Dad closes his eyes, like it physically pains him to speak. “Not my Hellform, Charlie,” he says quietly. “Not this body, either. I mean my immortal form, unconstrained by time or space. It’s…not something mortals are supposed to lay eyes on. It’s not something they can comprehend. It usually drives them insane. Especially Sinners.”
And Charlie is…stunned. Because she’s not sure what to think of that at all.
Dad being able to transform has always been a part of her life, after all. He took her flying and let her snuggle in the crooks of his hidden wings when she was younger. He could turn into any animal she ever wanted to see from her picture books for her to hold or pet or ride on. He could turn into anything she could imagine if she could describe it or draw it well enough, like unicorns and dragons and bunny-kittens and puppy- turtles and anything else she could dream up as a child.
And sometimes, when he was angry or had to be scary or wanted to protect her and mom, he would change in a different way. He would grow big horns and a long tail like hers, and extra eyes all over his clothes, and a fire would sprout above his forehead, and his snake and apple would turn into a halo. She’d never feared even that form, because she knew her father loved her and would never ever hurt her, not even when he looked like that. But she knew that when people called him The Devil or King of Hell, that was the version of her father they were talking about.
But to think he’s been something else all this time, that even those transformations could be the fake ones…it hurts. To think this goofy person in front of her, who she looks so much like, might not really be her dad in any sense of the word. That he’s just as imaginary as a unicorn or a bunny-kitten.
“I don’t know what that means,” Charlie says shakily. “You…lied? About who you are?”
“ I’ve never lied, Charlie,” Dad says anxiously, squeezing her hands gently but firmly. “People know who I am. Lucifer. The Devil. King of Hell. Your father. None of that has ever, ever changed.” He hesitates. “But I might have kept certain parts concealed.”
“ That’s lying,” Charlie says.
“ No, Sweetheart,” Dad says helplessly. “It’s not. Not like this. I never, ever did it to be mean. But mortals…they’re not designed to be able to comprehend us. The first angels, I mean. Taking these forms is for the protection of everyone outside of the upper echelons of Heaven. Not even your mother ever saw my real form.”
Not even Mom. So he’d hidden what he was even from Lilith, for as long as they’d been together, since the dawn of humanity. From his own daughter. From everyone.
And what he was— some kind of thing that can drive mortals insane just from being looked upon. Some of Alastor’s terrified, deranged rants come into new light. T he way he screamed about a Presence, and begged to look away, and tried to gouge out his own eyes and be allowed to die for seeing something he was never meant to comprehend.
She can’t equate it. Something that powerful, terrifying, cruel with being her father. And yet, if it is true…
It’s just like when he healed Alastor. When he’d done things and said things so immense and strange and new that she could start to understand how her goofy, gentle, smiling dad could be something as terrible and despised as a creature called The Devil, or Father of Lies, or Origin of Sin.
Maybe her father was never what she thought he was.
She pulls her hands away from his, crossing her arms across her chest nervously. He breathes in sharply when her hands leave his, and for a moment she’s sure he’ll be angry, and for the first time in her life, she finds herself afraid. Because she doesn’t know what he could do. What he’s capable of.
But when she looks in her dad’s eyes, there’s no anger. Only a terrified, desperate anxiety that nearly mirrors her own. “Oh, please, please Char-Char, don’t be afraid of me. I couldn’t bear it, Sweetheart. I would never, ever hurt you. I never want to. I’ll—I’ll go away if it makes you more comfortable, but please, please don’t be scared of me.”
His hands, or whatever the thing that he is uses for hands, are shaking as they are held out to her, palms raised in pleading supplication.
He looks so real. His expression is so full of emotion. He fills this space. Light and shadow gleam and cast from him. There’s weight to him on the couch. She knows, physically, he is real; she held his hand just now, and she’s hugged him, gone flying with him, led him around the hotel.
But it’s not really her dad, is it? Or at least, it’s only a part of him. And he feels sincere enough, in expressing that he cares, but there’s still so much distance between them and so far to go to mend their relationship, and how can she even start if she doesn’t even understand who or what he really is?
And how can she fix what her dad has broken, accidentally or not, if she doesn’t understand what’s driven Alastor to the brink of insanity?
She swallows. Looks at Dad’s outstretched, pleading palms. At his terrified, anxious face, so scared of losing her again.
“I want to see you,” Charlie says. “The real you.”
“ What?” Dad’s eyes widen in alarm. “No, no. No, no, no, no, no. Charlie, no. Absolutely not.”
“ I want to see you for who you are,” Charlie says, insistent. “I want to know my real D ad.”
“ I’m still your real D ad, Charlie, I promise. This is just an easy way to interact with mortal things. It’s just like wearing glamour! One that gives me thumbs.”
“I want to understand you better,” Charlie says, refusing to back down.
“ It’s really not that big a deal, Sweetie,” Dad says just as insistently, waving his hands in an awkward, frantic way. “Your horns aren’t out all the time, or your tail, but nobody treats you any differently if they can see them, right? It’s still you. This? This is still me.” He gestures at himself repeatedly. “You even look like me. You don’t need to see... that.”
“ I want to understand what Alastor saw better,” Charlie insists stubbornly. “If I do, if I can understand what’s hurting him, maybe I can help.”
“ Charlie. No. No, no, absolutely not, never.”
He reaches out helplessly and takes her hands. Cautiously at first, as though he’s afraid that she might still be afraid and not want her to touch him. In truth, it does feel a little strange, knowing this is only a part of her dad, but she allows it.
“ I will do almost anything for you, Char-Char. And I promise, I’m doing my best to figure out how to help your friend. Really! I know we didn’t get along, but this isn’t something either of us can help, and I’m not that cruel no matter what people say about me. But I can’t allow you to look at my true form.”
“ Why not?” Charlie asks. “I’m not human. I’m not a Sinner either. I can’t be in nearly as much danger as Alastor, or any of the rest of my friends!”
“ We don’t know that!” Dad says, squeezing her hands. “We don’t know that, Charlie. There’s never been someone like you before. You might be fine, but you might not be. I couldn’t bear it if I did to my little girl what I did to your friend. It would kill me if I broke you, do you understand?”
“Dad…”
“ And beyond that…” Dad swallows. “Beyond that, even if you did stay sane, it’s not…it’s intense, Sweetheart. It’s a lot, and I’m already a lot even like this, and I just don’t…” He clings to her hands, and squeezes his eyes shut, dropping his head. “I don’t want to risk losing you or driving you away. I’ve been trying so hard to be a part of your life again, I don’t want to destroy that…”
“ Dad…” Charlie pulls her hands away from his, and her father shudders like he’s been struck a devastating blow. But he makes a surprised squeak a moment later when she leans forward and wraps her arms around his shoulders in a hug, squeezing tightly. “That’s not going to happen. You’re my father. That’s not going to change because I see a different part of you. I know you’re trying so hard to understand me and my dreams. And I want to know you better, too. This isn’t just one way.”
Her father shudders again, but then his arms come up to wrap around her, squeezing just as tightly back. “I could really hurt you,” he murmurs into her ear. “I couldn’t bear it, Charlie, I couldn’t.”
“Is there a way we could compromise?” Charlie leans back from the hug, but keeps her hands on her dad’s arms, not severing the connection. “Is there a way I could like…peek, first? And if I’m okay, and it doesn’t bother me, I can meet the rest of you?”
Dad bites his lip. “I’m…not sure,” he says slowly. “I guess…if it’s hurting you, I can abort it and take the memory away from you.”
“You can do that?”
“I can,” Dad says slowly. “But I don’t usually like to. It’s too close to control, or taking away someone’s free will. And sometimes it doesn’t always work, like with your friend.”
Charlie blinks. “That’s what you’re doing every time you calm Alastor down?”
“ Well. I’ve been trying. To remove his memories of my form and his healing, or lock them away. I don’t like to without consent, but it’s clearly hurting him badly enough that I’m willing to make an exception, and I’ve only stuck to the memories of me and the things causing him distress from the miracle. I’m not trying to change him. I don’t like the guy, but free will is free will, and he’s got the right to be an ass if he wants.”
Charlie can’t help but offer a wobbly smile at that. “I appreciate that, Dad.”
“ Don’t,” Dad mutters. “It’s not working. Those memories keep worming their way back in. That’s why he’s having problems. And I haven’t figured out why yet, so he’s just re-injuring himself over and over.” He sighs, and gives her an exhausted look. “You see why I don’t want you to see my real form?”
“ I trust you, Dad. And it might be different for me, right?” Charlie takes his hands again. “After all, I’m not a Sinner. And I’m your daughter, so maybe that’ll make a difference. And if it helps…I’m okay with you taking away the memory, if it really does hurt me. But I do want to understand you better too.”
Dad looks uneasy, but after a moment he gives her a short, sharp nod. “O-okay,” he stammers. “We’ll try it. Just a quick peek, first. If you don’t handle that okay, I’m shutting it down, and I’m taking the memory away. I don’t want you hurting because of me.”
“ Okay,” Charlie says. “That’s fine. I trust you, Dad. And no matter what, I love you so much, and this is not going to hurt our relationship, okay? I’m so happy you’re back in my life. I just want to know who you are.”
Dad’s smile is watery for a moment, before he blinks, and his expression grows serious. “Alright,” he says. “Close your eyes.”
Charlie does.
“Take a deep breath in. Let it out slowly. That’s it. Now another. One more…”
Charlie follows her father’s instructions carefully, keeping her eyes closed. On her third deep breath in, her father’s thumbs run over her knuckles gently, and then there’s a strange pulling sensation, like she’s being lifted up. Like she’s flying with him, except she can still feel herself sitting on the sofa, and her hands in her father’s.
Bewildered, she opens her eyes to pitch blackness.
She’s not in Dad’s room—all she can see is a vast, empty expanse of nothing. Except she is, because she can still feel herself sitting. She shudders a little, squeezing at her father’s fingers and saying, “Um, Dad? Did you turn out the lights?”
And as if in answer, the world blooms with light.
Her last real conscious thought is that she can feel her body sitting in Dad’s room still, but this is not Dad’s suite. One by one, stars light up throughout the darkness, brilliant, silvery, bright things that go on for ages and ages until she’s surrounded by a galaxy of brilliance.
Except, no, she realizes in shock. They’re not stars, they’re eyes, each one cracking open and bursting to life and turning to fixate on her.
There’s so many. There’s so many, and the moment she realizes they’re watching her, she’s aware of something behind them. The shape of an uncanny face, thousands of wings brushed into the stars, endless hands larger than cities, all belonging to something. A something, a living thing, a—
Presence.
Presence. Alastor had called it a Presence, and that’s all it can be and that’s all she understands, and suddenly, she’s aware of this creature’s vastness. It’s infinite, going on forever, farther than any part of her can understand. She’s microscopic to this thing, it’s so enormous and powerful and it could undo her so easily and its thousand-thousand star-bright eyes are focused on her and they don’t just see her, they see through her, about her, every part of her existence, every failure, every mistake, every mean thing she’s ever done and she can’t look away, she can’t, her gaze is fixed forward and she’s compelled and the eyes are everywhere anyway and—
And—
And—
And Alastor’s words come back to her suddenly, because she understands them in a way she never had before.
—Too bright, it burns—
—don’t look at me, don’t look at me—
—it sees me, it sees everything—
—please just let me go—
Charlie screams.
Her self on the couch feels very far away now and she doesn’t know if she makes noise. She doesn’t know if she makes noise here in this blackness and brilliance with the Presence either, or if she’s just screaming in her own head, bursting at the seams with raw shame and fear and guilt and sorrow that’s wordless and intangible. She feels so small again, like she’s just a little girl and helpless and fragile and scared and she wants her Dad, Daddy’s so strong but he’s so gentle, he can protect her, his hugs are so warm and comfortable and he’ll keep her safe, safe, safe—
No no no no, Babygirl, Sweetheart, Char-Char, it’s me, it’s still me. No no, please, don’t be scared, it’s still Dad, I’m still Dad, I would never, ever, ever hurt you.
Charlie’s not sure where the voice comes from. It feels like it comes from inside her, her own thoughts turned back on her, interrupting and cutting through the panic and fear and shame. But they’re not her thoughts, and they come with emotions that aren’t hers, anxiety and desperation and pleading and a different sort of flavor of fear entirely.
And something about it—about the rambling way her non-thoughts form, the intent, the names— it’s familiar. It’s comforting. It’s…
“Dad?”
It’s me, Sweetheart. It’s me. It’s still just me. I’m right here. You’re so safe, Char-Char, I would never let anything hurt you. Please, please don’t be afraid of me.
Thinking is difficult like this. This Presence is so immense, so vast, and there’s so much pressure on her mind and soul and body and spirit for just existing in its presence. She can understand why humans and Sinners could never handle it. Forming thoughts is so difficult.
I’m shutting this down, Sweetheart—I knew this would be too much—
“No!” Charlie yelps.
Charlie, you’re struggling—
“ It’s just…it’s a lot,” Charlie says. Dad hadn’t been lying when he said this was intense. She wishes she could squeeze her eyes shut just for a moment to try and get her thoughts, but she can’t pull her eyes away from those luminous starlike eyes all around her.
And then, to her surprise, it’s like something slides over her eyes, deliberately blocking her eye contact with that Presence. And without that hypnotic, luminous Presence staring deep into her core, her soul, her spirit, she finds herself able to think a little bit.
Better?
“Yes,” Charlie says. “How did you know…?”
I can see a lot of things this way. Things you probably wouldn’t know are visible. I can see your discomfort—Charlie, are you sure you don’t want me to shut this down? I can close your eyes to my form again, bring you back to the Physical—
“No.”
You don’t have to do this, Honey, you really don’t have to understand me this well—
“ No!” Charlie takes a deep breath. Distantly, she’s aware of her body doing the same. “I just need a minute to…to figure out how to think about this, that’s all.”
Because she felt like she’d been getting close. And now that she doesn’t have those eyes boring into her, she can. And what she realizes is—
— that yes, this Presence, this creature, is vast and terrifying and frightening and exists so far outside of everything she’s ever known that it’s difficult to wrap her mind around it. That if she tries to go down that path, the only thing she’ll find is madness. She may be her father’s daughter but she’s still not this thing, and she can’t ever be like this, and it isn’t in her to comprehend it.
But she doesn’t have to. Because the Presence is frightening, but there’s still a core part of it that is familiar, that feels safe and protective and loving, that’s a part of who she is too. And that’s her father. That’s Dad.
And she could never be scared of her dad.
“Let me see again?” she asks, after a few minutes.
Charlie, I really don’t know…
“Please,” Charlie says.
She can feel her dad’s hesitation. She can almost imagine what faces he’d be making, on his physical form that she’s known all her life, if that were here now. But after a moment, that strange feeling over her eyes slips away, and she opens her own eyes, and she can see him.
And this time, he’s not just a terrifying, vast, nearly infinite, unknowable Presence. He is that, certainly, but Charlie focuses on a level below that, tries not to let her mind wander in the direction of the unknown. And what she sees is a creature that isn’t just frightening, but beautiful and inspiring. Not in any sort of human or demonic way, or even in an angelic way in the forms she knows. The Presence is a thing of brightness and beauty like something out of nature; like looking at pictures of galaxies, or videos of Earth sunsets, or natural wonders.
Her father is made of clusters of silver stars and golden threads of light, with an unknown number of wings made of stardust, and a face carved out of the blackest voids of space. He’s a thing that can never be quite known, not fully, but he brings wonder and awe and inspiration and a wild sense of an infinite number of choices leading to an infinite number of possibilities. A shining creature of free will and the unknown, built out of the gleaming stars.
For the first time, Charlie really begins to understand her father’s surname, Morningstar, and where it comes from.
And those eyes…why had it felt before like they’d bored into her in such a terrifying way? Dad’s eyes are like starlight, and they do see everything, but it isn’t just the bad things. She knows he can see all her love and compassion for Sinners, her willingness to try and do the right thing, her desire to help and protect deep in her core.
She’s not sure why she ever felt judgment. This Presence is a judge, certainly, but not one that condemns out of disgust. Just a creature that can pluck sins from good deeds no matter how hard a soul might try to hide either, and sort them accordingly.
No wonder Sinners would be terrified. If their sins are heavy enough to land them in Hell, this Presence would see every one, force them to face them all, and it would be so much to bear.
But Charlie doesn’t feel fear anymore. She knows this creature, her father, could so easily undo her very existence. But she knows she’s completely, utterly, unquestionably safe with him. That he only exists to be what he was made for, and that can be absolutely terrifying, but it can be good and compassionate too.
She’s starting to understand the stories about angels saying to be not afraid. She also understands why they would still be sent as messengers to begin with. They could break Sinners so easily, but their compassion and devotion to mortals and humanity is so raw and true it almost hurts.
Charlie? Are you…okay?
The Presence never really moves. But Charlie swears she can feel her father’s emotions slink just a little closer. Hesitating, cautious, afraid of doing damage. She’s so, so, so small to him, and she would be so easy to break.
But she knows her dad would never break her. This great, vast, awe-inspiring Presence would rather cease to be than ever hurt her willingly. And it’s incredible and humbling for her to be so important to something that could move stars and end planets.
“I’m okay,” she says. “I can see why you were worried, but…but I’m okay.” She smiles. “You look like space. That’s really cool.”
O-oh? She swears, even her dad’s-thoughts-through-her-own-mind sound flustered and awkward, like he always does when he’s trying to be cool or badass and completely flubs it. I-I mean yeah, y’know…that’s where the whole name comes from, haha—never mind, wait, you already figured that out—aw, Hell.
Charlie can’t help it. She laughs. The thought of this enormous, near-infinite presence rambling like an awkward father is just too surreal.
“I wish I could give you a hug like this,” Charlie says. “I don’t think my arms would ever be big enough, though.”
No…but there’s…
She senses her father growing closer. Slowly, tentatively, cautiously still, like he’s so afraid of touching her for fear of breaking her. But slowly, carefully, his thoughts and emotions cocoon around her like a soft blanket, safe and warm. It reminds her of being young and begging for bedtime stories, and the way her father would sing to her before bed, and tuck her in so nice and tight and snug, hug her and kiss her on the forehead, and promise her sweet and pleasant dreams.
But more than that, she can feel what her father feels. It’s more than sensation he wraps her up in. It’s all of his love for her, his adoration, his protectiveness, his sheer admiration, his absolute pride—the good kind of pride—in her and everything she’s done and is and ever has accomplished. His absolute belief that she, even as a tiny thing like she is, can move mountains and change fates and restructure the afterlives in a way he in all his boundless power never could. He’s built things in Eden, built creatures, helped decorate Earth itself, and yet the thing he’s most proud of ever having a part in creating is her.
It’s all so much. It’s intense, because these are the emotions of a creature so much more vast and nearly infinite compared to her, a creature that can feel on a scale Charlie can’t begin to comprehend. She’s crying, here and in her body, from the sheer strength of it all.
But it feels so wonderful too. Because this is the truth, without question, with no conditions. Her father loves her and cares for her and wants to support her so resolutely and so absolutely, with the devotion of one of the first angels. She can’t fully comprehend that intensity and devotion—her father’s mind doesn’t work like hers. But she can understand it’s real, and true, and that whatever struggles they’ve had in the past, he’s never once stopped caring about her.
It’s the best hug she’s ever had in her life. And it is a hug, she’s absolutely sure. A strange astral hug from an ephemeral, near-infinite being, but full of so much love and care and adoration, showing all of it in a way that makes sense to him.
Charlie might be crying, but she’s so, so happy right now.
She squeezes her eyes shut under the welcome weight of all those emotions, and this time she can, because those eyes don’t compel her to stay. When she opens them again, the blackness and the infinite starlight eyes are gone, and she’s back in Dad’s room, still with his hands carefully holding hers. Well, the physical hands of his physical form, at any rate.
He takes a minute to open his own eyes, and not before a sharp breath in and out and a tremor that runs through his whole body, so fine Charlie wouldn’t have even noticed if she hadn’t been holding his hands. Then his eyes open—not silvery or starlight or infinite, just the two, red irises and faintly gleaming yellow sclera, just like her own. He blinks once, and then gives her a cautious look.
“Char-Char?” he asks softly. “Are you okay?”
She answers him by hugging him back, now that she can. The one downside of that astral hug was having no way to really reciprocate, but she squeezes him tightly now, still with happy tears dripping down her face.
“Charlie?” Dad asks worriedly. He hesitantly puts his own arms around her again, raising one to cup the back of her head gently. “Everything okay? Talk to me, Sweetheart, I really need to know you’re okay after that…”
“I’m okay,” Charlie says, and laughs softly. “Sorry, I didn’t mean to worry you. I’m okay, I’m really okay. I feel fine. It was intense, like you said, but I feel okay.”
“You’re sure?” His hand at the back of her head slides over to her temples, and there’s a faint pulse of magic there, like he’s checking if her mind cracked in half or not.
“ I’m really okay, Dad,” she promises. “And I’m glad I got to see the real you. It was amazing! You’re amazing.”
His hand drifts away from her temple to squeeze her tightly, this time in a physical hug. “ You’re amazing, Sweetheart,” he says with a soft laugh. “Most people wouldn’t be okay after that. I’m glad you are. I’m so glad you’re my daughter. You’re the best thing to ever happen to me, you know that?”
Charlie thinks back to the almost overwhelming love and pride he’d shown her just moments before, and smiles. “I love you too, Dad.”
This hug is just as long and warm as the other, but it’s nice that Charlie can return it. When she finally breaks it and leans away, Dad lets her, but he looks less nervous than he had before.
“Here,” he says, snapping his fingers and making a cup of tea appear. He hands it to her, saucer and all. “I know you said no drinks or snacks, but sensory input always helps after having multi-planar experiences, especially when you’re new to it. Smell and taste and temperature to start. Drink up.”
Charlie does so obediently. The tea is warm, smells nice and minty, and feels good on her stomach. Her dad is right, it does help her feel a little more present in the here and now; she hadn’t realized how she’d felt off for a moment after all that.
Maybe that’s bothering Alastor, too? She sets the thought aside for later. Alastor hates tea, but maybe they can find something else to help with sensory re-connection to…what had Dad called it? The Physical?
“I’m not sure exactly what you were hoping to get out of that,” Dad admits sheepishly, once he’s watched her drink half her tea. “But did it work?”
Charlie considers. “I…think so,” she says slowly. “A little, at least. I think I definitely understand Alastor a little better. I can see why it might have been frightening.”
Dad wilts a little at that. “I really wasn’t trying to scare him, Sweetie,” he promises helplessly. “I tried to be as kind as I could, given the urgency.”
“ I know, Dad.” Charlie is completely confident now that regardless of their rivalry, her dad had never intentionally tried to hurt or scar Alastor. Al had gotten hurt by protecting her, and Dad loved her so much, he would have done what he could to show his thanks. “I know you didn’t. I just…understand. It was shocking, at first.”
Until she’d learned to look at Dad differently. Because he was her father. Alastor never would have had that option. She’s not even sure if Alastor understood the “Presence” that saved him was her dad. Hell, he couldn’t even remember right now that Dad had been involved in his healing at all.
“ I could feel you panicking,” Dad admits. “You scared the Hell out of me, Charlie.” He smiles at her weakly. “But then you did something I never expected. I felt your mind changing its perspective on me. I don’t think a normal mortal could do that.”
“I just looked lower,” Charlie says, flustered.
“Lower?”
“ Underneath the…the bigness,” Charlie tries to explain, setting her tea in her lap to gesture emphatically . “You were just…too big for me to understand. And I couldn’t get my mind around it, and you made no sense to me, and that was scary. But then you gave me a chance to think about it, and I just…tried to focus a little underneath that, like on a different level of you? And how you’re my dad. And that helped. I had to really focus, like staring straight ahead and not letting things in my side vision distract me, because if I looked too far to either side I’d see the scary parts again and it would be overwhelming. But I think I did okay.”
“You did incredibly,” Dad says, and he really does look genuinely impressed with her. “That’s my girl. You really are amazing, Charlie.”
“Thanks,” Charlie says. “But I don’t know if Alastor could have done something like that. I don’t think he could look away.” His own rants, or the way he kept trying to gouge out his own eyes, would support that.
Dad sighs. “He couldn’t,” he says. “I’m guessing you only had the strength of will to do that because you’re my kin. I did my best to keep him bundled up in safer sensations, but I couldn’t hide everything. And he is a Sinner. My gaze is a lot stronger when it comes to sins. Part of the punishment of Hell, you know…to make them regret it.”
Charlie swallows. “Is that…something you used to do?”
“ In the beginning,” Dad admits. “Back before I knew Hell was going to be permanent. I figured if I did my job and scared Sinners straight and did the whole eternal punishment thing properly, eventually they’d let me and Lilith back into Heaven.” His words are bitter. “That was before I figured out this was permanent.”
He shrugs. “But eventually there got to be too many down here for me to tackle each one individually. And I got tired of it anyway. What was the point? So they’d be guilty. They weren’t going anywhere. Everyone was staying in this pit. What did it matter if they felt bad about what they did? More work for me, for nothing.”
Charlie can’t help but frown. Somehow, the words he sang to her that day he visited the hotel have a deeper meaning. You didn’t know that when I tried this all before, my dreams were too hard to defend…
It only occurs to her now that Dad had tried more than just in Eden, when he first met Mom and granted humans free will. He’d tried again in Hell, following his new assigned duties to teach the Sinners that he’d inadvertently caused what they’d done wrong. Not the same way Charlie herself did, with her redemption exercises, but he’d still tried. And it had still gone nowhere.
Her dad’s jaded view on Sinners and redemption is starting to make even more sense.
To her surprise, Dad smiles at her. It’s a warm smile, pleased and bright. “I forgot what it was like to be in the presence of a saint, though,” he says. “It’s a lot more pleasant.”
“I’m not a saint,” Charlie says, sputtering on her tea. “I’ve done bad stuff! Remember when I stole cookies and knocked the jar off the counter and broke it and then blamed KeeKee?”
“ Uh-huh,” Dad says, laughing. “You were also five, Charlie, and the kids always get a pass, they’re too young to know any better. No, Sweetie, trust me when I say if you’d been born a human soul you’d be going to Heaven when you died. You’re not stained enough for Hell, other than being my daughter, and that’s something out of your hands.”
Charlie’s not so sure she agrees. She’s done awful things before. She can still smell golden-sweet blood, feel it sticky on her hands, feel the weight of a trident in her palms, pushing down down down to hold a squirming thing in place, hear it whimpering and begging for mercy. I got family…please…Hurts…Lute, help…
No.
Charlie pushes the thought away. She can’t think about it right now, she can’t. It’s a moot point anyway. She’s the Princess of Hell; she’ll never go to Heaven, no matter how nice it is, and she has a job here in Hell that she’s proud of anyway. It doesn’t matter if she’s a Sinning soul or not.
Charlie’s hands are shaking a little, but she covers it up with taking another sip of tea. Once she feels like she’s in control of herself again, she asks, “Is that what’s hurting Alastor then? The…the sin-punishment?”
Dad winces. “It’s definitely not helping the situation any,” he says. “That’s always intense. It used to drive a lot of Sinners mad with guilt. But I think…a lot of it is the healing itself, Sweetie.”
Charlie frowns. “You said he was hurt a lot worse than just those physical wounds.”
“He was. Adam must have hit him with holy fire at some point…laced into a spell, or a weapon. That stuff…it eats away at Sinners from the inside. I’m not talking physically, I mean it burns away other aspects of them. The sins are the initial kindling, and then it moves to memories, thoughts, the soul, the spirit, magic…any intangible aspect of a person that makes them who they are.”
Charlie’s eyes widen in horror. “That was happening to Al? That’s terrible! It must have hurt so bad…”
“Almost certainly,” Dad says. “And by the time I arrived, he was…I’m sorry to say it this way but he was pretty much gutted out. Almost everything had been burned away. To fix him I had to…” Dad pauses, and it looks like he’s trying to find the words to explain what’s probably an incomprehensible process to something mundane. “I guess drip-feed him some of my own energy until I could smother the flames and rebuild him from the inside. Which would not have been easy on him. I mean, you saw how...a lot I am. My energy is the same.”
Charlie bites her lip. The way Alastor had thrashed, fought, screamed, injured himself in his attempts to get away…it’s starting to make more sense.
“ It hurt him, didn’t he?” she whispers softly. “ The energy. And the healing, too. It wasn’t like when you fixed my broken arm at all.”
“ No, it wasn’t,” Dad says. “ Just fixing the Physical is easy. Fixing the other stuff is a lot harder. And again, I promise Sweetheart, I was as gentle as I could be. But it’s…well…I guess it’s a bit like finding a sick animal in a trap. They’re hurting, and they don’t understand you’re trying to help them. The medicines and antiseptics you use sting and burn and the sutures are torment and the bandages are tight and constricting. They’re scared to death, and they don’t know better, so they fight back. This…this was the same, I guess.”
Charlie can imagine it, at the edge of her senses. She takes the fear she felt just seeing her father in that true form, before she learned to look at him properly. She imagines it as a thing that comes out of nowhere while she’s already hurt and scared and dying. Pinning her in place, messing around with her soul and her spirit and her thoughts, fixing her in ways she can’t understand, only knowing it hurts and it’s terrifying.
Yes, she can definitely understand why Alastor might not mentally be okay after that. And why he can’t seem to explain it.
It’s impossible to explain the unimaginable.
Poor Alastor. It must have been such a frightening and dehumanizing experience. He’s definitely been struggling to comprehend it, and failing badly, to judge from the constant self-harm he doesn’t seem to register he’s doing to himself, or the strange pictures he draws, or the way he seems to disappear into his own head. He can’t understand it, and his mind is probably begging him to forget. Dad is even encouraging it by removing his memories of the event, over and over.
But something is keeping him from forgetting. And that…that’s the real problem. Alastor can’t recover from this until his mind has a way to handle something like the Presence. And he’s only mortal. Not just mortal, a Sinner who is especially vulnerable to her father’s unique gaze.
He can’t fix himself. He can’t get better . It’s an endless, helpless cycle of pain and failure, one that just keeps hurting him.
“Why does he keep remembering?” Charlie asks helplessly. “I can’t help him if he keeps remembering.”
“I don’t know, Sweetheart,” Dad admits, with an exhausted sigh. “I’ve really been trying to figure it out, but it’s got me stumped. Human minds can’t really comprehend me and my siblings…but the nice thing is, give them a reason or a nudge, and they’re just as liable to forget or make excuses. You can coax them back into forgetting because their subconscious is just too scared to keep looking and covers their eyes for them. In a way, ignorance is bliss.”
“But that’s not happening for Alastor?”
“ No, and I don’t know why.” Dad rubs his face. It strikes Charlie as almost strange, now, how this physical form he wears can mimic exhaustion and frustration so well. “He doesn’t have anything angelic in his bloodline, I checked. So he’s not getting the ability to look away like you do. In fact, he can’t look away, because Sinners are always compelled by my gaze to face what they are . It’s like he’s trapped in the mindset of always looking at the train wreck, whether he wants to or not.”
“Did something go wrong with the healing?”
“ I hope not, but I’ll admit Charlie, I had to be a bit inventive in putting him back together,” Dad says. “He was already so far gone and so gutted out there wasn’t much left to work with. I had to borrow aspects from other planes of his existence and copy them perfectly just to rebuild him.” Charlie stares at him blankly, and Dad says, “Never mind, just…think of it like…I don’t know, like memory grafting. But I only used things from him, so he should be the same…”
“Other than your energy, right?”
Dad blinks at her. “Huh?”
“You said you, uh, drip-fed him your energy, right?” Charlie says.
“I had to. He had nothing left for living, not even his—not important. Too metaphysical. Um, I basically used a part of myself like a generator to keep him going through everything else until his heart could beat and his lungs could breathe on their own again. I stopped that once he could survive on his own, but…” He considers. “That’s an interesting thought, Charlie. I’ll have to think about it further.”
Charlie’s hope builds a little. Maybe she’s helped? She hopes she has.
“Maybe you could spend some time with him too? I know you rush in to fix him when he has an attack, but you never stick around long…” She frowns. “And come to think of it, you never volunteered for watch, either.”
Dad looks a little sheepish. “Yeah, I…wasn’t sure if that’d be a smart call. He was unconscious when I showed up, and…well, you saw I don’t exactly look the same as my real form like this. I don’t know if he understands we’re the same thing yet, he only thought of me as a Presence when I was healing him. But I didn’t want to risk setting him off into another manic spiral just from looking at me.”
Charlie winces. “Oh. Yeah, maybe that would be bad…”
“ Don’t worry about it, Charlie. I’ll think through everything with this new idea you proposed. If I think it’s got potential, I’ll take the risk to fix him up properly. I just don’t want to make him worse until I know I can make him better.”
“Okay. I trust you, Dad.”
Dad smiles, a genuine, happy expression that looks so natural on him. It’s almost hard to imagine he could be the same starlight-eyed thing she saw earlier. In fact, Charlie finds that if she doesn’t think about that version of her father directly, it has a tendency to slip away. Like even her memories are trying to cover it up or forget it.
Huh. Dad hadn’t been wrong. People really do look away from the profound and the unknowable, almost naturally. It’s like a defense mechanism Charlie never knew she had until just now.
“I’m glad you trust me, Sweetheart,” Dad says, drawing her attention back to the conversation. “That really means a lot to me. And on that note…”
His expression grows serious, and he gently reaches out to remove the now empty teacup and saucer from her hands and collect them in his again. She blinks at him in confusion.
“ Look, Char-Char, like I said before, I can…see things and feel things when I’m like that very differently than most others. And I promise, I did my best not to pry. But I could tell you’re anxious about more than just your friend.” He squeezes her hands gently. “Did you want to talk about it?”
Charlie breathes in sharply. Once again, sensations flash through her mind—the solidity of radiant metal in her palms, the sweet stench of holy blood, the weight of a body so easily pinned. The pleading and cries of pain and frightening stillness. The burn of raw fury and disgust and a primal need for vengeance, foreign feelings that coursed through her like venom and left her with the toxic aftermath.
She hasn’t had a full night’s sleep since the battle. She tells herself it’s because there’s so much to do—helping Alastor, rebuilding the Hazbin Hotel, preparing for new guests, mourning their losses, and getting ready for the inevitable attack from the Vees. And those are the things she always tells everyone, even Vaggie, when they ask if she’s feeling okay or suggest she go take a nap.
And those things are important. But she’s lying when she says those are the reasons. She’s had nightmares every night since that battle, seeing Adam dying over and over again, and knowing it’s because of her. Because she’d killed someone that ancient and that important to Heaven, and no matter whether or not he was a jerk, she’d felt right doing it.
Murder isn’t just. It can’t be just. And she can’t wrap her head around how to keep living with herself after what she did. At the time it felt important, to protect Alastor and the rest of her friends, her family. But after… after…
She’s a shameful, awful hypocrite, and she can’t figure out how to justify running a hotel for redemption when she’s one of their own number.
Dad is still watching her patiently. His thumbs run over the backs of her knuckles, soothing and repetitive, keeping her grounded. And she knows he would never, ever blame her for what she did. She felt that in all of his love and pride and admiration for her. He probably even knows what she did; he’d told her himself that all sins are bared before him and he can find every one.
But she just…
She just can’t. Not right now. If she explains it, if she puts it to words, it’ll be too real. And if it’s only in her nightmares, it can’t be real yet, and maybe she’ll have a chance to figure out what to do with herself. How to make herself better.
“I’m okay, Dad,” Charlie lies. “There’s just a lot on my plate right now, with fixing the hotel and preparing for the Vees and planning reopening…even besides Alastor, that’s a lot.”
Dad gives her a look.
It’s a look she’s known for a very long time, and especially familiar from her youngest days. Back when she was still just a small child, and had no real concept of morality or right and wrong yet, especially with murder and mayhem happening outside their home at all hours of the day and night. When she would lie about silly, stupid things—like KeeKee knocking over the cookie jar, or how it wasn’t her that smeared paint all over the walls, or that someone else had put holes in her dress and she obviously hadn’t been in the Hellish brambles when she’d been told not to.
Dad always knew when she was lying. As an adult, Charlie is perfectly aware now that this is because of who and what he is— Father of Lies . When she was young, Charlie hadn’t the faintest idea that her father was some mythical and terrifying person of lore, and that he just gave her that knowing look every time she told him a fib. He’d usually poke and prod gently around her lie until he’d exposed enough evidence to show the truth—like the fact that she still had cookie crumbs on her face, or red paint on her hands, or brambles in her hair. She’d always been astonished that he could figure her out so quickly, but that look was always what started it.
He gives her that look now. He knows she’s lying. She knows that he knows she’s lying. He waits for a long moment, still holding her hands, just in case she feels like cracking and confessing after all.
She doesn’t. She stays silent. Even if that look always makes her feel like a naughty five year old again, this is a much bigger thing than purloined cookies or messy walls.
“ Alright,” Dad says finally, squeezing her hands gently, just once, before he lets her go. “But I just want you to know, Sweetheart, you can always come talk to me about anything, at any time. Whenever you need to.”
“ I know, Dad,” Charlie says. And she does know, with absolute certainty now. He’ll be there for her until Hell freezes over, and he would never judge her harshly. That’s a comfort, at least.
On impulse she adds, “And I want you to know you can always talk to me, too! For anything, but especially if you just…want someone to talk to about being…” She gestures emphatically towards the ceiling, as if indicating something big and very high up. “That. I’m guessing it must have been hard to keep that secret for your whole life…”
“ Oh! Well, to be fair, it wasn’t my whole life,” Dad says thoughtfully. “Only about…oooh, three hundred thousand years or so.”
“ Only?” Charlie yelps incredulously.
“ Oh, Sweetheart, Earth is over four and a half billion years old, and I was born only a little after that,” Dad says absently. “We didn’t have to take on mortal forms like this until Adam, Lilith and Eve, because they were sentient enough to have problems with figuring out how we existed. Everything from the Cambrian Explosion to the end of the dinosaurs didn’t really care what we looked like because they had no concept of basically anything.”
“ That still sounds like a really long time,” Charlie says, bewildered.
“I don’t know how to explain this without sounding pretentious, Char-Char, so I’m just gonna say that time is a construct for mortals alone and something I exist outside of.”
Charlie cocks her head thoughtfully, before saying, “Is…that why you always have so much trouble with time?”
“Eh?”
“If three hundred thousand years is basically nothing to you, then maybe it’s hard to keep track of a call that was only five months ago,” Charlie says slowly, with dawning realization. “Or what time a birthday party is. Or sleeping for almost a month straight.”
Dad flushes. “O-oh…I, um. Well. You’re not wrong, but I’m still really, really sorry about those things, Charlie. I’m doing my best! These phones mortals invented really are great for setting alarms, that’s been helping a lot—”
“Dad.” He starts. “I’m not blaming you for anything. In fact, I think after seeing what you are, I understand you a lot better than I ever did before.”
“You…you do?” he squeaks awkwardly.
“I do,” Charlie says. “I mean, I couldn’t really wrap my head around just how big and incomprehensible you are…but the opposite has to be true too, right? All of us…mortals and Hell and Sinners…we must seem so tiny and insignificant to you. Like trying to focus on ants in an anthill and all the drama and life and…and everything that’s so important to them and so small to you. But you’re still trying anyway.”
When she thinks of it like that, it really does explain a lot of her dad’s…eccentric tendencies. His inability to focus on the present moment. The way he gets distracted so easily. The way he struggles with time so much, from remembering to call to being at appointments on time to the way he could sleep in a depressive haze for a month or more without waking. Even his awkward ways of talking with everyone, like he wants so desperately to communicate but doesn’t know how.
All of it makes sense if she takes into account that this isn’t the world he’s made for. He’s a foreigner from a different kind of existence entirely, doing his best to not just learn the language of mortals but funnel himself down small enough to be one. He’s taken an entirely new form and tried to adapt to a limited plane of existence, just so he doesn’t break the minds of everyone he sees. So he could have a life with Mom and later with Charlie at their level, within the bounds of time and space that they could comprehend.
It’s not an excuse, but it does certainly explain a lot.
“ You would never, ever be insignificant to me, Charlie!” Dad insists. “You are the most important thing in my entire existence. And I just told you I’m four and a half billion years old, so I want you to know when I say that, I mean it.”
“I believe you,” Charlie says. “But it must have been hard, right?”
Her Dad sighs for a minute, blowing out air and running a hand through his hair. “A little,” he admits. “I don’t ever regret my relationship with your mother, or having you in my life. I want to be clear on that. But it does get complicated. Staying in a present moment when I could be in hundreds of others takes…practice. Sometimes I mess up. Or I’ll blink, and what felt like a couple minutes to me has apparently been six months, and I forgot to call my daughter on her birthday because I didn’t know the time had passed, and…” He sighs again. “Yeah. It’s…different. And I’m sorry for every time I ever messed up by you, and I’m sorry if I do it in the future. I don’t mean to. I never mean to. I always want to be there for you if you need me.”
“Maybe that’s something we can work on together,” Charlie offers. “I think it would be good for both of us. Now that I understand, I can try to help you better. And we can work on ways to help you stay present, or keep track of time, that doesn’t push it all on you.”
Dad smiles. “I’d like that. It’d be nice.”
Charlie pauses. Considers. “Why the ducks though?” she asks after a moment.
Dad spreads his hands wide. “Can’t a cosmic being have a hobby?” he asks. “I like ducks. I remember when they were made. They’re cute and a perfectly designed creature that can handle three forms of terrain with zero issues. They make adorable noises. Also, and I say again, they are cute.”
Charlie laughs. “Okay! That’s fair enough. I guess even cosmic beings can think things are adorable.”
“ Damn straight.”
Charlie grins. “Okay. Well. I’ve still got a lot to take care of, and I want to give you time to think about that…that energy thing for Alastor. But I think this was a really good talk for both of us. And I’ll try to set up some time for us to talk about ways to make it a little easier for you here, so we can get to know each other better.”
“I will absolutely put it in my phone calendar,” Dad promises. “With three alarms. Just to be sure.”
Charlie can’t help but laugh as she wishes her father a good night. Things aren’t perfect, and she hadn’t really solved any of their problems with Alastor’s health and well being. But they maybe got some leads, and she understands her father better than she ever did.
It’s almost good enough that she can lie to herself about everything being perfect.
Chapter 8: Alastor
Chapter Text
Alastor progresses.
Painfully, but there is nothing like painless progression in Hell.
It’s difficult enough as it is, when his body is weak and useless and his powers barely listen to him. It’s embarrassing when even shameful things like getting dressed on his own or walking to the bathroom come with such difficulties. He pushes hard to overcome it, no matter how often any of the others tell him to slow down and take a break.
He can’t afford to take a break. He has to be ready for whatever comes next. He’s an Overlord, and moreover he’s an Overlord chained to an owner who will not be pleased with his performance. He can’t be weak. Not now.
But his recovery is far more painful in ways that have nothing at all to do with his physical health. Because he can handle the struggle to walk, the aches, the pains, the way his eyes hurt, the way his headaches come on so strong he sees double or triple.
What he can’t handle is that something is wrong in his head, and he still can’t fathom why.
He can’t fathom it, but he’s certain it’s clear to others. That they must be hiding things from him, and it irritates him deeply. He’s certain because after some time of being baby-sat by the entirety of the hotel for days, suddenly and unexpectedly, Charlie Morningstar becomes his only minder.
And oh, how he hates it.
He hates that she’s always there, morning and night; that she’ll sleep on an air mattress in his room so he isn’t alone, and only rarely leave to gather meals or give him a chance to change his clothes or go to the restroom. He hates that he tells her to go away often, and no matter how he does—polite requests to growling threats—she never does. He hates that she’s patient with him and his irritation, his snarling, his cold shoulder, his outright ignoring of her.
Perhaps most of all, he hates the fact that on some level, he does need here there, and she knows it, and she won’t let herself be pushed away no matter how much he tries.
He hates that he needs that support, and a part of him knows it. That she’ll pull him out of the depths of terrifying nightmares about burning brightness and starlike eyes that see every part of him. That she fills his room with stinking incense and has him drink too-sweat tea and chatters at him about her day and yet somehow it all makes him feel more in his body than when he’s alone. He hates that he’ll be reading or listening to music or doodling and he blinks and suddenly she’s there, holding his hands, talking or singing to him, and his things are gone, and he doesn’t understand why she’s so close and hovering, or why there’s warmth in his hands and a song in his ears, or why it feels like he almost walked off the edge of a cliff. He hates that sometimes, the Presence seizes him, and torments him, burns him alive and stares through his non-existent soul, and it’s Charlie’s voice that calls to him and wr a ps him up safe until everything melts into darkness again.
He hates that he doesn’t understand. He hates that she does, and that he asks, and she won’t give him answers. Or that she does, he gets the impression that she did answer, but the words slip between his fingers like waking from a dream.
Perhaps strangest of all, he hates how Charlie Morningstar, eternal ray of sunshine in Hell, becomes more and more exhausted and emotional by the day because of it all. Alastor knows there’s something wrong with him, and he gets the impression she’s trying to be kind, and it isn’t working, and he doesn’t want her kindness anyway, he wants to be fixed, he wants to be ready, and—
And he hates this. All of this. This whole damn situation. Perhaps it would have been kinder for everyone involved if he’d died. Better dead than broken. Charlie would be sad, but she’d get over it, and she wouldn’t be destroying herself over a mess of a thing like him.
Go away, go away, go away, he tells her, over and over. He tries to chase her away with threats and with polite requests. Mostly for his independence.
Perhaps just a little bit for her, because he didn’t intercede to save her just to watch her break herself later.
Honestly.
Alastor has almost no success in getting Charlie to leave him alone. Not even to take a break. And most of the rest of the staff and residence have kept their distance, now, tending to other aspects of the Hotel’s cleanup and revival. Tasks he can’t deal with himself, and they’re forced to fill in on.
But someone manages to convince Charlie to take a break, for one single evening. Because when she leaves to get their dinner, it’s dear old Husker who comes in her stead with a bowl of stew and a drink of water, and the knowledge that he’s on Alastor Watch duty for the night.
Idiotic choice, really. If they wanted to keep him contained and dependent on them for his “own safety,” they should have known better than to send one of his own souls to guard him. He doesn’t need magical or physical strength to order Husker to go away and not tell anyone he’s done so. Husker grits his teeth, and he looks irritable about the order, but he leaves.
It suits Alastor’s interests just fine.
It is high time he starts getting answers, and starts regaining some of his own independence, whether they want him to or not. Enough is enough, and he’s tired of being trapped in his own room—especially one without a bayou—and for the first time in two weeks, he leaves it.
It’s a difficult task. He refuses to leave in his pajamas, which means he has to get dressed, which is not easy to do as is. But his shadow is a little stronger now, and although they can’t manage shadow travel yet, it can help him into his clothes. He’s dressed down, because he doesn’t want to waste his energy on properly tying a bowtie or getting his heavy overcoat on when even doing the buttons on his shirt is more coordination than he’d like. But it’s enough to escape his room into public areas and not feel a fool for it.
Alastor is careful in one other aspect, which is that he times his excursion for night. He’d waited until nightfall to order Husker away, and no one else is awake enough to protest. A fine time for wandering, and building his strength without anyone to see him struggling.
He makes it out his doorway with no issues. By the time he reaches the stairwell, he’s beginning to realize he’s made a mistake. He’s already exhausted, and getting back is going to be difficult.
But he refuses to stop and he’s stubbornly going to pursue his goal of independence. He compromises for the s ake of his weak legs by taking the elevator, which he usually never bothers with. Even that takes more out of him than he’d thought, managing to stay upright despite the dizzying drop of the floor beneath him, and by the time the doors crack open on the first floor he’s rather in need of a break.
The parlor is nearby, so the parlor will do. He can rest for a bit and then, once he’s feeling more steady, he can make his way to the kitchen. He’s ready to kill someone for want of a cup of coffee, and Charlie has steadfastly refused to let him have it due to his recovery. It makes a simple first goal, and a delightful little flaunt against her strict rules all in one.
He stumbles his way towards the parlor and the relief of the couches, leaning heavily on his cane. Past midnight, he expects to see no one, especially since Husker had been his minder and had been neatly sent off to bed. So it comes as rather a shock when he spots a figure in pure white sitting at the bar.
Lucifer stares back at him with equal wide-eyed surprise, like a child caught stealing from the cookie jar, some sweet and colorful concoction in his hand. And Alastor swears his eyes are playing tricks on him, or perhaps the exhaustion has gotten to him more than expected, because he swears for a moment he sees double of Lucifer. As if he were drunk, and yet Charlie hasn’t allowed a drop of liquor to pass Alastor’s lips either, so he’s quite sober. And still seeing two Lucifers. One of which isn’t Lucifer exactly at all—or it is but he’s different, his eyes brighter, more luminous in one, and there’s more than there should be, and—
Alastor squeezes his eyes shut. An ache slams behind his right eye with alarming suddenness, and he decides, to Hell with it. He doesn’t want to deal with Charlie’s father at the moment, and so he’s not going to. He leans heavily on his cane and makes his way towards the parlor and the blessed relief of the damn couches.
Except Lucifer apparently does not share the sentiment of ignoring each other, because he says, “Woah, hey—what are you doing out of bed? You’re supposed to be resting—”
“ I can rest quite well down here,” Alastor says snappishly, because he’s tired of being coddled. “ Ignore me and I won’t tell Husker you’ve been fixing drinks from his bar when he’s away.”
“He already knows I do, and he’s fine with it,” Lucifer says.
Alastor hardly cares about the politics of the bar at the moment. “Then leave me alone, and I’ll leave you to your drink in pea—”
He doesn’t make it to the nearest couch before his legs decide they are quite done, and collapse beneath him. Alastor bites out a rare curse word as he drops, but then there’s an arm around his waist and a second on his back, and Lucifer hisses, “Fuck’s sake, bellhop, you’re pushing too hard. If you don’t rest you’re not going to get better.”
Alastor scowls at him as Lucifer holds him up. He regrets it almost immediately. The double vision hasn’t faded, and Lucifer’s blurry other form glows with a cold pale light and brilliant eyes, and it sends a spike of pain straight through his eyeball into his brain. He looks away immediately, fighting to hide a grimace of pain. He will not show weakness in front of Lucifer fucking Morningstar. Either of him. Or his wacky drunken duplicates.
(Alastor can’t quite figure out why Lucifer’s doubled form looks like that, only that it sends an unnerving chill down his spine. He’s far from drunk, and seeing double doesn’t usually make the doubles look so different. But it’s stupid. His headache has kicked up again, and it’s probably the aura of a migraine setting in, causing his vision to glow strangely like that—
But he can’t shake the feeling that he’s lying to himself, somehow).
Unfortunately, Lucifer seems to have no intention of leaving. For such a small thing, he’s shockingly strong and fast; Alastor hadn’t even seen him move from the bar. Lucifer keeps him upright until he can make his legs gather underneath him again and wearily take his weight.
He refuses to thank the man for his assistance. He hadn’t asked for it, and this was almost more humiliating.
“I don’t see why my recovery matters to you,” Alastor says irritably. “I’ll thank you to keep your thoughts to yourself.”
Lucifer scowls right back at him. So does his strange glowing duplicate. Alastor hates the damn thing. It hurts his head and it’s distinctly different in a way that itches at Alastor’s mind and leaves him frowning in confusion as much as he’s able with his eternal smile.
Lucifer hasn’t noticed. He’s still scowling as he says, “Your recovery has a lot to do with me, actually! My daughter is the one running herself ragged to take care of you, and you keep trying to break yourself. Would it kill you to spend a couple weeks getting breakfast in bed and sleeping all day?”
But Alastor barely hears what he says. Because when he glances over out of habit as Lucifer rambles at him, with the intention of telling him off with a smug grin, his eye catches the duplicate. It’s glowing brighter and colder and there are more eyes opening all over its skin and face and clothing. It’s wings are slipping free now— no duplicate should be able to do that, act independently, it’s just double vision, what is wrong here—
“Hey. Busboy. You listening?”
—there are stars between those wings. There’s more than six. Alastor is distinctly certain he’d only ever seen six on the King of Hell but there are too many and there are stars between them. His head throbs from their brilliance. Except they aren’t stars, because they open slowly and they’re eyes, eyes that turn to focus on him like all the other eyes, searching, searching, searching like—
—like—
— like that thing. That thing had been there. It had taken him apart. Made him suffer. Put him back together. Alive, alive, alive, he’d been alive by the grace of that thing, that, that—
— Presence.
“Uh, Alastor? You’ve gone a little pale—”
The Presence. The Presence had healed him. The Presence had broken him.
T he Presence is here. It’s here behind Lucifer. Or maybe—if it’s Lucifer’s double, if it’s a part of him, then it is— he is—
“Shit, are you—oh, no—”
He’s broken inside, he’s broken because that vast, eternal Presence had been too big to contain inside his tiny mortal mind, it had broken him apart into a thousand thousand pieces and put him back together with ethereal too big hands and the eyes, the eyes, the eyes the eyes theeyestheeyes theeyestheeyes theeyes —
“ No, wait, don’t think about that—!”
Lucifer is the Presence and the Presence is Lucifer and this creature had broken him fundamentally and seen him inside and out with a thousand-thousand starry eyes and—
—something had been done to him—
— help—
He’s completely frozen, outside and inside in his own head, prey in the face of a predator. The Presence is here. It’s here and he doesn’t know what it wants with him, he can’t protect himself or the others, he can’t begin to fathom how to outwit it. It’s here for him and all he can do is tremble piteously because there's nothing he can do—
—help me—
—eyes eyes eyes eyes so many eyes a thousand-thousand stars they’re eyes it’s watching always watching can’t escape can’t escape can’t escape helpless weak worthless useless broken—
—please, help me—
And then he’s not just locked in a memory anymore because he can feel it, it's here, a vast and incomprehensible Presence, he can feel its multitude of eyes on him, he can almost see the face behind them, he can feel the ghost of that agony as it pulled him apart and fed on the flames, feel the weight of his immeasurable sins pressing down on his heart like something he can never undo, and he’s terrified in its shadow and he’s not even ashamed of it—
— and he swears it takes Alastor’s mental, metaphysical hand and gently turns him away from the memory and the terror and the pain. It holds his hand like an adult gently leading a toddler away from a burning stove they’d touched, reassuring and soothing in the face of frightening sensation. Shh, don’t be afraid. And let’s not think about that right now, yeah? Everything is okay.
And Alastor is…confused enough to let it happen. He’s bewildered and frightened and he doesn’t understand why the Presence—Lucifer—this thing would make such an effort to be kind and gentle with him when it could so easily crush him. But he’s tired, and afraid, and he doesn’t want to see those things, he wants to look away but he can’t on his own, and that guiding hand helps him and gently shuts the door on that memory behind him.
Sit here for a moment and rest, and I’ll take care of everything, okay?
Dazedly, Alastor does as bid, although he’s not sure what he’s sitting on. This isn’t real, is it? Where is he? He doesn’t understand, but his head hurts, and he’s still trembling inside and out, and he doesn’t understand what’s happening and the Presence is still here—
I’m not going to hurt you.
And he finds himself wrapped in safe sensations. This feels…familiar, but Alastor doesn’t hate it, so he doesn’t protest as the scents of his favorite foods and spices fill his nose and the taste of them flood his tongue. As he’s wrapped up in comforting warmth, and music plays, and something slides over his eyes, hiding away the thousand-thousand starry eyes he knows are just behind him, around him, guiding him. He shivers a little because he knows the Presence is still there — he can feel it, it’s muted through the sensations, but it hasn’t gone away, the pressure of its infinite vastness is too big to ever hide . He knows it’s plucking these things from his own mind and wrapping him in them. But it’s comfortable and it’s better than the other things, so he allows it, and settles wearily into sensations and good memories.
He’s distantly aware of something rattling around in his head, and it should make him uncomfortable. But he’s too dazed and tucked away safe and sound in his cocoon of sensation to put up much protest. If he listens hard, focuses every sense he has on getting past the pleasant sensations, he can almost make out a voice—
— She was right, just one drop and it’s too much—fuck me, I forgot how damn fragile human minds are. And why is this so overclocked? No wonder his brain’s overworked, geez—
—but it’s hard to focus for very long, and so he lets himself drift.
He’s not aware of much beyond those pleasant sensations for some time. He’s not sure how long; it seems meaningless, wherever he is inside his own head. But he yelps suddenly when he feels something slam shut in his own mind, golden chains festooned around it and locked tight, spell sigils he doesn’t recognize sealing it closed. Another conduit slams shut a few moments later, bound tightly, and Alastor’s headache lessens.
He makes an irritable noise inside the safety of his cocoon. That’s his. No one should be messing with what’s his.
The Presence must hear him, because it mutters, Oh, calm down. You don’t want this and it’s hurting you. This is for your own good.
The Presence lecturing him should be terrifying. But it’s filtered through the safety of warm, pleasant nights and gentle rain and the scent of spices and the feeling of being small and safe, and somehow it doesn’t come across that way. Alastor is reminded of his mother lecturing him with fond exasperation when he’d gotten bitten by a baby alligator and gone running back to her with a bleeding arm. She’d been frightened for him, and then she’d been exasperated when she gave him rules to protect himself from such a thing again, like no picking up baby gators. He’d been frustrated at the time, because that hadn’t seemed fair or fun, but the experience and advice of an older figure made sense in retrospect.
The Presence feels like that now.
It’s…strange.
Then it reaches through his little bundle of comfort and pleasant sensations. For a moment, Alastor is frightened, because what could it want with him? It could break him in half. Is it punishing him for his mistake? But he hadn’t known he’d been making one. Does he owe it something, for his intervention? But he hadn’t agreed to a D eal.
But as he trembles, curled up in a ball in his little safe-haven of sensory input, the Presence only touches at his forehead. Alastor can’t see it with his eyes closed, but he can feel its ghostly fingers against his skin, brushing back soothingly once, easing him into feeling safe again, and then something twists and clicks in his head and—
—His eyes open.
Or rather, Alastor realizes from the way his eyes are dry and itching, they’ve been open this whole time, but he’s only recognizing sight again now.
He blinks his dry, itching eyes once or twice before trying to make sense of his predicament. The ceiling of the lobby is above him, and he’s sprawled out on the floor. He doesn’t remember how he got here, but he’s not in more pain, so something must have broken his fall. His head is elevated on something soft, and white and red, based on what he can see out the corner of his eyes.
A moment later, someone leans over him into his field of vision, and that answers a few of his questions. Lucifer hovers over him, crouched at his side, one hand on Alastor’s forehead. He’s missing his coat, now in his pink-and-white pinstriped waistcoat, which probably explains what Alastor’s head is resting on. And also explains who had kept him from face-planting into the ground when… whatever had happened.
Alastor groans slowly, blinking again. This time, when he looks up at Lucifer, there isn’t more than one of him. His yellow eyes are glowing faintly in the gloom of the mostly unlit parlor, but that’s just something he and Charlie do naturally. There’s no sensation of…of…of…
…he’s not sure. His head is swimming too much, too dazed to really make sense of anything.
“You good?” Lucifer asks slowly.
Alastor wants to find the energy to snap I’m laying on the floor and I don’t know how I got here, obviously I am not ‘good.’ But that’s a lot, and he finds he’s…more exhausted than he realized. He licks his lips, mouth dry, and tastes salt trickling over his teeth. A moment later, he raises a shaking hand to his face, and realizes his eyes are leaking.
Damn it. How shameful. He doesn’t even understand why he’s crying, much less doing so in front of Lucifer.
Lucifer is apparently waiting for an answer. Alastor hisses, “Fine,” which is about all he can manage with his unexpectedly dry mouth. Although he doesn’t feel fine at all, and completely lacks the energy to get off the floor.
Lucifer finally breaks contact, removing his hand from Alastor’s forehead, which makes him sigh in relief. To Alastor’s surprise, the man summons a glass of water, complete with an extra long bendy straw, and sets it down next to Alastor without comment. It’s something of a relief, because all Alastor has to do is turn his head and catch the straw to wet his parched throat, without having to rely on his shaky hands or Lucifer’s assistance.
It’s an unexpectedly kind gesture of him. Alastor is suspicious of it, but for now, he takes it.
“ Sorry for that,” Lucifer says. He scoots back enough to give Alastor a little space while still being next to him, sitting cross-legged and resting an elbow on one knee, and his head in that hand. “I’d kind of forgotten that if you tell human minds to not think of a thing, they just think of the thing harder. That’s my bad.”
Alastor only grunts in response, because he has no idea what that means.
“I thought I stripped the worst of the memories out,” Lucifer adds, almost conversationally. “But you’ve got more resistance than I gave you credit for. It’d be impressive if it didn’t mean you kept breaking yourself. Of course, it didn’t help that I gave you a few extra tools without realizing it. But don’t worry—it shouldn’t bother you now, I think.”
“ I don’t understand what you’re saying,” Alastor mumbles. He hates admitting he doesn’t understand anything, much less to Lucifer, b ut he’s so out of his depth right now. His mind feels muddled and hazy, the ache behind his eye has dulled but Alastor still remembers it, and all of it makes him feel out of sorts and confused and exhausted.
“No, I don’t suppose you do,” Lucifer says, regarding him with a searching look. After a long moment, he asks cautiously, “Tell me, been seeing anything weird lately? Odd lights, distorted images, maybe seeing double?”
Alastor frowns as best as he can with his smile. “My right eye sees correctly again,” he says slowly. “It never worked right, not since I injured it in the Great War. And it’s gold. Was that you?”
Lucifer waves that off like it’s unimportant. “Sure, yeah, but that’s not what I mean. I rebuilt your right eye from scratch based off your original DNA, so it works like it was designed to regardless of whatever injuries got carried down to Hell. The color’s…a longer story but it’s a byproduct, basically. Neither is what I’m getting at here. I don’t mean are you seeing normally, I mean are you seeing abnormally.”
“Oh.” Alastor should be flustered at such a simple question being so difficult, but his head feels like it’s been stuffed with cotton, and he’s exhausted, and thinking is difficult. He half expects Lucifer to pounce on his weaknesses and have a laugh at him, but to his surprise, Lucifer is patient. He just sits there, waiting for an answer.
Alastor can’t help but feel like he’s been caught in something much bigger than he realizes, and whatever is wrong with him has made him too damn slow to pick up on anything.
“I’ve seen…duplicates, sometimes,” he answers after a moment. “Double images. Like being drunk, but I’m not. You had one just a minute ago. It gave me a headache.” He gives Lucifer a sour look, like it’s his fault.
“Only one? Thank fuck,” Lucifer says absently. “Which one was it—actually, never mind. Let’s not poke that particular cactus. If even that one made you crash, it’s probably not worth bringing it up again.”
“ What is happening,” Alastor hisses, a demand more than a question.
“ In a minute. I’m still diagnosing. You’re only seeing it for people right? Not things? Objects? The hotel itself?”
“ Just people,” Alastor confirms. “You and Charlie more than the others. Now tell me what is happening.”
“ Hold your horses,” Lucifer says, raising a hand. “I realize you’re angry and stressed, but I’m trying to help you without snapping your mind in half again, okay? We’re taking it slow. I promise I’ll answer questions after. Do you remember what just happened?”
“Of course I do,” Alastor snaps. “I came down here to rest on the couch. I saw you. We argued. You were insisting I take a break and…”
He pauses. Squints and scrabbles around in his brain for an answer. To his shock, things become… muddled here. He knows what happened, approximately, but they’re vague impressions only. A memory of a memory, simple brushstrokes more than exquisite details.
Lucifer is…he gets the impression that he’s larger, more powerful, more vast than he is like this, but it’s hidden. He remembers something about eyes and stars, and a vague impression of awe and dread, but it feels distant now. Like listening to someone describe it on a radio two rooms away, with all the doors shut and locked tight, so the sound is muffled and distorted but he can sort of pick up the general idea if he focuses.
Alastor frowns. Tries to reach the memories. They always feel like they’re right at the edge of his mind, on the tip of his tongue, like they could come to him at any minute. But he can’t quite reach the details. They remain obscured, just out of reach.
Lucifer is watching him carefully. Intently. He’s still sitting cross-legged, resting his chin on one hand, but he’s tense enough that Alastor gets the impression he’s ready to leap into action if he has to. “Well?” he says after a moment. Careful. Probing.
“You…did something,” Alastor says, frowning. He brings a hand to his head, squeezing his eyes shut, trying to remember. “You said something, and I was…”
— terrified, frozen, unable to function, broken—
“—confused,” Alastor chooses delicately. “I must have fallen. I don’t remember that. You did something to…” He doesn’t even know what to call it. Heal? Soothe? Fix? “...change me.”
“ Do you remember what?” Lucifer presses, a little more urgent now.
Alastor tries. He does. He tries so hard that his claws dig into the skin of his skull as he clamps his hands down on either side of his head and tries to remember. But he can’t quite.
That frightens him, and being frightened of the king makes him angry. “ You did something to me,” he snarls. “You did something in my head. What did you do to me? It’s at the edge of my brain, I can’t remember—”
“Okay, okay,” Lucifer says, raising his hands reassuringly. “That’s the point. I just had to test it to be sure. Seems like it’s holding, even when I push you. Thanks for playing along, now I can answer your questions.”
“ You had no right to go into my head,” Alastor snarls. He finds the strength to push himself upright into a sit, knocking over the glass of water in the process. He doesn’t care. His whole body shakes with the effort of sitting, and also the effort of being furious. “ You had no right to change me, I have every right to kill you—”
“ I saved you, actually, but I can understand where the confusion is,” Lucifer says. He doesn’t rise to the bait, and he’s patient in a way that makes Alastor want to vomit, because it isn’t normal and that causes alarm bells to ring and something is very wrong. “ The seal is holding, so now I’ll explain.”
“ What did you do to me?” Alastor snarls. He wishes more than anything that he had the strength to grow, to access his power, so that his anger had more bite to it than a pathetic half-dead demon struggling to sit upright on the floor.
“I healed you. That’s sort of the problem,” Lucifer says. “I showed up at the end of the extermination day battle. You were mostly dead, and Charlie begged me to save you. But that required a bona fide miracle, and Sinners and miracles…they don’t mix so good. Neither do angels and demons, for that matter. It had a cost.”
“I agreed to nothing,” Alastor snaps.
“You didn’t have to,” Lucifer says. “It wasn’t a Deal. Healing is a benevolent action, giving of oneself to save others. But you were so far gone…like I said, it took a miracle. You caught a glimpse of my true form. It’s not something mortals are really meant to see. Especially not Sinners.”
Alastor blinks at him, stunned. “I…I don’t understand,” he says after a moment. “I’ve seen photographs of your true form. It didn’t do anything like this to me.”
Lucifer scoffs. “You’ve seen the promo photos of my Hellform, you mean,” he says, bored. “Let me guess: six wings, horns, eternal flames, pointy tail?” Alastor nods, and he shrugs. “Yeah. Not my real form. Just a convenient one.”
Alastor remembers the impression of vastness. Of awe and dread. Eyes and stars. It feels so far away from him now, so distant, like he’s been bundled up in a dozen blankets and even the thought of it is soft and muffled. He doesn’t know to explain it, other than having the instinctive feeling that getting closer might be more than he could handle.
Was that what Lucifer really was?
“ You’re that...that thing,” Alastor nearly whispers. “The Presence. In my head.”
“I am,” Lucifer says.
And that sends a chill down Alastor’s spine, ice cold and freezing. It’s difficult, to equate this bumbling oaf with that thing in his head, however distant it feels now. It doesn’t feel possible. But Lucifer isn’t grinning or smirking, only regarding Alastor carefully and solemnly, and somehow that’s what makes it click that this is real.
“I don’t understand,” Alastor says. He hates how pathetic his voice sounds.
“ The pretty wings and humanoid forms were more of an invention once Adam and Lilith came around…and Eve after that, and all their descendants,” Lucifer says absently. “Mortal minds are so…fragile. They’re not really capable of comprehending something as metaphysically vast as we were, and still are. Forms like this are to keep you from breaking.” He gestures at himself. “Even then, we still had to be so careful. Be not afraid, that was always our opening line. We were designed to care for mortal things, but it was so difficult to do when mortal things couldn’t comprehend us.”
He pauses. Considers. “Thumbs are nice, though,” he says as an afterthought. “I like being able to interact with things without snapping them in half. Cosmos-sized metaphysical hands are on occasion an absolute bitch to use.”
And Alastor…he can barely comprehend any of this. It sounds so absurd. There had been writers that wrote about the weird and the absurd in his time—Lovecraft and Poe most prominent—but even after nearly a hundred years in Hell, he’d never seen anything quite like this.
“You’re saying I saw this…true form of yours,” Alastor says slowly. “The...the Presence. A thing that mortals are not meant to see. And it…hurt me?”
“ That’s a simplified way to put it, but yes,” Lucifer says with a shrug. “You couldn’t comprehend me. Okay, that sounds pretentious as fuck when I say it out loud, but it’s true—your mind just can’t wrap itself around how I exist. Which is fine! You’re not supposed to. I patched that little injury up in your head when I put the rest of you back together, and you should have been fine after that.”
“But I wasn’t,” Alastor says, frowning.
“ You weren’t,” Lucifer agrees. “You weren’t supposed to remember. I smoothed it over so you’d forget it. The nice thing about human minds is they’re always desperate to forget things they don’t understand. Give them a little nudge in that direction and they’ll write it off as a bad trip or a near death experience. But things kept slipping through the cracks I’d mended for you and I couldn’t figure out why.”
“ Ah.” That explained…quite a lot, actually. The strange and terrible dreams Alastor had must have been re-experiencing this form of Lucifer’s that his mind wasn’t meant to handle. The way he’d injured himself in his sleep was like something out of a horror novel. The strange sketches…the uncanny impression he’d had conversations he’d forgotten with the residents …the way names were hidden by strange whispers...
He was supposed to forget. He hadn’t entirely, and it had caused him a great deal more suffering than he’d even realized.
He blinks. “You were never one of my minders,” he says slowly. “I thought it was because you hated me.” He hadn’t been sorry for it, either. Lucifer sitting at his bedside for hours would have caused him to riot.
Lucifer winces. “I thought my presence might trigger something,” he says. “Most of the issues Charlie told me about seemed to be you forgetting I existed half the time, or that I was involved at all. I’ve been healing you after every incident when you hurt yourself or had a memory fit, but you’ve never remembered me being there, so I figured it wasn’t safe to be around when you were conscious. And well…I wasn’t exactly wrong.” He gestures between the two of them.
Yes, that certainly had…exacerbated things. He swears he’d seen something behind Lucifer that had frightened him badly, but he can’t really remember the details of it now. That, like the other memories, seems to have been muffled and put just beyond his reach.
Though that does beg the question...
“And the double vision?” Alastor asks sharply. “You seemed to think it was related.”
“It is. It’s not happening now, right?” Lucifer gives him an equally sharp look.
“No,” Alastor admits. “And the headache has dulled.”
“You always got a headache when you saw double?”
“ Yes. What does it mean?”
“ Ah. Well…that’s…where I might’ve fucked up a little when I healed you.” Lucifer winces. “I told you that you were almost gone by the time I arrived. You had nothing in the tank to keep yourself running. And without your soul as a backup, you had even less.”
Alastor bristles, but shamefully, it’s with more fear than anger. “I don’t know what you’re talking about. My soul is none of your concern.”
“ It is when it isn’t there and I’ve got to work a miracle,” Lucifer says bluntly. “Don’t bother lying, I saw everything. I don’t really care if you sold your soul. I think it’s stupid, but hey, that’s your business, not mine. It just made it a lot tougher to fix you, which is why I’m mentioning it now.”
Alastor grits his teeth. “That is a private affair, and I will demand your discretion.” The last thing he needs is loose-lipped Lucifer accidentally spilling to Charlie that his soul is owned, or the news getting out to the greater public.
But those words… I saw everything. Alastor can’t quite stop a chill running down his spine at the thought, and he’s embarrassed to find his ears have flattened against his skull in fear. He has a distant, frightening impression of that thing knowing him inside out, all his secrets laid bare. He’d been terrified, and even now, he can feel a faint echo of all that terror, even through the seals Lucifer had wrapped his mind in. If this man really does know everything…
Alastor barely conceals his shiver of terror.
Lucifer doesn’t seem to be paying attention, thankfully. “You were almost dead and you needed something to keep you alive long enough to be healed, and to live through the process,” he continues. “So I…hm. How do I explain it? I guess let’s say I fed you some of my own energy.”
“And what does that have to do with these visions?” Alastor hisses.
Lucifer shrugs. “It’s like hooking up a backup generator—me—to a double-A battery—you. I got a lot more power than you can handle. It kept you alive, but it wasn’t the most painless way to do it. And I guess I sort of overclocked you with some energy you’re not really designed for. Of course, I didn’t notice until recently. I mean, imagine trying to find a single red blood cell you’ve donated to a person in the entire rest of their body, and also imagine they’re the size of an ant. That’s what I’m dealing with, here.”
“I have no idea what you’re saying,” Alastor grouses.
Lucifer sighs. “Old timey bastard, right,” he grumbles. “Your fancy radios have battery packs, right?”
“They do.”
“Okay. Imagine charging one with a lightning bolt.”
Alastor winces at the thought. The lightning bolt would certainly have the power in spades to charge hundreds of radio batteries. It could also just as easily explode them. If he’s intended to be the radio battery, and Lucifer the lightning bolt…
He has a feeling he’s very lucky to have survived the encounter only seeing double.
“Looks like that one made more sense,” Lucifer says, watching his expression. “Of course, we’re not just talking energy here, we’re talking angelic power. Since I had to infuse so much into your eye to regrow it, I think you started leeching some of my vision.”
“Your vision?”
“ I have a lot of eyes,” Lucifer says. Alastor heartily agrees, since he distantly remembers thousands of them in the stars. “And they see more than just what’s right here.”
Alastor frowns over his smile. “Like a sixth sense? Ghosts and such?” When he’d been alive, he’d lived in one of the most haunted places on the planet. New Orleans was full of ghosts and spirits. He’d never seen any personally when he lived, but it was hard to doubt their existence once falling into Hell.
“Oh, way more complicated than that,” Lucifer says. “I mean planes of existence.”
Alastor stares at him blankly. But Lucifer doesn’t burst into a grin and laugh at him over some stupid joke; in fact, for Lucifer, he looks quite serious. After a moment, Alastor ventures hesitantly, “Like…Heaven and Hell?”
“More particular than that,” Lucifer says. “Look, I’m not going to go into a whole lecture on metaphysical existence because to be blunt, I’m not even sure you’re capable of comprehending how the whole thing works. Just trust me when I say that at this very, exact moment, you and I exist more than just in the Physical. You exist in at least a dozen other planes that make up a part of you: cognitive, spiritual, magical, soul, memory, and a lot more. I think you leeched enough of my ability when I supercharged you to keep you alive that you started being able to peek into one or two by accident.”
“That is absurd,” Alastor says, flattening his ears. “You’re mocking me.”
“I’m not,” Lucifer says. “This is why I’m not giving you the full lecture, because to a mortal, it sounds insane. But think about this: those double visions, they never quite looked identical to the actual person you were looking at, right?”
Still baring his teeth, eyes still narrowed, Alastor thinks back to just a short while ago. And Lucifer isn’t wrong, now that he thinks about it. He can’t remember the distinct details through the fuzzy padding in his head, but the other version of him he’d seen sitting at the bar had been brighter, his eyes more luminous, everything about him more brilliant.
“No,” Alastor says slowly. “They weren’t the same…”
Lucifer nods, like he’d expected this. Which, clearly, he had. “If I had to take a guess, you’re catching sight of cognitive or spiritual,” he says absently. “They live the closest. I don’t think you could be going farther than that. Some of the others would definitely drive you insane if you saw them, or at least you’d be complaining about visions more often. If it’s just double-vision though, you’re probably just seeing aspects of a mortal that closely align to who they are day to day.”
“You’re serious,” Alastor says incredulously.
“Deadly,” Lucifer says. “Anyway. Doesn’t matter anymore, regardless. Charging up your remaining life energy with my own kept you alive, but I genuinely didn’t mean to mess with your head in the process. I had to kind of get creative there, since there wasn’t much time left. I think it was my angelic energy keeping those memories and impressions from sealing up completely, and it’s also what messed with your vision. You’re back on your feet enough that I was able to drain out and seal up the rest of my influence in your head. You shouldn’t have problems now.”
Alastor’s teeth clench so hard his jaw hurts. He wants to snarl, snap, bite this man’s head off. But he can’t forget the chill down his spine at the revelation that Lucifer knows everything about him, and he’s disgusted to admit he’s afraid to push too hard. Who knows how such a vast being would react? After a moment, he hisses, “I don’t like the idea that you can so easily alter things in my own head.”
Lucifer shrugs. “I’m the Devil. You’re my subject. I could do a lot worse. If it makes you feel any better, I like it just as much as you and I avoid it when I can. And I really don’t want to be in your head of all heads, bellhop.”
Alastor isn’t entirely sure he believes it. Such raw power at Lucifer’s disposal—who wouldn’t take advantage whenever possible? But here Lucifer sits, still cross-legged, resting his head on one hand, small and unassuming and with an utterly indifferent expression.
“ You’re… done going into my mind, then? You would swear you have no intention of entering my head again without permission?”
“ Unless you’re injured, or this patch job needs a fix, I have no intention of entering your existence again,” Lucifer says. There’s a gravity to the way he speaks that makes it have weight, like a Deal but without shaking. “Especially if Charlie asks it, I’m not going to let you die because of this whole battle. And I have no intention of letting you suffer because my attempts to heal you didn’t work quite right. But I won’t be going into your head for no reason.”
It isn’t quite the answer Alastor wants. But he knows his way around half-truths and carefully woven promises enough to hear one. Lucifer’s words had the weight of some kind of oath or agreement to them, and while Alastor isn’t sure if he’s bound to those words, he has a feeling the man needs to choose them carefully regardless. It isn’t a promise to stay out forever.
But it is at least a promise from some sort of creature, some Presence, that is far larger and more powerful than Alastor had realized, agreeing to limit its hold over him. Perhaps that is the most he can ask for at this time.
“I will accept this agreement,” Alastor says. “You are not invited back.”
“ Good, ‘cause I didn’t want to be,” Lucifer scoffs. “Once was enough, and every other time was more than enough, thank you very much. You’re a real fucked up guy, I hope you know that. ”
Alastor scowls at him as he mentally digs around in his own head again. He still can’t reach whatever Lucifer smoothed away, but there’s enough dread approaching those thoughts that he doesn’t really want to try. Especially now knowing why.
His headache is almost completely gone, now, and his right eye no longer aches at all. His vision is still perfect, even after Lucifer’s second interference. When he squints, or stares at Lucifer, he doesn’t see more than the…the physical, apparently.
He wishes he’d known what he was seeing before Lucifer fixed it. He’s not entirely sure he understands or even believes this concept of other planes of existence. But if what he’d been seeing had been other, hidden parts of people…that could be useful.
“I suppose there is no way to learn how to use this…plane-seeing power of my own merits?” Alastor asks, as casually as he can.
Lucifer snorts, and gives him a sideways look, like he knows precisely what Alastor is digging for. “Probably not,” Lucifer says. “It’s too much power and too much disconnection from the singular point of view your little mortal brain is designed for. You’d break yourself if you tried pushing it.”
“Surely others have in the past.”
“Oh, occasionally you’d get an oracle or a seer on Earth who could see into another part of reality,” Lucifer says, waving a hand absently. “The real ones with those powers, not the charlatans? They inevitably go insane.”
“Ah.” How…disconcerting.
“ At the very least you’d have to train with me and let me guide you and help you build up your tolerance slowly,” Lucifer says. “And frankly, I don’t like you enough to help you figure something like that out. I’ve locked it up, but if you start picking at the seals and pushing on your own, you’ll probably drive yourself crazy. Leave it be.” He shrugs. “Or don’t. I’m not really responsible if you injure yourself after I gave you a proper fucking warning, honestly. I’ve done my due diligence.”
That is…rather a disappointment. Such a power could have been useful. But Alastor has no desire to train with Lucifer to achieve it. He hadn’t liked the man to begin with before this entire mess, and he has no desire at all to hang around a person who knows him so deeply and intimately against his will.
He isn’t sure if Lucifer is lying about the insanity—the man is supposed to be the so-called Father of Lies. But he’d felt himself slipping badly enough during his recovery purely through happenstance that he doesn’t want to risk falling further if he actively pursues such a skill.
“ What of the color?” Alastor asks.
“Eh?”
“The gold.” Alastor gestures to his eye, to his ear, and then after a moment’s hesitation, towards his chest as well. “Can you put it back?”
L ucifer actually barks out a laugh at this. “Vanity? From you? I thought you liked to add a bit of color to all the red.”
Alastor scowls at him as best as he can over his eternal smile. “Color isn’t a bad thing when it is agreed upon,” he snaps. “I rather dislike being changed against my will.”
Lucifer actually has the grace to look apologetic at that, which Alastor finds baffling. Surely something as powerful as him ought to sneer and mock at how easily he can change others? Lord his power over the weaker things? “Sorry,” Lucifer says. “I’d put it back if I could, but that’s permanent. You’ve been touched by a miracle. No one ever walks away from those unmarked.”
Alastor grinds his teeth, but finds himself too stunned by the apology to do much else.
In fact... Alastor eyes Lucifer, still sitting cross-legged nearby, still wearing his ridiculous clown suit and outrageous hat. The man—if Alastor could even call him that—had gone out of his way to fix Alastor not once but twice. Or possibly even more, if his own explanation about fixing Alastor every time he had a breakdown are to be believed. He has an outrageous amount of power at his disposal, if the distant, swaddled memory of that Presence is even vaguely close to hinting at his real form. And yet he wastes his time putting Sinners back together that he doesn’t even like , and making apologies to them over vanity issues.
“I don’t understand,” Alastor says.
Lucifer sighs in exasperation. “Look, I’ve done my best to explain it all, but it really is way above your pay grade. Brain grade? It’s not something you’re supposed to be able to understand as a mortal. Which is fine. But I don’t know how much more I can simplify it.”
“Not that,” Alastor says. “You are much larger than I had imagined.”
Lucifer rolls his eyes. “Oh. That’s what’s on your mind? Well, if you can make cracks about my height, I guess I’ve more or less put you back together right.”
“Shut up,” Alastor grouses. He internally flinches almost immediately, mindful that he’s just told something a great deal more powerful than him off, and waits for the retaliatory blow to fall. But Lucifer only gives him annoyed look, so after a moment Alastor figures he’s safe to continue. “That isn’t what I mean at all. You are…vast. And powerful. Why choose to look like…” He gestures at Lucifer’s petite form. “Like this? Weak, little, useless?”
“ First of all, fuck you,” Lucifer gripes. “Not all of us want to look big and powerful and unapproachable. I gave you all free will and I’m damn well gonna let you use it, even if you choose to use it in the stupidest ways possible. If I wanted you to all bow and kiss my feet I could’ve made that happen instead.”
Which is absolutely incomprehensible to Alastor. His demonic form is moderately eldritch and he uses it to put the fear of himself into everything he possibly can. Fear is a wonderfully useful method of control. And he remembers, distantly, being powerless in Lucifer’s true shadow. The man could truly be a king if he wanted to, not this awkward thing.
“Secondly,” Lucifer continues, “collective consciousness.”
“...I beg your pardon?” Alastor asks, blinking slowly.
“ I look like this, specifically,” Lucifer says, gesturing at himself, “because of collective consciousness. And my Hellform is also because of collective consciousness. I didn’t choose to look like this, myself.”
Alastor stares at him blankly.
Lucifer sighs. “When you’re big, and I don’t mean metaphysically big, I mean cosmically, biblically important, you belong to humanity more than anything else. I could probably crush most of Earth like a bug, if I really bothered, but at the same time all those minds and consciousnesses on Earth have told stories and decided lore about who and what I am, and that has an influence on me.”
He flops on his back, and gestures theatrically at the air. “I have two aspects in lore, depending on which track of the story you follow: I can be Lucifer, and I can be The Devil. In the stories and traditions about my angelic side, I’m the prettiest little angel you ever did see, and standards of pretty change over the years and through cultures. Currently it’s this haunted porcelain doll look, apparently. Two hundred years ago I actually was taller, believe it or not, although the way Charlie tells it she just thinks I was taller and thinner since she was little. I’ve changed a lot over the years. I probably won’t look the same in another two hundred years. It’s not really up to me. It’s about what I represent, and not who I am personally.”
Alastor can’t help but be perplexed by this. “And the Devil?”
“ More or less always animalistic. Monster traits are all the rage with that aspect. That’s my Hellform, more or less.” Lucifer pokes his hat. “Although the symbols change over time. Didn’t used to be an apple or a snake. The original translations of the serpent made me more like a dragon, you know? I kinda miss that look. I’m sure it’ll adjust at some point, too.”
“So you’re saying your height is no choice of yours,” Alastor summarizes.
“ I save your life and your response is to be an ass,” Lucifer grumbles. Alastor can’t help but flinch, very finely, at Lucifer’s irritation, but no further retribution comes. “Fine. Yes, technically speaking. I can shapeshift and I can adjust it if I want, but that takes energy and I’m lazy. This is fine. I don’t mind it. People don’t flee in terror when I look like this, anyway. It’s annoying, when you have to constantly be not afraid all the damn time.”
“Will Charlie change?” Alastor asks, mostly out of curiosity.
“ Doubt it,” Lucifer says slowly. “Although I’m not completely sure. But she gets my genetics from the point of conception, and at the time I was a taller version of this.” He gestures at himself. “Plus she’s not really in the human consciousness like I am. Sure, there are stories about the Antichrist, but they’re almost always male and psychopaths, and too recent to really be viable as lore. She’s not known enough as even a fraction of herself for human thoughts to change her.”
“I see.” This is all very perplexing, and makes no sense, and Alastor is unexpectedly very tired. He already was, but all this makes his head hurt in an entirely new way, and it’s a little too much to wrap his mind around.
Lucifer seems to sense he’s slowing down, because he kicks his legs and sits upright again. “Done making me explain my existence?” he asks dryly.
“I never forced you to do anything.”
“No, but it does seem to help you calm down about it,” Lucifer says.
“ I didn’t need to calm down,” Alastor lies.
The fact that Lucifer is that vast and that powerful, the fact that Lucifer knows everything about him, the fact that his very continued existence is bound to that thing… all of it is terrifying. He’d guessed that Lucifer was strong when he’d willingly entered into a battle of wits for Charlie’s affection with him, but he hadn’t realized just how high he was punching up. Lucifer could eradicate him like an insignificant insect with barely a thought, if he so chose. And yet despite his irritation and obvious dislike for Alastor, for some reason he’d chosen to spare him.
What a mortifying thought. It’s like being treated like a misbehaving toddler by a very exasperated adult. He hates it. And he hates even more that Lucifer understands just how insignificant Alastor is, and understands just how frightening he can be, and is making an effort to be softer and reassuring for the sake of the weak, useless mortal thing he’s been saddled with.
Alastor has never been more humiliated and more terrified in his life. But he certainly won’t admit to needing to calm down.
Lucifer seems to know every part of Alastor’s thoughts as they run through his head, even though Alastor can’t feel that Presence in his mind anymore. Humiliatingly, he doesn’t comment, or bring it to the surface. Instead, all he says is, “Alright, fine. We should get you back to bed then. Want a portal?”
“To another plane of existence?” Alastor asks, his voice acidic.
“ To your bedroom,” Lucifer says. “Solidly on the physical plane.”
“I can make my way back there myself,” Alastor gripes. His earlier goal of getting a coffee for himself is abandoned. Too much has happened since reaching the ground floor to warrant further wandering for the evening. Frankly, he just wants to be curled up safe in his room, as far away from this eldritch monstrosity masquerading as Charlie’s idiot father as possible.
“Uh-huh,” Lucifer says, bouncing to his feet easily. “Prove it. Can you even make it to the elevator?”
Alastor grits his teeth at him, and labors to lever himself from his sit on the floor to a stand. Even using the provided cane, it’s a struggle, and his legs are shaking badly beneath him by the time he manages to get upright. Even the thought of taking a single step is daunting.
“Thought so,” Lucifer says. “Let me get you back in one piece.” He snaps one of his ringed portals into existence. It glimmers gold and sparkles like stars. Alastor can almost imagine gleaming eyes among them, but the thought feels distant, not painful, not full of dread.
He does feel a little dread when Lucifer approaches him and inserts himself under the arm that isn’t using the cane, gripping his wrist to stabilize him. Alastor mostly manages to cover up his flinch, but not enough, to judge by the way Lucifer eyes him sideways.
“I’m not going to hurt you,” Lucifer says, with a disgusting amount of patience. Like he’s done this a thousand times before—and maybe, given his explanations, he has. “I don’t like you, but unless you actively bring harm to Charlie, her friends, or her redemption dream, I have no intention of harming you. Do you understand?”
The words have weight again. Not a Deal, but something close. Something that holds a creature as vast and powerful as Lucifer accountable to himself.
Alastor finds himself…not comforted by it, exactly. There is a very clear loophole there, and he knows precisely what a Presence like Lucifer could do to him should he cross those lines. But it helps, to know this thing could so easily break him into a billion minuscule shards and yet binds itself not to.
A bit humiliating, granted. Alastor also feels like a child being reassured by an adult that frightens them but means well. It’s loathsome to realize he isn’t the strongest, smartest, best thing in the room, that Lucifer could dance circles around him in almost anything and actively chooses not to for some kind of moral or personal reasons Alastor can’t understand.
But at least he knows if this aspect of this creature touches him, he won’t be torn to pieces for its entertainment. Lucifer himself had said he and the other angels were made to care for mortals. It’s clear he doesn’t enjoy revoking that aspect of himself, and he doesn’t like being feared for existing.
“ I…understand,” Alastor says. And then, in a desperate effort to return to some form of normalcy, he adds, “You’re far too short to lean on effectively, sir.”
Lucifer gives him a look. Alastor swears he sees his mother’s exasperated fondness in that look. Perhaps it’s a look all parental, care-giving things have. It’s a look that says you are really pushing the limit here, buster.
“You don’t waste any time poking the things that can eat you, do you?” Lucifer asks conversationally.
“You promised you would not, and I have done no harm,” Alastor says. Thank goodness for his eternal smile, which allows him to look smug. He hopes to the universe Lucifer can’t hear or feel the way his heart is pounding in a panic at testing his limits with something so powerful that merely looking upon it drove him mad.
But Lucifer only rolls his eyes, and says, “Uh-huh, sure.” To Alastor’s surprise, he grows a little, just enough for Alastor’s arm to rest comfortably around his shoulders. “ Now lean on me, you little punk, and let’s get you back to bed. I’ve had enough of dealing with you.”
It’s said in a friendly way, the same as their usual bickering. Alastor can’t help but remember even that thin impression of how much bigger this thing is, and how bad it would be to make it angry.
Oh dear, this is really going to take some getting used to.
In the end, he’s grudgingly appreciative of Lucifer helping him limp through the portal into his own bedroom. Besides skipping several floors with just a few steps, Lucifer is unsurprisingly far stronger in this tiny physical form of his than he appears. He takes nearly all of Alastor’s weight without complaint and helps keep him upright and moving forward with absolutely no mockery.
Apparently the key to making Lucifer more agreeable is to almost die and struggle in recovery. Who would have thought.
Still, he’s relieved when they finally make it to Alastor’s bed and he’s deposited on its edge with little fanfare. Even without Lucifer being a terrifying angelic monstrosity, Alastor dislikes physical contact at the best of times, and this had been enough for the next week at least.
“Need anything else?” Lucifer asks. “Help getting changed? Water? Toothbrush?”
Alastor would rather die than accept further help. And he would certainly reach into his own head, tear out the newly placed angelic wards and let himself ride madness into oblivion before he’d ever let Lucifer help him change into pajamas.
It probably pays to maintain some degree of politeness with a thing like Lucifer though, so Alastor says, “I’m quite all set. And…thank you for the assistance.”
He bites the last sentence out like it physically pains him.
Lucifer gives him the look again, but thankfully doesn’t push it. Instead, he shoves his hands into his trouser pockets—his coat is still down below, left behind as a make-shift pillow—and says. “Alright. One more thing, though, while I have you.”
Alastor wants him to go away so badly, but there’s weight in those words again, something serious and vitally important. He grits his teeth, pulls his strength and focus together for a few moments more, and hisses, “Yes?”
“It’s regarding payment for services rendered.”
Alastor’s ears flatten immediately. Of course it is. Nothing comes free in Hell, and he should not expect something as frighteningly powerful as Lucifer to hand miracles out for nothing.
But he has no idea what this thing could possibly want from him. The Presence had seen him inside and out; it knows every secret and trick Alastor has at his disposal. He can’t pay in information. He’s far weaker than the thing Lucifer is; he can’t provide services through his skills and powers. He can’t even offer his soul as collateral.
He doesn’t know what this thing wants from him, but he’s on edge immediately.
Lucifer raises an eyebrow, and Alastor loathes that he seems to know what’s going on in Alastor’s head immediately. “I already told you,” he says, with that disgusting patience, “I’m not going to hurt you. This is payment to you, not the other way around.”
Alastor’s eyes widen in shock. “I…what?”
“You saved Charlie’s life,” Lucifer says. “By her own account, if you hadn’t interfered with Adam, she would have died. A saved life is owed for a saved life. Charlie doesn’t have that capacity—consider me saving your life coverage of her debt to you.”
“Oh,” Alastor says, stunned. It occurs to him, in a moment of shocked realization, that he had not once considered debt for debt when it came to saving Charlie. That is stunningly out of character for him, and yet…
…and yet, in the end, he’d gone back through pure instinct. He hadn’t thought about Charlie’s favor, or earning the debt of her life. He’d abandoned the thought of siphoning her life for his.
He just hadn’t wanted her to die. Something deep inside him, sickly and sticky and warm and full of feelings he’d done his best to bury, had acted on instinct. He’d wanted Charlie to live. He made it happen.
He hadn’t thought about consequences or debts after that. He hadn’t even expected to survive it, and he’d been too focused on his recovery and his madness to think otherwise.
He’s certainly not going to argue against Lucifer now. Even if the man wasn’t a creature beyond his comprehension, he finds he doesn’t want to. They were both alive. It was a balancing. That was enough.
“That is an acceptable payment,” Alastor agrees. “Consider Charlie’s debt cleared.”
No Deal was truly set, and all payments have already been rendered. But magic hangs heavy in the air at his declaration anyway; gold and silver sparks shimmer among green vévé for just a moment, before vanishing into thin air. Hell always oversees its bargains, one way or another.
“ Good,” Lucifer says with a relieved sigh. “Which brings us around to my debt.”
Alastor stares in shock. “ Your debt, sir?”
Lucifer looks him firmly in the eyes. “You saved my daughter’s life,” he says. “Charlie is the most important thing to me in the entire world. In all of existence. I would shatter all seven Rings of Hell if it kept her safe. You’ve seen me now, so you know I can.”
Alastor nods mutely. That thing in the stars, the thing with thousands of eyes, could shred everything around them now without so much as blinking.
“ But I couldn’t reach her in time,” Lucifer says. “I came as soon as I could, but I was bound by the First Deal between Heaven and Hell. By the time I could intercede, she would have been dead. My little girl would have been gone. And for all my power, I never could have gotten her back.”
Alastor sits perfectly stock-still. There is a heaviness to Lucifer, a weight to his words and the air around them, and he’s almost afraid to move. It’s as though his emotions and his fears are too big for this little body he currently takes the form of, and it’s flooding out of him, filling the room. Alastor can feel terror and anxiety and a deep well of sorrow and horror that aren’t his. It crushes his chest, makes it difficult to breathe, to blink, to even think, all over a future that could never have happened but that this Presence can comprehend too well.
“Sir,” he manages to choke out. He hates how weak and pathetic his voice sounds, but he can hardly breathe enough for that single sound.
Lucifer shakes his head, and all at once, the crushing weight of an angelic monstrosity’s sorrow and terror vanish. Alastor gasps, pressing a hand to his chest and panting as his ability to breathe is restored.
“ Sorry,” Lucifer mutters. He shakes his head again. “My point is: you protected and preserved the one thing in this entire existence that is more important to me than literally anything else. I saved your life to pay Charlie’s debt to you. But I still owe you for keeping my little girl breathing.”
“I see,” Alastor pants, his voice faint. “Healing me below did not count?”
“Tch, no,” Lucifer says, waving that aside. “That was just me fixing a problem I made in the first place. Your healing is on warranty. That was a freebie.”
“Oh.”
“Here’s what I’ll offer,” Lucifer says, and once again, he meets Alastor eye to eye, serious and intense. “I know you made a Deal with Charlie. I know she owed you a favor.”
Ice runs down Alastor’s spine. Pure, primal, animal instinct takes over as he flattens his ears as close to his head as he can, shrinks his head down low, and tries to make himself as small as possible. Lucifer had just made it very clear how he feels about protecting his daughter, and if this counted as harm to Lucifer’s eyes…
He would be dead. He would be worse than dead. Lucifer can do things to him that would make him beg for oblivion.
Lucifer doesn’t stop talking, or even react to Alastor’s fear. “I also know you burned that favor at the very end there,” he says. “I examined it when I was putting the rest of you back together. Charlie told me about it as well. Stay with you until you died, so you wouldn’t die alone.”
Alastor swallows. It had irritated him when he remembered he’d wasted so precious a favor. Perhaps that will save his life now.
“I’ve seen everything else about your existence,” Lucifer says. “I can take a guess at what you planned to use that favor for.” He makes an almost gentle gesture in the air, and the ghost of a chain slithers over his palm, one that ends around Alastor’s throat. Alastor trembles. Lucifer waves a hand, and it vanishes again.
“So I’m going to replace that deal, as my payment for my debt to you for saving my daughter’s life,” Lucifer says. “One favor, at the time of your choosing, when I hurt no one. Fair?”
He holds out an expectant hand.
And what is Alastor supposed to say, to a Presence as vast and powerful as this? No? Moreover, why would he want to? To have a creature like that in his court—who wouldn’t accept that? He wouldn’t be able to use that vast power to harm his enemies, per the constraints of the replaced favor, but there are other opportunities. If nothing else, a single favor would protect him if he crosses Lucifer’s lines; it would give him a chance to run. Or perhaps something as mighty as that could shatter his bonds—free him from his Deal. And he already knows Lucifer can repair him, even from near death. T o have a miracle in his back pocket could never be a bad thing.
Perhaps it’s his exhaustion spurring him forward, or his fear, or his greed. Alastor doesn’t know, and he can’t say he cares. He holds out his hand, and says, “I agree to this payment. In exchange for services already rendered—saving Charlie Morningstar’s life—I will accept one favor from you, at the time of my choosing, where you hurt no one.”
“Good.” Lucifer clasps wrists with him, and the Deal seals. Alastor is an experienced Dealing demon, but this is like no pact he has ever agreed to before. Golden fire races up his arm and straight to his heart, and gold and silver sparks whip around them, and it burns straight to his non-existent soul. He can’t help but grit his teeth against it, and when Lucifer releases his wrist, he gasps.
“You know where to find me when you need it,” Lucifer says, ignoring the way Alastor flexes his hand over and over with a wince. “Use it wisely.” He waves his hand, adding, “I’ll let you rest now. Night!”
And before Alastor can say anything else, he vanishes into red and gold flames, and is gone.
Alastor stares at his hand for several long minutes, trying hard to ignore the way it trembles. “I’m not sure what I’ve gotten myself into,” he mutters to himself. Hopefully something good.
Perhaps his idiotic instinctive act of saving Charlie’s life at no gain hadn’t turned out to be such a waste, after all.
Chapter 9: Charlie
Notes:
This chapter is VERY LONG. Do not attempt to read if you've got somewhere to be, or as light reading before bed!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Charlie can’t exactly say her conversation with her dad fixes things. When it comes to Alastor’s situation, the only person who can fix it is her father, and she doesn’t know how long that will take.
But she can say her experience helped her understand a little better what Alastor needs right now to get through the days and nights. Now that she understands what he’s seen, what he’s been through, why his mind is struggling like it is, she can do her best to meet him where he is and help him from there.
She starts by putting together a quick team meeting while Alastor is sleeping, the day after her conversation with her father. By now, almost everyone knows something is up with Alastor, that he hasn’t healed right, and his continued health struggles are frightening everyone to some degree or another.
“I talked things through with my dad,” Charlie explains to them. “And I have a better idea of how to help Alastor recover. But it’s private, and I don’t want to cross those boundaries any more than necessary.”
“So you know how to help him, but ya can’t tell us?” Angel Dust asks, frowning.
“ Um. Sort of?” Charlie really can’t go too deeply into it without revealing Alastor’s trauma or information about her dad’s real form, neither of which she has the right to give away without their permission. “It’s…complicated.”
“I’ll say,” Cherri Bomb says. “Anything that makes the Radio Demon scream like that is sure as fuck complicated.”
“If you can’t tell us what’s going on, then what can we do to help?” Vaggie asks, pushing the conversation back on track.
Charlie gives her a relieved look. “I wanted to spend our time reorganizing duties,” she says. “I’ll take over Alastor watch shifts. He can walk around by now enough that he doesn’t need the boys to help him with the bathroom—”
“Thank fuck,” Husk mutters under his breath.
“—so he won’t need my help for that. Most of watching him now is keeping him from hurting himself by accident, or helping him when he gets…” Charlie hesitates, unsure what to call it. What did you call madness induced by seeing a creature that existed outside of space and time? “Sick,” she decides on carefully.
“I think we could do that if we rearrange some of your other duties,” Vaggie says thoughtfully. She opens one of the folders on the table they’re gathered around, and a list of to-do tasks inside. “I can take on overseeing hotel management, and work with your dad on fixing the last of the building’s problems.”
“I could probably handle advertisin’,” Angel Dust offers with a wink, tapping another point on the list.
“ Again, Angel, we’re not doing porn to bring in Sinners.”
“Yeah, yeah, you’re no fun,” Angel says, waving a hand at Vaggie dismissively. “Didn’t mean that anyway, I was thinkin’ more social media. Start droppin’ hints at a whole reopening, get a little online campaign going.”
“That’s a great idea, Angel!” Charlie says excitedly.
“ I’ll clean!” Niffty offers, delighted. “When the Ultimate Bad Boy makes mess fixing stuff, I’ll clean it all up!”
“Thank you, Niffty,” Charlie says graciously, mostly because she’s a little afraid to let Niffty near anything else.
Cherri Bomb shrugs. “Still ain’t really a part of this whole thing, but I don’t mind helpin’ with defenses until you all get yourselves sorted,” she offers. “‘Specially if those idiot Vees are thinkin’ about rollin’ this place soon.”
“That helps a lot, Cherri,” Charlie says, because it never hurts to have another fighter on hand. Especially when her dad will be sidetracked with finding ways to fix Alastor, and Vaggie will be busy covering all of her other things.
Husk shrugs. “Got enough experience running my own clubs I can help with getting this place set up on inventory. Take a little off Vaggie’s shoulders.” He grimaces. “Also, if the Boss makes an ass out of himself or can’t get himself out of the bathroom when he wears himself out, I guess you can call me to drag him outta there.”
Charlie claps her hands together. “Thank you so much everyone,” she says, and her eyes feel suspiciously wet. “It’s just…it’s so beautiful how everyone is coming together to help everyone else…”
“ Alright, it’s okay, Hun,” Vaggie says, patting her on the back gently. “Everything is okay. You go ahead and take care of that asshole upstairs, and we’ll take care of everything else until you’re both ready to come back.”
Angel Dust grins. “Like Vaggie said before, we look out for our own. We got your back, Toots.”
So Charlie devotes herself to being Alastor’s caretaker for the foreseeable future.
Being Alastor’s caretaker is difficult, mostly because it’s a complicated balancing act, and he doesn’t want a minder.
He’s recovering physically, able to stay awake for longer periods of time and pushing to be more independent by the day. By now, he can feed himself, take short walks around his room with the help of a cane, and make it to the bathroom on his own. He might still need some help with bathing, mostly so he doesn’t drown himself, but Charlie can always recruit one of the boys for that when it’s needed.
The problem is that with physical independence comes a vicious attitude and incentive to push others away. Alastor doesn’t want to come across as weak and he hates feeling pitied, and Charlie can see it so easily in the way his ears twitch or a faint flush crosses his cheeks if he needs help making it to a chair or nearly drops a bowl of soup. It means he pushes himself harder than he should so he can go back to being ‘normal’ as soon as possible, and it means he exhausts himself more than he should. He loathes the idea of needing a caretaker at all, and constantly tells Charlie to go away—as politely as he can manage, given the circumstances.
(Some days, it isn’t very).
That would be frustrating enough as it is. But the problem is Alastor refuses to acknowledge that there’s anything wrong with him outside of his physical ailments. He still needs help, a different kind of help than even he’s willing to admit to, because there’s still a madness that won’t go away inside of him.
But he won’t admit to it, and he pushes Charlie away and grows surly and snappish any time she tries to help. If she wakes him from nightmares, he refuses to talk about it, or even admit he’d been having bad dreams. And Charlie’s scared to push much farther than that, for fear of reminding him of something and setting him into another fit.
And sometimes he doesn’t understand that he needs help, because that’s the nature of the strange insanity he’s been cursed with. He’ll wake swaddled in blankets and not understand or remember that an hour ago he’d been trying to gouge out his own eyes. He’ll mutter in that same lilting language that Dad used during the healing, but not understand the words if they’re repeated back to him. He still stares blankly and doesn’t remember being gone.
And he’s hurting. Not just from the madness that comes from seeing her father’s true form, either. He rubs his right eye often, or squints and stares at her in confusion, or massages his temples like he has a headache when he thinks she’s not looking. At first, Charlie worries that maybe it’s because of his missing monocle, and that he’s straining his eye trying to see them. But he declines when she offers to replace it, and says his vision is more perfect than it’s ever been.
Charlie can’t help but wonder if it’s another symptom of her father’s interference, or whatever’s keeping Alastor from forgetting.
She wants so badly for him to be better. And she can’t really make that happen. Only Dad can do that, and she knows he’s doing his best to find the answer.
But her experience with seeing her father’s true form does help her help Alastor in other ways. Smaller ways. Just little things, but little things that make his life just a little easier, even if he doesn’t understand it or admit to it, to help him where he’s at.
Charlie finds sensory recovery works best. Like Dad giving her tea after first seeing him, things that remind Alastor of the physical here and now seem to help the most. She tries tea, but Alastor isn’t a fan of it. She doesn’t want to give him coffee, since she’s not sure caffeine would be healthy for him right now.
But other things work. She brings in incense and candles of strong and familiar smells. Nothing sweet, because Alastor hates those, but he seems to enjoy natural scents or food smells. Temperature is good too. She keeps ice cubes and little heat packs can be snapped and warm up immediately in the room. If she puts either in Alastor’s hands, it seems to help nudge him out of whatever dissociated state he’s in when his mind goes away for a while.
Anything to pull him back to what Dad had called The Physical.
She understands what to avoid talking about now, at least a little better. Eyes and stars and Presence can be words that drag Alastor down into a maelstrom if one isn’t careful, so she tactfully tiptoes around using them.
More importantly, even if she doesn’t say or do anything at all to make him remember, sometimes he just does. And she’s starting to understand how to catch when it’s about to happen when he’s awake. The way his eyes glaze over, his smile grows thin, and he starts to tremble. The way that strange static starts to form around him, felt in the back of her teeth more than heard by her ears, getting worse when he slips away completely. The way his gaze grows fixated, like he can’t look away no matter what he does. Charlie knows he’s back there, then, even if she knows it’s only in his head; she knows her father isn’t really tormenting Alastor day in and day out like this.
And when those moments come, when he’s trapped in a madness that was never of his own making, Charlie knows how to help him a little better now. Because she knows what Alastor’s seeing, and she knows what it feels like, to be sitting somewhere and yet be infinitely far in one’s mind, facing a creature too vast to comprehend. She knows how terrified Alastor must feel, to be back there with even a memory of that creature looming over him.
But it means she can do her best to pull him back, too. She’ll sit next to him on the mattress, or pull over a chair to sit next to his wingback, clench her jaw through the teeth-vibrating static and do her best to ignore it. She’ll light incense, the sharpest, strongest scent she can, and wrap Alastor’s hands around a fresh heat pack. She’ll wrap her own hands around his, rub her fingers over his knuckles gently, like Dad had done for her. She’ll look him in the eye, get directly in the way of his fixated stare if she can, and sometimes she’ll even go so far as to physically cover his eyes.
And she’ll talk to him, or sing to him, and try to draw him gently back away from that imitation of that infinite place, back to his own body.
“It’s okay, Alastor,” she’ll say gently, or sometimes she’ll turn it into song, or go back and forth between one and another. “It’s okay. You don’t have to be afraid. The Presence isn’t here—it’s not watching. You’re allowed to look away. I know what those eyes look like, and I know there’s a lot of them, and it seems impossible—but they’re closing now. They’re closing, and they’re letting you go, and you can come back. Everything is okay.”
It doesn’t always work, but she always tries. Sometimes he doesn’t come back into his head for a long time, and his breaths will be harsh and pained, and tears roll down his face. She stays with him anyway, ignoring the headache his strange teeth-jarring static causes the longer the state goes on. She keeps trying to reach him, wiping away tear tracks with a cool facecloth to try and help him stay comfortable. And sometimes it does work, after a fashion; his mind seems to slither back into his head with a soft noise of confusion, and he’ll stare at her like he’s only just seeing him for the first time.
Whatever the case, he never remembers his mental departures for long after they happen. It’s like he wakes from a dream, and that dream slips through his fingers until it’s gone, and he can’t understand why Charlie is hovering afterwards.
The fits are still the worst, and the scariest. Alastor can still grow violent suddenly and unexpectedly, usually when he’s sleeping and hit especially hard with memories. It never gets easier, listening to him scream about eyes and stars and the Presence, pleading to not be seen, begging to die.
Charlie understands those rants now. Understanding only makes it hurt more. Because her father’s true form had been a beautiful, awe-inspiring, amazing thing, but Alastor saw it through the lens of a Sinner, and for him that same creature brings nothing but judgment and shame and pain. And to think her father could have hurt one of her friends so badly, however unintentionally, is just awful.
But it does help her keep him calm, and keep him from hurting himself, until Dad can arrive to ease away the memories and coax him into a magical sleep. When Alastor is wrapped up in the blankets like Niffty taught, he can’t claw at his face, and he’s not coherent enough to understand how to free himself. He thrashes, but Charlie can scoop him up and cradle him close and hide his face in her shoulder, and now she knows what to say.
“You don’t have to die. The Presence will let you go soon. It’s going to look away in just a little bit. The eyes will close soon. It’s okay, Alastor, it won’t hurt you, you don’t have to be afraid. It’s okay, it’s okay, it’s okay. Sssh.”
That’s always how it goes. She talks back to him about the same things, and some part of his madness seems to recognize that she understands him. He’ll scream and sob and tremble and thrash in her arms, and she’ll rock him back and forth, back and forth, talking to him in words that make sense to him now, and somehow she manages to get them both out of it with relatively few injuries.
(Most of the time, at least. He did bite her arm, once, teeth going deep enough to grind against bone, and oh, that had hurt something awful. Those giant teeth of his were good for a lot more than smiling. She doesn’t hold it against him, though. He hadn’t understood what was happening, he only knew that he was frightened and trying to protect himself, and she can’t blame him for that. Keeping Dad calmer about it had been harder, if Charlie’s being honest, but once he’d stopped being angry on her behalf he’d healed the bite wound in just a few minutes ).
Dad is always careful to coax Alastor back into a safe sleep and smooth the memories away, and he’s usually able to get there fast once Charlie texts him. They work out a system fairly quickly where a simple eye emoji means Alastor’s in trouble and he needs to drop everything to fix things now.
But Dad’s always hesitant to stay for too long, in case his very presence does more damage to Alastor than is needed. He’ll take the chance to poke around in Alastor’s head for a moment or two, but if Al so much as twitches in Charlie’s arms at the invasion, Dad backs out and withdraws.
It’s so frustrating, and so difficult, that the person who has the best chance of fixing this is also just as liable to break something or make it worse if they’re not careful.
Even worse is the way Alastor never seems to remember Charlie’s help. He doesn’t remember the fits, or being held. He doesn’t remember his blank staring. He doesn’t remember when he doodles eyes upon eyes and Charlie takes the image away and tells him she understands but it’s time to think about something else. He doesn’t understand why she insists on smelly incense or making his hands dripping and wet from melted ice cubes.
Alastor knows he’s broken, but he’s blind to how Charlie’s helping, and she can’t help but feel invisible. She knows Alastor would probably appreciate it if he could remember. W ell, okay, that’s a lie, he’d probably be embarrassed about needing help at all and pretend it wasn’t happening anyway, but at least she’d know he knew. This hurts so much more, because he’s not even deliberately snubbing her. He’s just…he’s just…
He’s just so broken that he can’t even remember every time he shatters a little more.
It makes it harder and harder, more depressing day by day, to go back to his room and help him. It doesn’t matter how cheerful she can be about bringing him breakfast or lunch or dinner, distracting him away from maddening thoughts by asking stories about his life, listening to music with him, reading books out loud to him. Inevitably, multiple times a day, cracks show in both of their facades, and things always feel off, like nothing fits quite right in their reality.
“Maybe you could use a break,” Vaggie says, when Charlie wearily voices her opinions at night, stopping in only long enough to brush her teeth and change into pajamas before heading back to Al’s room. He definitely can’t be left alone at night, not when he’s sleeping and his fits are the worst. “One of us could step in—”
“You’re all doing so much already!” Charlie says. “I can’t make you all do more when you’re already covering my work.”
“Hun, this is really taking a toll on you,” Vaggie says seriously. She puts her hands on Charlie’s shoulders. “I know you want to help Alastor, but you’ve got to think about yourself, too.”
“I know it’s rough, I just…” Charlie swallows. “Nobody else can handle this, Vaggie. And I wish I could explain why, but I really can’t.”
Vaggie presses her lips together, unsatisfied with the answer. But then she sighs, orders, “turn around,” and helps Charlie braid her hair for the night instead of arguing further.
What would Charlie ever do without her?
And that’s how it goes. For over a week. It’s been more than two weeks since the battle now, and the Hotel is pulling itself back together, but some of their most important members just don’t seem to be.
And then, something changes.
It changes on a night when Charlie isn’t there, because after nearly falling asleep on her feet, Vaggie had begged her to take at least one night to herself for a round of sleep. Husk had grumpily—possibly due to a glare from Vaggie—offered to take over a night shift, and Charlie had been grateful enough to accept.
It had done wonders, and she’d woken feeling much better and a little more ready to handle Alastor’s…unique difficulties. She ma kes breakfast for the two of them, set s it all up on a tray, head s up to Alastor’s room, knock s to announce herself, and walk s in to find—
— that something is different.
She’s not sure what. Not at first. Nothing looks out of place. The incense and candles and books and sketchpads are all where she’d left them. The radio is on, playing light jazz, but since it’s Alastor’s room that’s never uncommon. Alastor is still sleeping, which would be odd for him if he was at his best, but since he’s still recovering he still sleeps quite a lot right now.
But something feels different. Something has changed. Charlie sets the breakfast tray down on Al’s desk and does a slow turn, looking around the room, searching for something off.
It’s a good kind of off, she thinks after a moment. Things feel less…stressed. Tense. Calmer. And she’s almost inclined to think that maybe it’s just her. That a single good night’s sleep had made her better able to handle things, and boom, suddenly she can see the world in rainbow colors again.
But it isn’t until her gaze falls on Alastor again, still asleep in bed, that she starts to understand it isn’t just her.
Because he’s alone, without a minder; Husk had probably left in the morning to attend to his duties. But he isn’t wrapped up safe in his blankets to keep him from hurting himself, should he have an episode without anyone to help calm him or call for her father.
And yet, despite that, Alastor looks… calm. He always smiles, even in his sleep, but this smile is soft and not wrenched into a grimace of pain. His body is relaxed, and the blankets around him aren’t twisted and disheveled from cruel dreams, like he’d slept peacefully.
Alastor never sleeps peacefully since the battle.
And best of all, there are no injuries. No scent of blood, no cuts on his face, no torn ears, no gouged out eyes. One of his hands extends past the blankets to spill over the edge of the mattress, but there’s no red dripping from his claws or staining the sheets.
A peaceful, non-violent sleep.
Charlie doesn’t want to wake him if he’s actually resting for once, so she hastily steps outside and calls her dad on her phone. It takes four rings before he finally picks up, and when he does, his voice sounds sleepy and slurred. “Char-Char? Something wrong?”
“Sorry, did I wake you?” Charlie says. “I didn’t mean to, I just—”
“No, it’s fine,” her dad yawns. He pauses, then adds, “Uh, it’s…what time is it? Did I miss something?”
“ Tuesday morning, about ten o’clock,” Charlie says. This kind of question used to irritate her, with how easily her dad lost track of time. Now that she understands why he loses track of time, she’s a lot more willing to answer the question.
“Oh,” Dad says, relieved. “Okay. Didn’t miss much. Was something wrong, Sweetheart?”
“I’m not sure,” Charlie says. “Did…did something happen with Alastor?”
Shuffling of blankets from the other side. “Sort of. Why, do you need me to come heal him?” He sounds worried.
“ No, it’s…the opposite, actually? I came to bring him breakfast and he seems…better. I think. Things… feel better. I’m not sure how to explain it. And! And it looks like he had a good night’s rest?”
Dad sighs in relief. “Oh, okay. Thank goodness. Uh, I think I might have found and fixed the problem. I caught him sneaking around last night—”
“ He what? Did he hurt himself? Did something happen?”
“Relax, Charlie, he was fine. Wore himself out just getting down to the parlor. But I was having a drink at the time, and he saw me and kinda…um…well, he kinda crashed again.”
Charlie winces. “Was he okay?”
“ More or less. He didn’t see, you know, me- me, but he saw enough to set him off. He had a pretty bad reaction—worse than the fits. I figured since I was gonna have to go in there and do a patch job anyway, I’d spend some more time digging around since it wasn’t like I could make things worse than they were at that point, and…well. It’s complicated and I won’t go into details, and it was pretty well hidden, but I think I found the problems and fixed them. Your guess was right, a part of myself stuck around and wasn’t letting him forget anything. Like a little brain virus. It was just one little drop, so I missed it before, but that was enough to mess with him pretty badly. ”
“So…so he should be okay?” Charlie asks, daring to allow hope into her heart.
“ I think so,” Dad says. “But keep an eye on him for a couple days, just to be certain, okay, Sweetie? I think I got it all. And I was even able to have a little chat with him about what was going on, once he was able to understand it without crashing again. But just to be safe, don’t leave him alone for a day or two, in case I missed something. If I did, you’ll probably see the same symptoms soon enough.”
“ I can do that!” Charlie says excitedly. “Oh my gosh, I’m so happy— and I’m so proud of you too, Dad!”
Even without seeing him, she can almost envision his flustered but gleeful expression anyway. “You—you are? Aw, Sweetheart, thanks! But um, that kind of took a lot out of me, so…”
“Oh! Okay. I’ll let you rest. I’m sorry, I just wanted to check, I thought something was wrong…”
“ Nah, you’re good, Sweetheart, I promise. And if something goes wrong, obviously wake me up and I’ll be there in a heartbeat. Otherwise, um…” An awkward pause. “I did set an alarm for a couple days from now, but if I don’t show up, I probably slid outside the Physical and missed it again…”
“I’ll check on you in two days if I haven’t seen you,” Charlie says.
“ You’re the best daughter ever, Char-Char, I hope you know that.”
“I do my best!” Charlie says, laughing. “I love you, Dad! Have a good sleep.”
“ You too—wait, no, you’re not sleeping— damn it— ” He hangs up in what sounds like an embarrassed huff.
Still grinning, Charlie lets herself back into Alastor’s room, just in time to see him blinking sleepily awake. “Good news?” he murmurs, raising an eyebrow at her. “Your smile is simply radiant this morning, my dear.”
“Aw, thank you! I’m sorry, I didn’t wake you with my phone call, did I?”
“Not particularly. I was starting to wake already, anyway.”
“I’m glad!” Charlie gestures to the tray on the desk. “I brought breakfast for both of us! I thought we could have a nice morning together.”
“Like every other morning, Charlie, dear?” Alastor asks. “I’m a fully grown adult, you know. I don’t require a minder.”
“You’re recovering from nearly double-dying, Alastor,” Charlie says, waiting for him to sit up in bed so she can unfold the breakfast tray’s legs to sit it in front of him. “It’s only been two weeks. It’s okay to take a little time and need a little help.”
Alastor looks displeased as he tucks into his breakfast. Charlie can’t help but smile anyway, because he’s so focused. So here, in the present moment. He doesn’t slip away at all as they eat and chat. Charlie had put the morning paper on the tray, and once they’re done Alastor helps himself and reads out the interesting news as he flips through the pages, and not once does he forget what he’s doing or stop mid-word to fall into his own head.
Charlie never thought a simple breakfast activity could feel so amazing, and yet it does.
“You really are in a good mood this morning, my dear,” Alastor notes, as he finally folds up the paper and hands it over to her.
“I’m just…happy,” Charlie says, with a genuine smile. “You seem like you’re feeling a lot better today.”
“Yes, well, I think I’d feel better still were I properly dressed,” Alastor says, giving her a pointed look. “So if you could grant me some privacy…”
“Oh! Of course!” Charlie says, sweeping the tray away from him and collecting the breakfast things. “I’ll take this downstairs and get it all cleaned up to give you some time.”
“ You needn’t come back, my dear—I really don’t need a minder,” Alastor says, with a trace of irritation.
“ Just…for peace of mind, please?” Charlie says. “You really had me scared, Alastor, I just want to be sure you’re okay. I’m glad you’re recovering, but if you still need help with things—and I know you still need help with some things, so don’t lie!—then I want to be able to help. Better me than a doctor or nurse, right?”
“I suppose,” Alastor grouses. “Though I will be quite thrilled when this entire embarrassing affair is over with.”
“It’s not embarrassing to need help!” Charlie says.
“ You aren’t being treated like an invalid,” Alastor grumbles.
Charlie leaves him to pout and get dressed, taking longer than is probably needed to wash the dishes and put everything away. Al can get dressed on his own, but he still gets tired easily, so it takes him a bit of time.
Assuming he was able to get through the act of dressing himself without losing himself in his own head, which had happened more than once. Charlie had had to call the boys once or twice to help when she stumbled across Alastor, collapsed in more intimate states of undress when he’d fallen into his own head. She had helped him put on shirts or pajama tops and buttoned them up for him once or twice herself. She hopes he never remembers that, mostly because he’d probably be mortified, with how particular he is about being appropriately dressed in front of others.
But thankfully, when she makes it back to the room and knocks, Alastor welcomes her in with a quick acknowledgment. He’s dressed down, for Alastor, not wearing his heavy coat, vest, or bow tie. But he’s still wearing a long-sleeved button-down and fresh clean slacks, and has settled in one of his wingback chairs with a book. The antler-head cane Dad had magicked out of thin air for him is resting against one of the arms of the chairs, and his shadow is puddled neatly at his feet.
Best of all, he looks up to acknowledge her with a nod before returning to his book. Like normal. She doesn’t come back to find him staring blankly, or trying to claw his own face off, or silently crying at the memory of an angel’s full, true form.
Charlie’s beginning to think whatever her dad did, it worked.
“Something on my face, dear?” Alastor asks, glancing up from his book again to raise an eyebrow at her.
“No,” Charlie says hastily. “I’m just glad you’re feeling better.”
“ So you keep saying,” Alastor says, narrowing his eyes at her over the book. After a moment he snaps it shut and gives her a studying look. “Charlie, dear, what are you really looking for?”
“Um…n-nothing!”
“ You’re not very good at lying, Charlie,” Alastor tells her, setting the book in his lap and folding his hands over it. “And you keep watching me like you’re expecting me to break at any moment. I may be under the weather, but I’m not fragile, my dear. What are you expecting to happen?”
And Charlie doesn’t even know how to answer that truthfully. Because until just last night he had been so, so fragile, and yet not capable of understanding it. He could break so easily with the wrong word. And she’s not even sure she can talk about Dad, because she’s so scared she could still do something to break Alastor all over. She doesn’t want to ruin this moment.
But Alastor is onto her now. H e doesn’t let secrets go, especially not ones that revolve around him. And Dad had said he’d talked to Alastor about understanding it when he wouldn’t crash again. Maybe it was okay?
She decides to try. Tentatively. After all, Dad had told her to keep an eye out, and it was probably better to find out now if something was wrong that had to be fixed further.
She still moves forward carefully. “I know you’re not fragile,” she says slowly . “And I am here to help you with your physical recovery too! But I’m also here for the, um, the other parts. From your healing after the battle.”
Alastor breathes in sharply, although his expression never changes. There’s a very tiny crackle of static; he’s been getting some of his magic back recently that he could use more voluntarily. “My healing with your father?”
That’s certainly a good start. Every time Charlie brought it up before—or more likely, every time Alastor demanded an explanation for what was happening to him, what she’d done to him—he had never been capable of remembering or focusing on the fact that her dad had been involved. “Do you remember much of it?”
“Not much,” Alastor says slowly. “I’m given to understand I was quite out of it, and that you pled my case on my behalf. I suppose I should thank you for that.”
“Oh, you don’t have to do that!” Charlie says quickly. “I couldn’t have let you die after that, you got so hurt because you saved me, and…” And there’s a lot of emotions there still, emotions that she hasn’t really had a chance to process, and now isn’t the time or place. “And I just…couldn’t let you die. If I could do something. So when Dad showed up, I asked him to help you.”
“Which worked,” Alastor summarizes. And more cagily, he adds, “But caused problems.”
“How much do you remember of those problems?”
“I don’t care to discuss them,” Alastor says coolly, looking away.
Charlie bites her lip. It seems like he’s avoiding the discussion now, partly out of embarrassment. But partly, it seems, because the discussion revolves so heavily around that aspect of her father that almost no one has ever seen. And Charlie can understand why. Even if Dad has removed memories or smoothed things over or taken away the parts hurting Alastor, how could one ever explain that kind of thing to another? It just isn’t possible.
Charlie decides to help him. “I know about my dad.”
Alastor goes stock still.
“ I know about his…his real form,” she says carefully. “I know you saw it, when he was fixing you. I know it hurt you really, really badly.” She swallows. “I’ve seen it too.”
Alastor’s head whips around in surprise. “That idiot would do that to his own daughter?” he snarls, ears flattening and his eyes flickering to radio dials for just a fraction of a second. He winces a moment later and his magic fades; he’s still not strong enough to use it for long . But the anger goes nowhere. “That fucking bastard, and after all his lectures about you being important to him—”
“Alastor, it’s okay! It’s okay,” Charlie says hastily, crossing the room to sit next to him and take one of his hands in her own, squeezing it carefully. “It was a little different for me. Because I’m his daughter, it wasn’t as…as painful or frightening to look at. It didn’t hurt me the way it did you.”
He narrows his eyes suspiciously, glaring daggers into hers. She swears he’s searching for something—perhaps some sign of the same madness he’s been exhibiting, although she’s not sure he’d know what to look for.
“You’re certain?”
“ I’m sure,” Charlie says. “I talked to him about it and I asked him to show me, because I wanted to understand what was hurting you. If it makes you feel better, he really didn’t want to, and we tried it out very carefully. It was still intense, but he said it probably hurt you more since you’re a mortal Sinner.”
Alastor grimaces. His free hand digs into the arm of his wingback chair so hard he drags gouges into the wood and shreds some of the leather. But even tiptoeing around talking about her dad like this isn’t sending Alastor spiraling into madness. He’s uncomfortable, but he’s not sinking into deranged rambling or trying to take his own face off.
It’s certainly an improvement.
“I find I’m not surprised,” Alastor says after a long moment. “But I am delighted to hear you aren’t suffering for the vision, my dear. Having seen what your father is, I’m afraid I wouldn’t be able to do much to help should he cause you problems.”
Charlie grimaces. “I really don’t want you two to fight,” she insists. “I didn’t like it before and I still don’t like it now.”
Although she does find it sort of sweet, in Alastor’s classic, slightly twisted way, that he did still seem willing to throw down against an eldritch first angel on her behalf for the offense of potential insanity abuse. Or at the very least, willing to try yelling at him, since he seems fully aware that he won’t win any real fights against her father now.
“ If it makes you feel better, he is really sorry he hurt you,” Charlie offers, squeezing Alastor’s hand again. “He really didn’t mean to mess with your head. He’s been working really hard to find a way to fix it.”
Alastor takes his hand back as he looks at the far wall, brow furrowing. “I think I might actually believe you,” he mutters after a long moment.
When he looks back again, his expression is more stern. “So that’s what you’re looking for, my dear,” he says curtly. “Not fragility. Madness.”
Charlie winces.
“ I remember some of it,” Alastor says slowly. “Waking bound, for my own… protection against myself. I have the impression I had some terrible dreams, but I can’t remember the context, just the discomfort. I think…I kept asking you what happened to me, and you answered, but I could never hear it properly. And now that I can think clearly…” He raises a hand to his head, massaging his temple. “I can’t remember a great deal. There’s so much missing time…my memory blinks, and you’re in front of me.”
He turns to stare at her. “That’s what you’re really here for, isn’t it, my dear?”
Charlie wilts, like she’s been caught doing something terrible. “I just wanted to help.”
“ Help in what way, exactly?” Alastor’s expression is calm, but there’s enough buzzing static for her to figure out he’s agitated. And she can guess why. He must hate it, only now just realizing how vulnerable and helpless and dependent on them he’d really been.
“It…you couldn’t be left on your own, Alastor,” Charlie explains slowly. “It wasn’t your fault, but you kept remembering things that were hurting you, and when that happened, you couldn’t really help yourself. Sometimes you’d hurt yourself, even.”
“Thus the bindings,” Alastor notes bitterly.
“We didn’t want you to hurt yourself or anyone else,” Charlie says. “And it doesn’t mean you were weak or anything like that. You were just scared and hurting, and you didn’t know how to deal with it.”
“ I do not need pity, my dear,” Alastor says. “And outside sleeping hours?”
“Um, sometimes your mind kind of…went away?” Charlie flails helplessly with her hands, trying to explain. “Sometimes you would be doing something when it did. We have a lot of pictures you drew or journal entries you wrote. I think you were trying to make sense of dad’s other form, but it just kept hurting you. And other times, you just…were totally gone. But if you were doing something when you, um, went away, sometimes you could hurt yourself…you fell a few times, and you almost burned yourself on soup once. So we stayed with you. Just in case. Because we didn’t really know when you would go away in your own head, so someone had to be there.”
“And you didn’t think to explain it to me?” Alastor asks.
“ We did, Al. But it’s like you kept forgetting, or like your mind just couldn’t accept it.” Charlie gives him a helpless look. “I tried to be as honest with you as possible, but sometimes explaining it just made things worse for you. You’d get distressed, and you’d start muttering about the things you saw, and…it just seemed cruel. So we just took care of you as best as we could.”
Alastor’s ears flatten, and his expression is as disgusted as his smile permits. “To think I’ve been worse than an invalid,” he hisses bitterly. “He reduced me to some kind of simpleton, and I would never have known.”
“ No!” Charlie puts her hand over his insistently, grabbing on when he tries to pull away. “No, that’s not true. You were hurting, Alastor. And that wasn’t your fault. It wasn’t my dad’s fault either, not really. He did his best, and when he realized he messed up, he did his best to fix it. It just…happened. And it’s not fair. But we were still here for you. I was still here for you.”
“ I can’t imagine why,” Alastor grumbles. “In my current state I’m useless. In that state I’d be worse than useless.”
“ It’s not about use,” Charlie says insistently, squeezing his hand. “Al, if you’d never recovered from that, we still would have taken care of you. You would have had a home here. We would have figured it out. Because that’s what families do. You saved me, and the rest of us looked out for you. We take care of our own.”
“Not a particularly Hellish view of things.”
“ That’s why this is the Hazbin Hotel,” Charlie says. “We’re all about doing things differently than normal in Hell. I mean that. You don’t have to…to earn your place here, Al. You’re family. And I’m so glad you’re feeling better, and I really hope D ad finally fixed it and that part is behind you. But even if that never happened, we would still take care of you.”
Alastor looks away, and he seems rather flustered by Charlie’s outpouring of truth and affection. But he doesn’t pull his hand away from beneath hers, and that’s enough to tell her she’s gotten through to him, somehow.
After a moment, he sighs and glances back at her again, face composed once more. “I suppose that is why you’re continuing to insist on being my minder?” he asks curtly.
“For now,” Charlie says. “I can be quiet, I promise! And it’s just for a few more days. Dad just wants to make sure it takes. I think his fix is doing pretty good already, since we could have this talk, but…”
“Better safe than sorry when it comes to angelic eldritch monstrosities, I assume,” Alastor says, and sighs again. “Very well. I suppose I can permit your company for a few more days, if it will ultimately buy me my independence.”
“Thank you so much, Alastor!” Charlie says excitedly.
“ But I would like a compromise,” he adds, raising a finger. “I am losing my mind in an entirely different way by being stuck here, Charlie, dear. I am fully willing to commit murder to be allowed back in the kitchen or the parlor. Or anywhere but the same drab room, frankly.” He wrinkles his nose. “This place doesn’t even have my bayou.”
Charlie can’t help but light up at this. Alastor has expressed boredom in his room before, but this is the first time he’s really felt more…well, alive isn’t really the right word, technically, but more like himself since his near fatal injury. It’s a relief to see.
“ You’re still on limited exercise orders until you recover, so no murder,” Charlie says. “Dad said even without all the other stuff, a miracle that strong is going to take you a long while to come back from. So you can’t cook.”
Alastor scowls as best as he can with his grin. But Charlie finishes up with her offer. “But! If you tell me what to do, you can sit at the counter, and we could make lunch together today?”
Alastor blinks, but then his grin grows more genuine. “I would say that is an acceptable deal, my dear.”
Alastor does well that first day.
He does well the second day, too.
By the third, he’s beginning to loudly question if he still requires a constant minder, usually while staring pointedly in Charlie’s direction.
In fact, Charlie’s beginning to think he really is okay. She’s spent the past three days with him, and she hasn’t seen so much as a hint of any kind of mental relapse. He seems to stay in his head, or at least, Charlie hasn’t seen him staring blankly. He hasn’t woken up trying to gouge his own face off again, either. He has woken from some bad dreams, but as far as Charlie can tell, those are perfectly ordinary nightmares. Not pleasant by any means, but not the anguished struggling of a mortal mind trying to comprehend an immortal, timeless being.
Alastor’s even recovered memories over the past few days. Not big ones, of course, and certainly nothing so obviously related to Dad. Charlie asked, cautiously, if Alastor could remember what Dad looked like at all, but Alastor said it’s like when you can almost but not quite remember a word you’ve forgotten but that you know you know, right on the tip of your brain. He has vague impressions of eyes and stars and vastness, but he says they feel more like someone else described them a long time ago, and he only remembers the outlines of the conversation.
So he never remembers the worst parts of his cosmically-induced insanity, because he literally can’t; Dad has locked those parts away for good . But he occasionally recovers little bits and pieces of the things in between.
He hums one of the songs Charlie sang to him while holding him through the worst of his fits, but doesn’t quite remember where it came from if she asks, only that he rather enjoys the melody. He squints strangely once when she hands him a warm roll for lunch, like he’s half expecting her to wrap his hands around it for him. Once after changing he refuses to let her back in the room, and she figures out later it’s from sheer mortification when he did, in fact, remember her helping him put on and button a pajama shirt.
But mostly, those three days aren’t dedicated to his mental recovery anymore. It’s focused purely on the physical, with Charlie reminding him sharply not to push himself, and Alastor looking her dead in the eye as he pushes himself anyway. She decides he probably does need a minder just so he doesn’t make himself fall down the grand staircase to prove he can walk, but probably doesn’t need twenty-four-hour supervision anymore.
If he injures himself now, it will almost certainly be out of sheer, stubborn idiocy, and not madness.
Thankfully, with his requests to be out and about, Charlie doesn’t really have to be his only minder anymore. Alastor spends his days in mostly public spaces—the parlor, the kitchen, the library, the manager's office—which means someone is always able to keep an eye on him and rat him out.
Everyone is positively delighted to rat him out, which Alastor complains about thoroughly.
“ Hey, not for nothin’, Smiles, but everyone pitched in and worked real hard to keep ya alive,” Angel Dust points out, enjoying a drink at the bar while Alastor glowers at him from the parlor couch. He’d been relegated to it after being caught by Angel, wheezing and barely standing up when pushing himself to walk more than his body was ready for. “Be a real shame to put in all that work just for you to kill yerself double-dead ‘cause ya walked yerself to death.”
“That isn’t even possible,” Alastor grouses.
“With a miracle healing, I wouldn’t suggest pushing it,” Dad says, also from his seat at the bar.
Which is the other that’s been going well for day three. Dad spent most of the time that Alastor was out and about sleeping. But he’s been tentatively creeping back into the peripherals of Alastor’s day to day activities today while Charlie is present. They’d discussed it ahead of time, and are very carefully testing the waters to make sure his presence doesn’t cause a belated reaction. So far, nothing seems out of place.
At least, nothing on the cosmic level. Things are tense for other reasons, mostly because they aren’t bickering. Charlie would think not fighting would mean they’re getting along, but no, the tension between the two is thick enough to cut with a knife. Alastor seems entirely unsure how to act around her dad now that he’s aware the King of Hell is some kind of massive cosmic entity, cautious and maybe even a little uneasy. And Dad seems so nervous about accidentally breaking the mortal again he’s being unusually meek and careful.
Well, it’s something they’ll both have to figure out on their own terms. As long as Alastor’s safe and his mind stays his, Charlie will give them the space to figure out how to interact from there. For now, Alastor only gives Dad a mulish look, like a child being told he can’t go out and play, but he doesn’t protest. And Dad, for his part, doesn’t try to make fun of him for it.
Progress. Tiny baby steps of progress, but progress nonetheless.
“ At least get me a book,” Alastor complains on the couch.
“There’s a TV right there, Smiles,” Angel says.
“ Angel Dust, the fact that I am on bed rest in no way means I cannot kill you,” Alastor says through grit teeth. “Tell me to watch television one more time and I will prove it.”
“No killing Angel,” Charlie admonishes. “I’ll get you a book.”
“Thank you, dear. A drink wouldn’t go amiss, either.”
“I’ll get you some water. Or do you want juice? Milk?”
“ I was thinking rye.”
“No alcohol, doctor’s orders,” Dad says from the bar.
Husk shrugs. “Sorry, Boss. Doctor’s orders.”
“You don’t even have a medical degree!” Alastor howls from the couch in outrage. “Show me the PhD, sir!”
Dad raises an eyebrow at him, and then snaps his fingers. A framed, fancy-looking document appears in mid-air beside him. In official, glowing calligraphy, it reads,
The Angels Of
THE LITERAL UNIVERSE
In the State of Existence
To all persons whom these presents may come greeting be it known that
LUCIFER MORNINGSTAR
Being a Literal Angel As Old As Earth Itself
Has Accordingly been Admitted to that Degree with all the Rights, Privileges and Immunities thereunto appertaining in Witness
as he has Existed before Medical Degrees were a Thing and he can Fucking Heal and do Miracles, you Whiny Mortal Baby.
It’s signed with Dad’s own official signature, the stamp of Hell (a pentagram, snake and apple), and when Charlie squints, a notice that appears to say I Do What I Want at the very bottom of the document.
Alastor seethes. He also doesn’t protest, probably because of that uneasiness around her father, like he’s not quite sure how it would be taken and is a little hesitant to push. Even if his fingers are twitching like he wants to wring Dad’s neck, and his smile looks rather manic.
Yeah...it will probably take them a little while to figure out how to be normal around each other again.
Day four is where things go off the rails, and not at all like Charlie expects.
It starts just about how she expects. She tracks Alastor down to the library and finds him trying to practice with his shadow transportation magic. Unfortunately, Alastor’s shadow is still not very mobile or independent; it can fetch and move small items, but nothing as complex as a person.
Charlie witnesses this firsthand when she walks in on the shadow trying to grasp Alastor’s arm to pull him into the wall . Darkness slithers over his body for a moment, and trails of void-like vapor are cast into the air, but then Alastor is suddenly and violently ejected from the shadows with a sharp yelp. He tries to grab a chair for balance, knocks it over, and crashes to the ground while his shadow wrings its hands and flattens its ears in mimicry of apology.
“ Alastor!” Charlie snaps immediately, stomping over to him with her hands on her hips. “You are not supposed to be using magic! You know that! We’ve told you a hundred times!”
Alastor looks up at her like he’s just gotten caught with his hands in the cookie jar, his eternal smile agape. “I wasn’t—”
“ Oh no you don’t,” Charlie says, shaking a finger at him. “I saw you try everything, so don’t try to lie to me.”
“ It isn’t that big a deal, my dear,” Alastor says, as he stiffly tries to pull himself to his feet. He refuses Charlie’s hand when she offers it to help him up.
“ It’s a very big deal! Dad even explained it to you!” Charlie says in exasperation. “You had no energy left, Alastor. You almost died. You need to give your body time to rebuild and replenish before you start trying difficult things like shadow travel.” She whirls on the shadow. “And you! You ought to know better than to let him try! If he hurts himself badly, it hurts you both, doesn’t it?”
Alastor looks thoroughly displeased at the lecture, and his smile is more of a grimace. His shadow is much more expressive, its ears flattening again as it shrinks submissively away from her, bowing its head in acknowledgment.
“ I just don’t understand why you keep trying to hurt yourself like this,” Charlie finally says, crossing her arms when Alastor refuses to take her hand. “Why is it so hard to just let yourself rest, Al?”
“It’s weakness,” Alastor says.
“I already told you, it’s not weak to need help or to need time to recover,” Charlie says firmly.
“So you say,” Alastor says stiffly. He finally succeeds in getting himself to his feet, and limps his way over to the second library chair he hadn’t knocked over. “But I am not accustomed to not being able to defend myself or flee if I must. It is not…something I enjoy.”
Charlie watches him settle himself wearily in the chair, frowning. “We won’t let anything happen to you. We’re family. You can rely on us.”
“Your sentiment is truly appreciated, Charlie, but it does not undo an afterlife of relying on oneself alone,” Alastor says. “Nearly a century of living in Hell has made it clear in no uncertain terms that if you cannot protect yourself, and you cannot flee, you die. Violently and repeatedly. The best course of action is to rely only on yourself and take no unnecessary risks. Others can and will betray you when you least expect it.”
His words sting, because there’s an element of distrust even for her, and that hurts. Charlie’s made it clear time and time again that she cares about everyone in her hotel, that they’re her family, and that she believes so much in second chances and helping people. That Alastor might still be so cautious, so anxious to have an escape route if he needs against even her, it…it hurts. It hurts because it means he doesn’t trust her, and it hurts because he’s been through so many awful things here in Hell that it’s a lesson he’s internalized, and it’s not going to go away in a day.
But as much as that hurts, there’s something even more immediate about his words that Charlie can’t ignore.
“If that’s how you feel,” she asks slowly, “then why did you come back for me?”
“ I beg your pardon?” Alastor asks, confused. “You found me here, my dear.”
“No. Not now. In the fight against Adam.” Charlie rights the chair Alastor had knocked over, dragging it a bit so she can sit down across from him. “If you really mean what you said just now…if you can only rely on yourself, and people will betray you, and it’s better to run if you can’t protect yourself…then why did you come back to save my life against Adam?”
Alastor watches her silently, and says nothing at all.
“ You were hurt,” Charlie continues. “I’m not sure what happened, but you were wounded badly across your chest.” She draws the line across her own body, from shoulder to hip. “Bad enough that you did what you said—you ran. And I wouldn’t have blamed you for that. You were already hurt really bad. But then I was going to die, and you came back.”
Alastor remains silent.
Charlie looks him in the eyes. Her own eyes are starting to feel hot and wet, and she tries to keep it back, but she can’t. She hasn’t been able to talk with Alastor about this at all yet, because she’s been so concerned about his mental health and recovery and she hadn’t wanted to hurt him even worse. And she still has so many questions about that day, questions Alastor hadn’t been able to answer when he’d been dying, and there’s still so much emotion she hasn’t been able to unpack, and she just…
She lets it go.
“ I don’t understand why you came back,” Charlie says, sniffling a little. “Especially if you think so little of me. And you didn’t just distract Adam for a few seconds to let me get up. You got…you got so, so hurt. It was awful. If running is so important to you, why didn’t you? Why did you stay? Why did you almost die for me? And then compel me to stay with you with your favor…did you really think I would abandon you after all that? I just…I don’t understand any of it.”
“My, someone’s had quite a lot on their mind, haven’t they?” Alastor notes, in a tone that sounds both jovial and very forced.
“ Don’t try to dodge around the questions,” Charlie says, wiping her eyes with the heels of her hands. “But yes, I’ve been thinking about it a lot. I just didn’t want to stress you out when you weren’t feeling well, but obviously you’re well enough to try and hurt yourself stupidly—”
Alastor mimes a knife to his heart, and pulls it out dramatically. “Darling Charlie, I think that’s the meanest thing I’ve ever heard you say about anyone,” he says.
“I’m sorry,” Charlie says. “I’m just really worried for you, and it makes me anxious. But you’re still dodging, Alastor. Why did you come back, if you say it’s better to run?”
Alastor is silent. He looks away from her towards the shelves, and the door behind them, like he’s desperately hoping someone will show up and cut the emotional conversation short. But Charlie is between him and the door, and as he’s just proven, he can’t flee the conversation magically.
Still, she gives him time. She knows emotional things aren’t really his strong suit. And maybe he’s trying to figure out how to word something mean as nicely as possible. She’s so sure there will be some greater plan in mind, because Alastor always has some kind of trick up his sleeve.
So she’s genuinely shocked when, after nearly five minutes of silence, Alastor shifts with a crackle of static and says quietly, “I don’t know.”
Charlie frowns. “You…you said that then, too,” she says slowly. “I thought it was just because you were hurt and confused…”
“I said it because I don’t know,” Alastor repeats. “I don’t understand why I did it. I just…did.”
“Can you maybe explain to me what was happening?” Charlie asks. “I could try to help you understand.”
Alastor shifts uncomfortably. He won’t look her in the eye, and his ears are flat, a clear sign of his discomfort with the whole conversation. But after a moment he says stiffly, “You were right. My battle with Adam went poorly. He was sloppy, but it made me overconfident. The moment he pulled out that guitar, I was wounded badly. I did precisely as I said: I fled.” His nose wrinkles, the closest he can get to a frown. “Well. More specifically, I hid.”
“Hid?”
“In the shadows. I didn’t have the energy to run. That holy magic…it burned away my reserves too fast.”
“Dad said it was pretty nasty stuff,” Charlie agrees slowly. “He said it kind of…burned you out from the inside.”
“It certainly felt like it,” Alastor says, gritting his teeth. “So I hid in the shadows, trying to recover my strength. I felt you fall on the roof. I could hear your conversation with Adam. Your battle. I could hear how much worse it was getting. Smell the blood you were losing. It wasn’t going well. And nobody was coming…not your sweetheart, not your father, none of your little redemptors…I was the only one who knew you were about to die.”
Charlie waits, holding her breath. She doesn’t want to interrupt Alastor’s momentum, even if he’s still not looking at her, staring intently at a worked golden pentagram statue bookend on one of the shelves like it’s the most important thing in the world.
“I didn’t want you to die.”
Charlie breathes out, so slowly, so afraid of even the tiniest hiss of breath silencing Alastor.
“I didn’t want to die either,” Alastor continues quietly. Even quieter than usual, which is when Charlie realizes, he isn’t using his filter. His voice is as human as it will ever get. “I wanted to live more than anything. I squandered my pride on fleeing Adam, for Hell’s sake. Running like a coward was better than dying. And yet…I didn’t want you to die. And it would be one of us, or both of us. I didn’t think about it. I just acted.”
He chances a flicker of a glance in her direction before looking away again. “I’m sorry it’s not a more exciting story, my dear,” he mutters. “I’m afraid there are no heartfelt revelations of redemption to be had here, and no internal songs or monologues. Just thoughtless action.”
Charlie can feel warm tears forming again, starting to trickle down her face, but she can’t help but offer a shaky smile regardless. “It wasn’t thoughtless, Alastor,” she says, clasping her hands together.
“I think I just made it quite clear that I don’t understand why I did what I did,” Alastor says stiffly.
“ You don’t understand it, but it wasn’t thoughtless,” Charlie says. “You did it because you cared about something, Al. Not to get anything out of it, either, like power or fame. And that’s good. That’s really, really good.”
“ Good? It almost got me killed. I should be dead, if not for the intervention of a literal eldritch creature that exists outside of time and space that happens to be at your beck and call.”
“ But it means a lot to me,” Charlie says quietly, wiping her face. “Because you saved my life. And because I know you care about me, and that I matter to you, and that feels really good.” She smiles, still shaky but warm. “And it goes further than that. You saved me and cared about me, and so Dad wanted to help you in turn. And the rest of our family worked together to help you too. And we’re all still alive because of it.”
Mostly, anyway. Poor Pentious…and poor Dazzle…but there’s nothing that could have been done for them.
“ Caring about things and people isn’t bad,” Charlie finishes. “And relying on others isn’t as dangerous as you think. Or at least, it doesn’t have to be. Everyone here at the Hotel is a family, and we care about each other, and we look out for each other. And you’re a part of that.”
Alastor is refusing to look at her, but now it seems more out of embarrassment, if the faint color at his cheeks is anything to go by. “This all sounds far too emotional for my tastes,” he says irritably.
“ It was an emotional situation,” Charlie says. “And emotions aren’t a bad thing either, Alastor. I know you say it’s important to always wear a smile to control the situation, but it’s okay to not and let people in sometimes, too. Vulnerability isn’t always a bad thing. And it’s okay to ask for help if you need things.”
“Not in Hell it isn’t, my dear,” Alastor says sharply. “That’s an easy way to be taken advantage of. You’ll lose your soul or your life or both.”
“Out there, maybe,” Charlie says, gesturing outward to indicate the greater part of the city. “In the Hotel? Not at all. That’s what we’re teaching people about, Alastor.”
“I’m not one of your redemption cases.”
“ I know, and I’m not going to push you to be one,” Charlie says. “That’s your choice, always. But I think maybe you feel more comfortable here than you realize. And that’s okay.”
“You tell no one of this.”
“You don’t have to hide it, Al! It’s okay!”
“ My reputation will be in tatters,” Alastor says. “ No one, Charlie, I mean it.”
Charlie sighs. Baby steps. At least he hadn’t denied that he cared at all. “ Okay, but there’s one more thing…”
Alastor looks both irritated and flustered. “This entire conversation hasn’t been enough?”
“ You didn’t answer my other question,” Charlie says. “Why did you use your favor to make me stay with you? You know I never would have abandoned you, right?”
Alastor actually looks even more embarrassed by this than the thought of him actually caring about anyone in the Hazbin Hotel. “I wasn’t thinking clearly,” he says.
“About knowing I would have stayed with you?”
“About wasting my favor on something so trivial.”
That was what he was embarrassed about? She would almost laugh if he wasn’t so obviously uncomfortable. “It was kind of unfair—you’re right, you weren’t really thinking clearly. Is there a way for me to give it ba—”
“No!” Alastor interrupts sharply. He looks alarmed, and glances hastily at the door before saying more calmly, “No, my dear, a bound Deal is a bound Deal and the transaction is complete. The fault is on me for using it so flippantly. Congratulations on getting out of your first Demon Deal with relative ease.”
And that is certainly an odd reaction, especially for Alastor, but she’s not going to pursue it further. His expression is so cagey she doubts she’d get a straight answer out of him. “Oh,” she says. “Um, thanks. But not really what I was getting at. Wanting someone to stay with you when you were hurt and scared and dying isn’t trivial. It’s okay. And y ou know I would have stayed with you even if you never called in that favor, right?”
Alastor is silent.
“ You…you do know that, right?” Charlie says, but his silence is still deafening, enough to make her wilt. “Oh. I’m sorry.”
“For what, my dear?”
“I just…I’m sorry that we’ve been working together for more than six months now, and I never managed to make it clear that I care about you too.” She clenches her fists. “I’ll work harder to show you in the future.”
“That is hardly necessary—”
“ No, it is!” Charlie insists. “Because I need you to understand that my compassion doesn’t come with strings attached. I know that’s the way of Hell, but it’s not my way. You’re part of my family, Alastor, and I love you and care about you, and I want you to understand that I will be there to help you when you need me. Even if it’s just to sing to you until you slip away.”
Alastor breathes in sharply. “Ah. Yes. I remember that…your voice was lovely as always, my dear.”
“ I just wanted to make you as comfortable as possible,” Charlie says. She’s crying again and she doesn’t care. “You scared me so bad, and you were hurting so bad, and you knew you were dying and I knew there wasn’t anything I could do, and I just…” She sniffles. “I just wanted to help you as much as I could for the last time. And now I have another chance, and I want to make sure you understand that I mean it when I say I will be there for you and that I care. Okay?”
Alastor looks a little surprised by her declaration, or maybe it’s the way she gestures so fiercely while tears are running down her face. But after a moment he says, “I’m not…quite used to such vibrant displays of caring, or such outpouring of emotion, Charlie. This is quite a lot.”
“Sorry. I know I’m a lot,” she sniffs.
“At least you’re aware.” Alastor hesitates, and once again focuses very hard on the pentagram bookend as he adds softly, “but I…appreciate the sentiment. I cannot say I will grow accustomed to it easily. It is not something I’ve experienced since I’ve been alive. But I will try to be…mindful.”
Charlie sniffles, but she smiles too. “That’s all I can ask for,” she says. “And I’ll try not to be overwhelming. But I do want you to know I care.”
“I think I have been sufficiently warned about your caring, Charlie,” Alastor says carefully.
“I’m glad,” Charlie says. “And…thank you so much for saving my life, Alastor. I’m here today because of you, and I can keep helping people because of you, and that means the world to me.”
“I suppose I can return the sentiment, given you almost certainly asked your father to spare me,” Alastor says curtly. “I can’t imagine he would have willingly done so otherwise.”
“He’s not that mean!” Charlie says. “I think now that you both understand each other a little better, maybe you could get along better.”
“I wouldn’t count on it, my dear,” Alastor says. But it’s said delicately, and from the distant look in his eyes, she has a feeling he’s thinking about even the smothered memories he has of Dad’s true form. “He’s a bit…much to grow accustomed to.”
Well, that’s fair. It might take more time to adjust to what her dad is, and that’s…well, that seems fine, given the circumstances. Whether he’d meant to or not, Dad had hurt Alastor pretty badly in the attempt to help him, and even if it turned out well she can understand why Al might be wary.
“ Speaking of your father,” Alastor adds idly. “I assume he was the one to actually deal with Adam before attending to me?”
Charlie freezes. “What?” she asks softly.
“ I don’t remember the end of the fight,” he admits. “Things grow a bit hazy shortly after I interceded. I remember biting him, and that his blood smelled delectable, and he put up quite a fight trying to throw me off. I remember focusing on trying to hold on for as long as possible because I had to buy you time. And the next thing I barely remember is you talking to me, and singing. I can only assume your dearest father was dealing with the menace while you tended to me.”
And Charlie knows she needs to tread carefully here, because she can’t—she can’t talk about this, not with anyone, not with Alastor, she’s not ready—
But Alastor can smell a lie a mile away, and he could figure out the truth easily just by talking to others. So although her mind screams to lie, her voice sounds small and far away when she says, “No, Dad got there after the fight was over.”
“ Oh, did he now?” Alastor says, intrigued. “I suppose my intervention really was necessary. Then who managed to take that crude idiot down? Your sweetheart, I presume? It would be a rather symbolic victory, given the circumstances.”
And Charlie wants to say, yes, yes, Vaggie did it, Vaggie killed him! It would be so easy. It would be so believable. Vaggie wouldn’t have hesitated to put her angelic spear through Adam if she’d made it in time.
But she’d still been fighting Lute down below in the lobby at the time. Vaggie made it up to the roof sometime after Adam’s death, when Charlie had been holding Alastor and singing to him. She’d kept Lute at bay, kept her from intervening as Charlie sang Alastor to his death. But the dirty work had already been done.
“No,” Charlie says, so small and quiet. “It wasn’t her, either.”
Alastor blinks, before his eyes light up. Literally, even, flashing their new mismatched colors of gold and red. “ Charlie,” he says, with dawning realization and a delighted grin, “my dear, did you take the wretch down?”
Charlie is silent, but she supposes the way she hugs herself is answer enough.
Alastor actually cackles with glee. “Oh, what a story for the ages!” he crows, and she’s disgusted by the sheer pride in his voice. “My dear, I think perhaps we crossed wires for a bit! Me and my caring, and you and your killing. Did I provide enough of a distraction for you? How did you strike the final blow? Did he die like a man should or like a coward? What did he—”
“ Stop!” Charlie yells.
To her amazement, Alastor stops.
“ Stop talking like it’s a good thing,” Charlie says, hugging herself harder, digging her fingers into her arms. “Stop sounding proud of me. I killed someone. I murdered him.”
And there. She’d finally said it out loud. Finally admitted out loud the one thing she hasn’t admitted to anyone for weeks now, since the battle. She’s a killer. She’s a murderer. She belongs right here in Hell with everyone else, and not just because she was born here.
“He was trying to kill you first, my dear,” Alastor says. “Rather extenuating circumstances, don’t you think?”
And his voice is softer, less gleeful, but still too flippant. And it’s Alastor, he treats murder like something casual, and Charlie’s not sure she can ever make him understand. But his eyes are boring into hers now, and she knows she’s caught in a trap of her own making. Alastor’s not going to let her run from this conversation either, now.
She looks down at her lap as she hugs herself, and the tears spill over, this time full of shame and regret and self loathing. “It isn’t, it’s never okay to kill,” she sobs. “It’s not good and it’s not something to be proud of.”
“ Ah, so you were willing to let an entire army of cannibals and all of your friends do the dirty work of fighting off the angels, but hold them in contempt for killing?” Alastor prods sharply. “Not participate yourself? How surprisingly manipulative of you, Charlie.”
“No!” Charlie says in alarm, looking up and meeting Alastor’s eyes again. “No, that’s not what I meant at all!”
“I see. So it’s alright for us to kill because we’re Sinners?” Alastor asks. “We’re already in the pit, so what’s another commandment or two?”
“ No! No, that’s not it,” Charlie says helplessly. “That’s not it at all. I want you all to be able to go to Heaven. And I tried to avoid a fight for everyone’s sake, but Heaven wouldn’t listen…”
“ Then what’s the problem here, my dear?” Alastor asks. “By your own admission Heaven brought the fight to us. We’re allowed to defend ourselves. We did. Sometimes that included killing the enemy. And you seem fine with that, so why is it a problem for you?”
“ It’s not something to be proud of, even if it had to be done,” Charlie says. She’s hugging herself so tightly her nails are digging into her arms now, and she looks down at her lap again. “I shouldn’t be praised for it. I… I killed Adam. And that life is gone forever. He’s double-dead and he’s never coming back. And he was a jerk, sure, and I didn’t like him, but he’s been around for so long, and now he’s gone, and he never has a chance to try and be better, and that’s because of me.”
She takes a shuddering breath. “And—and he had a family back in Heaven, and he begged for me to let him go when he was dying, and I could have but I didn’t because I was so angry because he hurt you and he killed Pent and he would hurt everyone else too and I wanted vengeance and I’ve never felt like that before and it was awful and I felt sick after because maybe he could have been better or we could have worked something out but I took that choice away from him, I did, Dad is all about free will but I took it away and I’m awful and I haven’t slept well since then because I keep thinking of it and what I did and I keep hearing his voice begging me to stop and—”
“Charlie!”
She cuts off with a start as Alastor’s hands clasp over hers, firmly pulling them away from her arms. Her nails had gotten longer without her realizing, becoming more like the claws of her most demonic aspect, shredding her jacket and digging into skin.
She looks up in bewilderment to find him right there, leaning over her chair, looking her firmly in the eye s . “ Breathe, if you please, my dear,” he instructs firmly, still keeping hold of her hands. “And let’s not damage you or your professional little jacket, shall we?”
Charlie’s breathing too fast, too shallow, and it’s hard to get the deeper breaths Alastor keeps prodding her to take. She keeps thinking about Adam and the bloodied trident and the way he’d clawed at her and begged to be let go and—
“ Now now, my dear, no distractions,” Alastor says firmly. “Breathing, if you please. Think very hard on breathing. The rest will come after.”
Charlie tries. And she’s not sure how long it takes, but it feels like too long. Enough that Alastor’s legs start to tremble, and his shadow pushes his chair closer so he can sit knee to knee with her and still hold onto her hands. She clenches onto them gratefully like a lifeline, and tries very hard to focus on just breathing. And not—not that.
It’s hard, but eventually she manages to slow down. At some point, she starts counting the new gold hairs in Alastor’s right ear to try and focus on anything but that. She restarts every time she loses control of her breath, and finally gets to about forty before Alastor leans away from her and says, “Very good, my dear. Much better.”
“S-sorry,” Charlie stammers. “It just…it’s a lot.”
“I quite understand, my dear.”
She sniffles. “It probably seems stupid to you,” she says, still clinging to his hands like a lifeline. “You kill people all the time…you were a serial killer even. I’m sure it’s so easy to you. But I can’t stop thinking about it…about what I did, and…and…”
“ Hush, my dear, don’t upset yourself again,” Alastor says. “And it may come as a bit of a surprise to you that I do, in fact, understand precisely what you’re going through right now.”
She stares at him. “You…you do? But…you’re the Radio Demon… ”
“Yes, yes,” Alastor says, “I have rather a reputation in Hell, I know. But I wasn’t always the Radio Demon. Certainly not in life. And I didn’t always kill for pleasure, or for intent.”
“You…didn’t?”
“Not at all. The first life I ever took was my father’s, you know. I did it because he was drunk and beating my mother, and if I didn’t do something, he would have killed her. I killed him first. I was sixteen and terrified when I realized what I’d done. He deserved it—he was cruel, and he would have killed my mother, and probably turned on me after. It didn’t make it any less horrifying to realize I’d taken a life with my own hands. So you see, I rather understand precisely where you’re sitting right now.”
Charlie sniffles and stares at him, wide-eyed. Alastor doesn’t look especially jovial as he tells the story. His smile is always present, but it’s thin, and his expression is more pensive above it. He doesn’t look like he’s lying. And the story feels too real to be a fabrication.
“What…what did you do after?”
“Well I hid the body to start,” Alastor says absently. “But I suppose that’s not something you have to worry about here.”
Charlie wilts a little at that.
“ But then I stewed,” Alastor says. “Like you are, now. For a long, long time. Wondering about what I’d done. If it was the right choice, especially since it was a choice I couldn’t take back. I barely slept. My mother was in the hospital for the injuries she took from my father, so I couldn’t even talk to her about it. I wasn’t even sure if she remembered what happened, and I was so afraid to admit to it.”
“And…what happened?”
“I finally broke down when my mother came home,” Alastor admits. “Told her everything. I was terrified she would hate me. She was a very God-fearing woman, you know, went to Church every Sunday and all that. But she forgave me and she thanked me, because she was alive because of what I did. My father made choices, and the consequences caught up with him. And I didn’t kill out of spite or cruelty; I did it out of love, and to protect my mother.”
Charlie sniffles. “Did it ever get easier? To…to live with that, after…”
“With time,” Alastor says with a shrug. “It helps that he deserved to die. He was a cruel man, Charlie. If it came down to my mother or my father, I would pick my mother, every time. I did what I had to. I took solace in that.”
Charlie blinks, and more tears spill over her cheeks. “I just…” She sniffles. “Adam probably deserved it too. And I did what you did…he’d already hurt you so bad, and he was gonna go kill the others if I let him go…he already killed Pentious…and I had to choose. And I did, and it felt like the right choice at the time, but now looking back it hurts so bad, in my heart and in my head…”
“ Don’t waste your energy mourning Adam, my dear,” Alastor says. “Regardless of the laws and Deals in effect between Heaven and Hell, that man fully intended to kill you. I am a witness to that myself. If you hadn’t fought back with everything you had, he would have ended you. And perhaps that would have brought your father’s unholy wrath faster, but at the end of the day? You’d still be gone forever. Kill or be killed is a very real sentiment.”
“ I didn’t have to kill him though,” Charlie says. “I pinned him down and wounded him badly. I could have let him run. He begged me to let him go and to work out a new Deal. And I just…didn’t.”
“ Charlie,” Alastor says sternly. “Do not blame yourself for Adam’s hubris. You gave him more than enough chances. You tried to talk things out repeatedly. He would have tried to kill you again if you gave him even a scrap of mercy. Do not spare a thought for a Sinner disguised as a Saint when he never bothered to give you the same.”
“ It’s not that easy,” Charlie says miserably. “And I still don’t like what I felt when I…when I killed him. I was so angry. I’ve never been that angry before, not like that. I don’t want to keep feeling like that. I don’t want to kill people again because of that.”
“ Then perhaps it is worth discussing,” Alastor says. “Aren’t you the one always talking about identifying feelings in your silly programs?”
“I…I guess,” Charlie says slowly. Maybe not with Alastor. He doesn’t like emotional talks; she can see even this is wearing on him. But she could with Vaggie…or her dad. Or one of the other residents, maybe…
But that sends her down a whole new spiral. “My programs,” she mutters. “How can I help redeem people now, Alastor? I fucked up so badly. I’m a murderer. Why would people ever bother to listen to me about redemption when I’m just as bad? What do I know about going to Heaven? I killed the First Man!”
But to her surprise, Alastor actually chuckles. “Oh, you’re not a murderer, Charlie.”
“I killed Adam!”
“ So you’ve killed. You’re not a murderer. ” And at Charlie’s bewildered look, he grins and says, “My dear, there is not a single court of law in America that would ever convict a young woman for defending her family and her property under a home invasion.”
“ That doesn’t mean anything to Heaven!” Charlie says. “They still don’t know how they even choose people to go there, but killing people is kind of one of the Big Ten ‘Do Nots’ isn’t it?”
“ Charlie, I would bet every soul I own that you will never not be the most pure soul in Hell,” Alastor says, with absolute confidence. “You don’t have a bit of real evil in you. As an actual murderer, I can confirm you simply aren’t in my league.”
And Dad had said something similar, too. If you’d been born a human soul you’d be going to Heaven when you died. You’re not stained enough for Hell.
Maybe…maybe she could still work on her redemption project and help Sinners after what she’d done. Maybe she could even practice what she preached, to try and be better after all of it. Maybe this doesn’t mean she’ll start spiraling downward, turning into a person who kills indiscriminately.
Maybe it’ll be hard, but maybe she could learn from it.
It feels like it’ll take a long time to get there, though.
Alastor’s hands break away from hers. To Charlie’s surprise, one of his hands slips under her chin, lifting her head enough to look him in the eye.
“ Just a bit earlier, my dear, you insisted to me that there is no shame in caring about something,” Alastor says firmly. “So let me return the favor to you, if it will take some of that weight off your shoulders. There is no shame in protecting what is yours. Not every kill is committed out of cruelty, and not all compassion is weak.”
And that…that does it. The dam breaks, and before Charlie realizes it she’s sobbing outright as she throws her arms around Alastor’s shoulders and starts to cry. He grunts in surprise, but then cautiously puts his arms around her and pats her back, and lets her cry herself out on his shoulder.
She doesn’t know why that hits so hard. Or why Alastor of all people was the one to get it, and the one to know exactly what to say. But it…it helps, to have someone tell her that there’s nothing to be ashamed of for caring about her family enough to protect them. To have someone know and tell her she didn’t do it to be cruel, with so much confidence. That she’s not an evil person.
She’s not sure how long she sobs into his shoulder, but to Alastor’s credit, although he doesn’t say much and only awkwardly pats her back, he doesn’t make her get off, either. And eventually her tears run dry, and she sniffles and finally pulls away, rubbing at her face.
“Here.” Alastor produces a handkerchief from somewhere, and Charlie takes it gratefully, rubbing at her face.
“Sorry for crying all over you,” Charlie apologizes. “I must have messed up your clothes…I know you hate that…”
“ Oh, I think we’re both due for a wardrobe change at this point,” Alastor says absently. “Don’t fret yourself over it, my dear. Feeling better?”
“A little,” Charlie says, still dabbing at her face. “I don’t…think it’s going to go away fast. Like you said. I still feel bad, and icky inside, but…talking about it helped a lot.”
“I can imagine. It seems you’ve been holding that one in for a while. Aren’t you the one insistent on talking about feelings, my dear?”
“There was a lot going on,” Charlie says.
“That is a half-truth at best, Charlie.”
“I…didn’t want to say it out loud,” Charlie admits. “If I did, it’d be real. And I didn’t want to think about it…”
“ How perfectly hypocritical of you!” Alastor says cheerfully, before adding a little more gently, “It will come easier with time, my dear. Of that, I can assure you.”
“ Thanks, Alastor.” And she really is grateful. It’s not in Alastor to be kind, but, well…maybe he’s a little more okay with caring about things after all this, too.
“Of course, my dear. But there is one thing we can do to prevent such issues in the future.”
“Oh? What’s that?”
He pokes her in the nose. “ You, my dear, will be having more regular combat sessions.”
Charlie squawks. “What?”
“ It occurs to me I had to intervene and start this whole mess off specifically because you were losing badly in a fight with Adam,” Alastor says. “Now, I understand he is much more powerful than he appears, as I regretfully also had to flee from my confrontation with him. But I think, if you had better control of the battlefield, you might be put in more favorable situations where you can prove your strength without… permanent solutions. To that end: combat sessions! You’ll be having some, with both myself and your dear sweetheart.”
Well. Vaggie probably wouldn’t disagree. She’d complained a lot about a month not being nearly enough time to teach Charlie much of anything when it came to fighting. And they’d mostly shield-trained Charlie for the field as a result to play defense, since she wasn’t comfortable with hurting others and didn’t know she could transform that shield into the Morningstar trident anyway.
Still… “Um. I don’t know if you can train me, Al. You’re still on light exercise at most.”
“ I’ll supervise to start!” Alastor says. “I have extensive knowledge I would be happy to impart for the safety of the hotel and our dear Charlie.”
Charlie winces, because this feels like it might end badly. “Only if you promise to not get involved until you’re actually feeling better. You and your shadow.”
“I’m already feeling better!”
“Until my dad says you can,” Charlie amends immediately, aware that Alastor will use any technicality at his advantage.
Alastor looks displeased. “Your father isn’t even a proper doctor, my dear.”
“He’s the angel that healed you, I think what he says goes.”
“ Fine,” Alastor grouses.
“I’ll talk to Vaggie about lessons, then,” Charlie says. Because as scary as it is, and as much as she doesn’t like the idea of having to fight more and maybe kill more in the future, Alastor’s not wrong. “But…not today? I’m kind of worn out for today.”
“I…concede, it’s been a rather trying afternoon,” Alastor says. “Perhaps a change of clothing for the both of us, and an early start on dinner would be more suited for today’s remaining activities.”
“That sounds good,” Charlie says. “I’ll walk you to your room—no buts!”
“Heaven save me from overprotective princesses,” Alastor mutters. But he doesn’t protest as his shadow hands him his cane, and he heaves himself wearily to his feet.
Charlie keeps pace with him as they head for the elevator. He looks okay. Tired, and still recovering, but he’ll be better. And he cares, as much as he hates to admit it. Alastor’s changing, and maybe for the better. Maybe redemption will find him one day, after all.
“I think it need not be said, Charlie, dear, but I’ll say it anyway: nothing of that discussion leaves that room,” Alastor says. “Or things might become…unpleasant.”
Well, she never expected him to change quickly.
“That’s fine,” Charlie says. “My lips are sealed. Um, about your stuff, at least. I’m going to talk about my part with…with others, too. To help.”
“That, my dear, I do encourage.”
And that’s the other thing. It’s been…difficult. But Charlie will learn from this. She’ll be better. And maybe she’ll change a little too, and keep working for redemption for herself and others. And maybe, one day, things will be okay.
With her family around her, supporting each other, she expects nothing less.
Notes:
Can you believe we're almost at the end?
The last chapter is an epilogue and shorter than the others, so it will be posting on FRIDAY.
Chapter 10: Epilogue: Lucifer
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s well past midnight as Lucifer sits in his suite in the hotel. Well, lays, more like, sprawled out on the four-poster bed designed to look like a circus tent, settled into soft comfortable pillows and a mattress he can practically float on.
He should be sleeping. He can sleep, after a fashion, when in this form. It needs maintenance, because it’s physical, and physical things require sleep and food and hygiene. Even after three hundred thousand years of wearing this form, sometimes it’s still hard to remember that. Or sometimes he goes overboard, and he sleeps for a week, a month, a year, without realizing it.
That’s not happening tonight, though. He just stares up at the canopy of his four poster, and thinks.
It’s been a wild few weeks. None of it what he expected. The First Deal is broken, he’s worked a miracle, broken a mortal being and fixed it again, his daughter knows his true form, he’s given a dangerous psychopath a Deal as payment, and now here he is.
Things even feel better than they ever did before. His daughter understands him better, in ways he hadn’t anticipated. Even the dangerous psychopath treads cautiously around him now, and while there’s still sniping and bickering, it’s a lot less deliberately goading. Apparently the bellhop has gotten smart enough to realize just how far he was punching up.
And okay, he’s a little worried about the blank check Deal he’s basically handed off, but. He’s been inside Alastor’s head. He has a pretty good idea what it’ll be used for.
So why can’t he sleep?
He feels too pressed in. Claustrophobic, almost, except that’s not it. His skin itches on his soul and the air is too tight around him. Things are too small and confined.
He hesitates. He knows what that feeling means, but he’s been afraid to follow it before. Living in the Physical is difficult enough. Stepping outside of it—there’s so much he could miss, when he hasn’t bound himself down to the constraints of time and space. He’s promised to be here. He can’t risk leaving.
Except…
Except Charlie understood him, now. What he really is, in full. And she’d promised to work with him on being present in the Physical a little better. She’ll come get him if she has to, pull him back to the present, now that she knows that’s help he might need. He doesn’t have to be afraid anymore of never coming back to his mortal form, or missing his daughter’s calls or her birthday or the reopening of the hotel.
He doesn’t have to be afraid to be himself anymore.
He closes his eyes, and lets himself leave the Physical. Just for a little bit.
Ascending back to his real form is a relief, in some ways. He can stretch to his full expanse and be wholly himself in ways he hasn’t in a long, long time. He’s made an effort to stay in the Physical for three hundred thousand years, since his fall with Lilith. He’s always been afraid of hurting her, in his true form. And then hurting Charlie, when she came along.
Sure, he’d leave it on occasion to punish Sinners with the weight of their own sins, in the oldest days, but he hadn’t even done that in…oh, at least ten thousand years, maybe more. Not since humans left the hunter-gatherer nomadic lifestyle and started settling down and forming communities and civilizations, and their population grew, and the Sinners falling to Hell began to swell. When it was too much work to bother when he knew there would never be a reward.
He’d resigned himself to living as a mortal. And really, it wasn’t so bad. He loved his wife, and he loves his little girl, and being with them was worth the loss of other things.
And there are certain joys to being approximately human, although even with collective consciousness deciding his general appearance, he’s still a little too vast and too inhuman to make it perfect. The little things that were a bit uncanny valley that he had to concentrate to actively fix, like missing a nose, or his too long fingers, or the way his pupils were always slit like a cat’s eye. But hey, he gets thumbs, and he can interact with his wife and daughter without crushing them, and sometimes it’s nice to dull and deafen the infinite perspectives down to one or two narrow fields so all the extra noise goes away.
But in the past few weeks, he’s found himself back in his true form on more than one occasion—more than he has in thousands of years. And the itch to go back, to stretch himself out and be what he is in full, is one that he can’t deny.
He closes his eyes, thousands of them, and for a while he just listens to the sounds of existence.
In truth, there’s another reason he’s fled from his true form when he can, and that’s because existing in it is a punishment. Hell may be the pit Sinners are thrown into, but it was designed as his cage, and it’s just as much a punishment for him. Heaven and Earth might be visible in the sky, but it’s too far for even his vast expanse to reach. He can’t hear the Heavenly choirs, or the song of the stars in the universe. He can’t feel and smell and taste the essence of life and existence on Earth, the pure souls and the sweet creatures and the wildflowers and fruits and lush growth that covers the planet. He’s been disconnected on a cosmic level in a way that’s painful beyond the Physical, and it’s something nothing mortal, nothing living, could ever comprehend.
Instead, he’s trapped in this cesspit called Hell, and the only sounds he can hear are the screams of suffering and the cruel words of the worthless souls trapped with him. There isn’t life because everything here is dead, and even the Hellborn creatures born and raised here have a different taste and smell to their souls that is a far cry from anything on Earth. There’s nothing beautiful in Hell, just sins branded so bright and blinding to his eyes in souls found wanting, any goodness and purity buried deep.
It always hurts, to look around him at his so-called Kingdom and see what he’s left with. To know what he’ll never see again. It’s a torment no one could ever understand, not even Charlie, for all her willingness to try.
So Lucifer fled it, more often than not. Hid away in the Physical, refused to take his true form, refused to look around and see what scraps he’s left with.
But tonight, he does something a little different.
Because Charlie had changed something. Had changed his view on things. Had changed other Sinners, even proven they could be more than what they came here as. Her friends had fought so hard to protect each other during the extermination, exhibiting love and selflessness Lucifer hasn’t seen in Hell in a long, long time outside of his own family. Even the bellhop, drenched in so many sins it would be a wonder if he’d ever be cleansed, had still sacrificed himself for Charlie out of caring and love, even if the man had buried the emotion so deep he still didn’t understand his own actions.
If Charlie can pull that out of the worst of the Sinners…then there might be some hope to be rekindled in Hell after all.
Lucifer knows that Charlie’s dream could be a reality, if they fight hard enough. She can do this. Even he knows it, now. So tonight, in his true form, he doesn’t look outward at Hell. He narrows his focus down to the Hotel, to the beings inside, and turns his attention to them alone.
Even the Hotel is so insignificant and tiny compared to him, a single grain of sand in the palm of one of his many, many hands. But he wraps his consciousness around it anyway and holds it gently. Softly, so softly and gently and carefully so they aren’t aware of his presence, he whispers his way through the threads of existence here like a silent breeze, checking that everything is in order.
The Hotel is safe, of course. He’d worked hard in his Physical body to make it so. They’re more protected than they ever have been, especially since Charlie and the others are waiting for an imminent attack from some of the other Overlords.
There are sins here aplenty, of course. He can see every single one. They burn bright to Lucifer’s many eyes, and he can read each one, see each terrible thing these Sinners have done, in life and in death. He looks them over, but he keeps his review passive, silent, gentle, and the Sinners don’t stir in their sleep when an immortal thing looks upon their every mistake.
And Lucifer can’t help but note that these sins seem a little… less bright than the ones outside. Still there, and they’ve still done terrible things, every single one of them; that can’t be erased. But other actions are squirming to the front now, slowly but surely dulling the shine of those cruel deeds. Some faster than others, and some were purer to begin with, but there’s change in every one. Even the damned bellhop’s noble sacrifice seems to have dulled a murder or two in his bloody history.
It really might be possible. It won’t be fast, and Lucifer still doesn’t understand the metrics of what determines if a soul belongs in Heaven or Hell. But if the balance is offset enough, if those sins begin to dim in the light of good deeds, if they work hard and mean it —
Maybe, just maybe, it could really happen.
And for the first time since his Fall, Lucifer has some semblance of hope again. That maybe he gave humanity free will, and they chose to do awful things with it. But the opposite is clearly true too: even in the face of terrible things, they can choose to be better, and that’s just as powerful a choice.
You’re safe with me, he hums to them all gently. So gently, so softly, because his voice is so loud like this and it would shatter the Hotel and every being in it if he spoke at his true volume. But he sings at less than a whisper to them, and even in their sleep, those little spirits settle and calm. You’re safe with me, and I’ll protect you. If you choose to be better, then I’ll safeguard that choice. As your King and as the one who gave you free will…I promise it.
These little mortals that want to be better—they’re his now, for real and true. A covenant has been made, if only to himself, and if they come here to try, he will help them succeed.
Charlie made him believe they could, and he won’t let himself forget ever again.
He knows everything is far from over. He knows Heaven must still be reeling from the events of the Extermination. The loss of the First Man will be a devastating blow, and the fact that the First Deal was broken with Heaven as the instigator even worse. Charlie and her friends are worried about the Overlords, but he’s worried about retribution from above.
But they’ll handle it. He’ll protect them. He’ll make things work. However he has to. These beings that belong to him, they have promise; he can feel it in the threads of their creation. And he won’t let that promise slip away again.
From now on, things are going to be very, very different.
Notes:
Can you believe we made it to the end?
You may have noticed some plot threads not yet tied off. This is because ideally, I'd like to make this more of a series exploring eldritch!Lucifer and Alastor's new situation. Since season 2 has been announced and will be coming out SOON however, I'm holding off writing more just yet to see if there are any interesting juicy new details to incorporate. If not, this will cut off completely into its own AU.
In the meantime, if you have questions or are curious about missing scenes, hit me up on tumblr! I'm VelkynKarma there too and I always love discussing fic and fandom stuff :)
Pages Navigation
Nightblood1104 on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 05:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
Alicia (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 12:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
Nightblood1104 on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 12:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
Angst_BuriTTo on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 06:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ceesaw (WonderTheSoul) on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 06:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
NightFrostBreeze on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 07:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
Hufflepuff21 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 08:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
Kizuniya on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 08:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
Voo_Doo on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 08:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 09:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
otfreakingp on Chapter 1 Tue 22 Jul 2025 11:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 01:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
Alicia (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 12:36AM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 01:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
TooMuchMagma on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 02:09AM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 02:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
gumiennik on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 06:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Wed 23 Jul 2025 03:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
WickedWoodFairy on Chapter 1 Thu 24 Jul 2025 06:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Thu 24 Jul 2025 11:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
SolCaeruleus on Chapter 1 Sat 02 Aug 2025 10:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Thu 07 Aug 2025 03:57AM UTC
Comment Actions
Daisynights on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Aug 2025 09:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Tue 12 Aug 2025 04:44AM UTC
Comment Actions
Caelihal on Chapter 1 Sun 24 Aug 2025 04:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Aug 2025 04:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
TheChaoticSun on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 04:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Nightblood1104 on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 04:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
Nightblood1104 on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
otfreakingp on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Jul 2025 12:42AM UTC
Comment Actions
RockMafia93 on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Jul 2025 12:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
RockMafia93 on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Jul 2025 03:45AM UTC
Comment Actions
SpinedotLazuli on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Jul 2025 10:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
WickedWoodFairy on Chapter 2 Fri 25 Jul 2025 05:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
VelkynKarma on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Jul 2025 12:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation